Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Life / Challenger Ltd / FY2019 Annual Report

Challenger Ltd
Annual Report 2019

CGF · ASX Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker CGF
Exchange ASX
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Life
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Challenger Ltd
Loading PDF…
2019  
Annual  
 Report

Providing  
our customers 
with financial 
security for 
retirement

Providing  our customers with financial security for retirementchallenger.com.au Challenger Limited ACN 106 842 371Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Contents  

Group performance highlights 

Operating and financial review 

Five-year history 

Directors’ report 

Directors 

Company Secretary 

Corporate governance summary 

Remuneration report 

Indemnification and insurance of Directors and officers 

Indemnification of auditor 

Environmental regulation and performance 

Significant events after the balance date 

Rounding 
Non-audit services 
Authorisation 

Auditor’s independence declaration 

Sustainability 

Financial statements 

Statement of comprehensive income 
Statement of financial position 
Statement of changes in equity 
Statement of cash flows 

Signed reports 

Investor information 

01 

02 

17 

19 

19 

20 

21 

24 

48 

48 

48 

48 

48 

48 

49 

49 

50 

54 

54 

55 

56 

57 

111 

118 

Key dates 

25 September 2019  
Final dividend payment date 

31 October 2019  
2019 Annual General Meeting 

11 February 2020 
Half year financial results  

24 March 2020 
Interim dividend payment date 

11 August 2020 
Full year financial results 

23 September 2020 
Final dividend payment date 

29 October 2020 
2020 Annual General Meeting 

Full listing of key dates available at 
› challenger.com.au/share/keydates

Dates may be subject to change 

About this Annual Report 
The 2019 Annual Report, including the 
financial report for the year ended  
30 June 2019, can be downloaded from 
Challenger’s online Shareholder Centre at: 
› challenger.com.au/annualreport2019

2019 Corporate 
Governance Report 
The 2019 Corporate Governance Report 
can be viewed online at: 
› challenger.com.au/
corporategovernance2019

2019 Annual General 
Meeting 
Location  
Wesley Centre, 220 Pitt Street,  
Sydney NSW 

2019 Annual Review 
The 2019 Annual Review is intended to 
provide you with useful information about 
your company in an easy-to-read document. 
Included in the Annual Review is an 
operational and financial performance 
update, reports from the Chair and the  
Chief Executive Officer, and information on 
the environmental, social and governance 
matters that affect your company. 
The Annual Review can be viewed online at: 
› challenger.com.au/
annualreview2019

2019 Sustainability  
Report 
The 2019 Sustainability Report can be 
viewed online at: 
› challenger.com.au/
sustainabilityreport2019

Date 
31 October 2019 

Time 
9.30am (Sydney time) 

Full details of the meeting will be 
included in your Notice of Annual 
General Meeting, which will be sent to 
shareholders in September 2019. 

Group performance highlights 
Group performance highlights

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report
Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Group performance highlights 
Group performance highlights 

Statutory net profit 
after tax ($m)

398

323

308

 
5%

Normalised net profit 
after tax ($m)

406

396

385

EXPANDED 
STRATEGIC  
RELATIONSHIP 

 
2%

2017

2018

2019

2017

2018

2019

Full year 
dividend

Total Group assets 
under management

35.5

cents per share 
fully franked

$82bn

Life book  
growth ($bn)

1.8

1.3

Funds Management 
net flows ($bn)

6.2

5.3

0.5

 
74%

2017

2018

2019

2017

2018

2019

-2.4

1   Adviser – Marketing Pulse Adviser Study April 2011 to December 2018. Peers include major Australian 

wealth managers.

2  Willis Towers Watson – March 2019.
3   Workplace Gender Equality Agency (WGEA) 2017-18 WGEA Employer of Choice for Gender Equality.

#1 

RETIREMENT 
INCOME BRAND1

84%

SUSTAINABLE 
EMPLOYEE 
ENGAGEMENT2

EMPLOYER  
OF CHOICE FOR  
GENDER 
EQUALITY3

1
1

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Operating and financial review

Operating and financial review 

1  About Challenger

Challenger Limited (Challenger, CGF, the Group or the 
Company) is an investment manager founded in 1985. 
Challenger is the largest annuity provider and one of the 
fastest growing fund managers in Australia. It is also 
expanding into international markets. 

Challenger is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange  
(ASX) and has offices in Australia, London, New York and 
Tokyo. Challenger is regulated by the Australian Prudential 
Regulation Authority (APRA), the Australian banking, 
superannuation, general insurance and life insurance 
regulator.  

Challenger’s activities are also subject to supervision by other 
regulatory agencies both in Australia and in other markets in 
which it operates. 

Challenger’s assets under management were $81.8 billion, up 
0.8% (30 June 2018: $81.1 million). Normalised net profit 
before tax was $548.3 million, up $1.0 million or 0.2%  
(30 June 2018: $547.3 million). Earnings were impacted by 
investment market volatility resulting in lower asset returns in 
the Life business and lower Funds Management performance 
fees. See sections 2 and 8 for a description of Challenger’s 
operating segments and its normalised cash operating 
earnings framework. 

Normalised net profit after tax was down $10.0 million or 
2.5% to $396.1 million (30 June 2018: $406.1 million). 
Statutory net profit after tax, which includes investment 
experience, being the valuation movements on assets and 
liabilities supporting the Life business, was $307.8 million  
(30 June 2018: $322.5 million), down $14.7 million mainly 
due to volatile investment markets in the year.  

Challenger has total equity of $3.6 billion as at 30 June 2019 
and employs 687 people on a full-time equivalent (FTE) basis. 

2  Operating segments and  

principal activities 

For internal reporting and risk management purposes, 
Challenger’s principal activities are divided into two operating 
segments, Life and Funds Management. The Life operating 
segment is serviced by the Distribution, Product and Marketing 
team, which is responsible for ensuring the appropriate 
marketing and distribution of Life’s products. Both operating 
segments and the Distribution, Product and Marketing team 
are supported by centralised operations which are responsible 
for appropriate processes and systems and for providing the 
necessary resources to meet regulatory, compliance, financial 
reporting, legal and risk management requirements. 

Life – the Life segment comprises Challenger Life Company 
Limited (CLC), Australia’s leading provider of annuities and 
guaranteed retirement income products and Accurium Pty 
Limited, a provider of self-managed superannuation fund 
(SMSF) actuarial certificates. 

As Australia’s largest annuity provider, Life provides reliable 
guaranteed1 incomes to approximately 60,000 Australian 
retirees. 

Life’s annuity products appeal to retirees because they provide 
security and certainty of guaranteed income while protecting 
against risks from market downturns and inflation. Lifetime 
annuities protect retirees from the risk of outliving their 
savings by paying guaranteed income for life. 

The retirement incomes Life pays are backed by a high-quality 
investment portfolio, predominantly in fixed income and 
commercial property investments. These long-term 
investments generate regular and predictable investment 
income which is used to fund retirement incomes paid to  
Life’s customers. 

Life’s products are distributed via both independent financial 
advisers and financial advisers tied to the administrative 
platforms serviced by the four major Australian banks and 
AMP (the ‘major hubs’). Life’s products are included on all 
major hub Approved Product Lists (APLs) and are available on 
other leading investment and administration platforms, such as 
HUB24 and Netwealth. 

Life is the market leader in Australian retirement incomes, with 
a 76%2 annuity market share and has won the Association of 
Financial Advisers ‘Annuity Provider of the Year’ for eleven 
consecutive years. 

Life also has an annuity relationship with Mitsui Sumitomo 
Primary Life Insurance Company Limited (MS Primary), a 
leading provider of both US dollar and Australian dollar 
denominated annuities in Japan. 

Funds Management – the Funds Management segment 
focuses predominantly on the retirement savings phase of 
Australia’s superannuation system by providing products 
seeking to deliver superior investment returns. Funds 
Management is also expanding into international markets. 

As one of Australia’s fastest growing asset managers, Funds 
Management invests across a broad range of asset classes 
including fixed income, commercial property and Australian 
and global equities. The Funds Management segment 
comprises two business divisions, Fidante Partners and 
Challenger Investment Partners (CIP). 

Fidante Partners encompasses a number of investments in 
boutique investment managers that each operate under their 
own brands. Fidante Partners provides administration and 
distribution services to the boutique investment managers and 
shares in the profits of these businesses through equity 
ownership. Fidante Partners also has a presence in Europe with 
interests in alternative asset managers. 

1 The word ‘guaranteed’ means payments are guaranteed by Challenger Life 

2 Strategic Insights – March 2019. 

Company Limited from the assets of its relevant statutory fund. 

2 

Operating and financial review 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

2  Operating segments and principal 

4  Risk management 

activities (continued) 

CIP develops and manages assets for CLC and under 
Challenger’s brand principally on behalf of third-party 
institutional investors. The investments managed by CIP are 
predominantly in fixed income and commercial property. 

The Funds Management business is growing strongly, with 
funds under management (FUM) increasing by more than 68% 
over the last five years to $79 billion. 

Principal activities – there have been no significant changes in 
the nature of these principal activities or the state of affairs of 
the Company during the year. 

3  Challenger’s vision and strategy 

Challenger’s vision is to provide its customers with financial 
security for retirement. Challenger has four strategic pillars to 
ensure that it achieves its vision over the long-term. The four 
strategic pillars are: 
• increase the use of secure retirement income streams;
• lead the retirement incomes market and be recognised as

the partner of choice;

• provide customers with excellent funds management

solutions; and

• maintain leading operational and people practices.

An integral part of risk management for Challenger is the 
maintenance of a strong risk culture amongst its employees. 
Challenger’s expectations of its employees are encapsulated in 
the ‘Challenger Principles’ of integrity, commercial ownership, 
working together, compliance and creative customer solutions. 
Employees are made aware that these principles should form 
the basis of all behaviours and actions. 

The management of risk is fundamental to Challenger’s 
business and to building shareholder value and has been the 
key to Challenger’s profitable and disciplined growth over 
many years. At Challenger, risk is everyone’s business. The 
Board’s Risk Appetite Statement outlines the level of risk that 
is acceptable in striving to achieve Challenger’s strategic goals 
and financial objectives. This is combined with a robust risk 
management framework which monitors, mitigates and 
manages the risks to which Challenger is exposed. 

Challenger’s Board recognises the broad range of risks that 
apply to a participant in the financial services industry. These 
include funding and liquidity risk, investment and pricing risk, 
counterparty risk, business and reputational risk, operational 
risk, licence and regulatory risk, cyber and information security 
risk and environmental and social risks. Increasingly, the risk of 
climate change is being considered within the investment 
process. Challenger invests in assets with long term cash flows 
to match the annuity payments required to be made within its 
portfolio. This means that Challenger must consider the risk of 
climate change within its risk management framework and 
work to ensure that these risks are mitigated where possible. 
Challenger is not currently materially exposed to climate risk. 

3

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Operating and financial review

5  Challenger’s 2019 strategic progress 

2019 strategic progress 

Progress in 2019 against our strategic priorities is set out below: 

Increase the use 
of secure 
retirement 
income streams 

Industry lifetime annuity sales represent less than 2% of the annual transfer from the retirement savings 
(accumulation) phase to the retirement spending (retirement) phase. Challenger is focused on growing 
the allocation of Australian retirement savings to secure and stable incomes. 

2019 progress includes: 
• Australian annuity sales were down 4%;
• Term annuities sales were down 6%;
• Lifetime annuity sales were unchanged; and
• Japan annuity sales were down 54%.

Significant financial advice market disruption  

In 2019, Challenger’s Australian annuity sales reduced by 4% as a result of disruption to the wealth 
management and financial advice industry following the Royal Commission into Misconduct in the 
Banking and Financial Services Industry (Royal Commission). The major financial advice hubs1 have been 
impacted more than independent financial advisers, and as a result Challenger annuity sales via major 
hubs reduced by 16% on 2018 and represented 62% of total Australian annuity sales. 

Partially offsetting the decline in sales by major advice hubs was strong growth in sales by independent 
financial advisers (IFAs), which increased by 26% on 2018. Growth in IFA sales reflect the evolution of 
the advice industry over the past 12 months, with advisers moving from the major hubs to independent 
groups. Challenger is evolving its service model to support an increased proportion of advisers being 
independent and not aligned to the major hubs. 

Life sales mix and focus on long-term products 

Challenger's annuity sales mix continues to evolve to long-term products. Long-term annuities embed 
more value for shareholders as they lengthen the annuity book tenor, improve the maturity profile and 
typically enhance return on equity (RoE). 

In 2019, long-term annuity sales, which represent Australian lifetime annuities and fixed term annuities 
distributed through MS Primary in Japan, represented 32% of total annuity sales, down from 36% in 
2018. The reduction in long-term annuity sales relates to lower MS Primary Australian dollar annuity sales 
as a result of higher US interest rates relative to Australia. The higher relative US interest rates increased 
demand for US dollar products and reduced demand for Australian dollar denominated products.  

Long-term annuity sales are expected to benefit from a new reinsurance agreement with MS Primary that 
commences on 1 July 2019 and includes US dollar annuity reinsurance, and new means test rules that 
support lifetime income streams. 

Solid lifetime annuity sales in disrupted advice market 

Despite the significant disruption occurring in the Australian financial advice market, Challenger’s lifetime 
annuity sales were unchanged from 2018. Lifetime sales by major financial advice hubs were down 22% 
on 2018, reflecting the industry disruption, while lifetime sales by independent financial advisers 
increased by 35%. 

Lifetime annuity sales are benefiting from rising superannuation savings and retirees taking less risk in 
retirement and placing more value on lifetime income streams. Sales of CarePlus, a lifetime annuity 
specifically designed for the aged care market, are benefiting from demographic trends with 
approximately 300 older Australians entering home or residential care each day. 

Retirement reforms engagement and advocacy 

The Australian Government is considering a range of superannuation reforms aimed at enhancing the 
retirement phase of superannuation. 

The Government announced a Retirement Income Framework policy in May 2018. The first stage of the 
proposed Retirement Income Framework is to include a Retirement Income Covenant in the 
Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993, which would require superannuation trustees to have a 
retirement income strategy in place for members by 1 July 2020. 

The second stage of the Retirement Income Framework is to develop simplified, standardised metrics in 
product disclosures to help members make decisions about the most appropriate retirement income 
product for them. The Government consulted on disclosure in late 2018 and has indicated consumer 
testing will be undertaken on the design and content of product disclosures. 

1 Major advice hubs include AMP and the wealth management operations of the major Australian banks. 

4 

Operating and financial review 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

5  Challenger’s 2019 strategic progress (continued)

2019 strategic progress (continued) 

Increase the use 
of secure 
retirement 
income streams 
(continued) 

From 1 July 2019, new pension means test rules commenced for lifetime income stream products. The 
new means test rules are expected to encourage the development of innovative lifetime income products 
that will help retirees manage the risk of outliving their savings, while ensuring a fair and consistent 
means test treatment for all retirement income products. 

Following the Australian federal election in May 2019, the Government has indicated it is considering 
accepting the Productivity Commission’s recommendation for an independent review of Australia’s 
retirement income system. The terms of reference and timeline for the review have not yet been released. 

Lead the 
retirement 
incomes market 
and be the 
partner of choice 

Maintaining thought leadership position 

As a key thought leader in retirement incomes in Australia, Challenger works with industry and consumer 
organisations and the Government to develop policy outcomes that will provide Australians with financial 
security for retirement. 

In 2019, Challenger partnered with National Seniors Australia to understand retirees’ attitudes to and 
confidence in managing the financial aspects of retirement. Challenger has also supported the Council of 
the Ageing (COTA) to explore consumer-related retirement income issues. 

Throughout 2019, Challenger published a range of thought leadership papers, made presentations and 
conducted workshops focusing on retirement income policy settings and outcomes. 

Challenger's strategy includes being the partner of choice for superannuation funds, wealth managers 
and investment platforms for providing retirement income solutions. Challenger is the market leader in 
retirement incomes with 76%1 annuity market share. 

2019 progress includes: 

Leading adviser ratings 

Among Australian financial advisers, Challenger continues to be the most recognised retirement income 
provider with 95%2 of financial advisers rating Challenger as a leader in retirement income. 

Challenger’s leadership position in retirement increased by 2 percentage points over the year, despite the 
adviser and industry disruption. Challenger’s retirement income leadership position, which is important in 
supporting new distribution relationships, is 36 percentage points above its nearest competitor and has 
increased by 31 percentage points over the past eight years. 

In 2019, Wealth Insights undertook an analysis to compare the service level of Challenger Annuities to 
the broader Australian funds management market. When compared to the market, Challenger annuities 
rated number one across six key categories, including Overall Adviser Satisfaction (4th consecutive year); 
BDM Team (8th consecutive year); Adviser Contact Centre (4th consecutive year); Image and Reputation 
(4th consecutive year); Technical Services (4th consecutive year) and Website (3rd consecutive year). 

Increased product access via investment and administration platforms 

Challenger's strategic priorities include making its annuity products available on leading investment and 
administration platforms, allowing financial advisers and their customers easy and efficient access to 
Challenger annuities.  

By making Challenger annuities available via investment and administration platforms, advisers and 
superannuation funds can easily create solutions that combine lifetime income streams with other 
products, such as account-based pensions. 

1 Strategic Insights – March 2019 – based on annuities in force at 31 March 2019. 
2 Marketing Pulse Adviser Study December 2018. 

5

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Operating and financial review

5  Challenger’s 2019 strategic progress (continued) 

2019 strategic progress (continued) 

Lead the 
retirement 
incomes market 
and be the 
partner of choice 
(continued) 

In 2019, Challenger's full range of annuity products were made available via BT’s Panorama, and leading 
independent platforms HUB24 and Netwealth. By making annuities available via platform, it makes it 
simple and easy for advisers to include secure and stable income streams in their client portfolios. 

These new annuity relationships further expand Challenger’s distribution reach, with Challenger annuities 
now available on a wide range of traditional retail hub platforms and the fast-growing independent 
platform market. Challenger annuities are now available to over 70% of Australian financial advisers via 
their primary investment and administration platform. 

New brand campaign 

In June 2019, Challenger launched a new consumer brand campaign that responds to extensive adviser 
and consumer research undertaken. The new integrated campaign focuses on building product 
familiarity, with annuities an important component to creating confidence in retirement. Previous brand 
campaigns have focused on building Challenger brand awareness rather than promoting product 
familiarity. 

Investing in new customer and adviser growth initiatives 

In 2020, Challenger will invest up to $15 million in a range of new initiatives to drive the next phase of 
growth and enable annuities to become a mainstream option in retirement. Research conducted in 2019 
identified two areas of focus to drive growth which centred around building bottom-up customer 
demand and increasing the allocation made to annuities via retail financial advice. 

Customer research showed that improving understanding of annuities leads to a higher consideration of 
them in retirement. A range of customer initiatives has been identified and will be implemented in 2020 
with a focus on greater engagement and education on retirement income and the role annuities can 
play, which is expected to build more bottom-up customer demand. 

Challenger will also be investing in improving the adviser experience to drive increased use of annuities in 
financial advice. Investment will focus on increasing efficiency for advisers and providing more tailored 
marketing and sales support to better meet the needs of more diverse financial advice groups, including 
independent financial advisers. 

In 2019, Challenger also simplified its product offering, including removing over 1,000 lifetime product 
permutations from its Liquid Lifetime product range. Product positioning was also refined, with improved 
marketing collateral. Simplifying the product offering is expected to assist both consumers and advisers in 
their understanding of Challenger’s products. 

Challenger is focused on providing relevant investment strategies that exhibit superior investment 
performance in order to help build retirement savings. 

2019 progress includes: 

Maintaining superior investment performance 

Funds Management has a long track record of achieving superior investment performance, which is 
helping attract superior net flows. Over five years, 93% of Funds Management funds have outperformed 
their benchmark1. 

For Fidante Partners, over the past ten years, 86% of funds have achieved either first or second quartile 
investment performance2, with most funds performing well above average. Over three years, 76% of 
funds achieved first or second quartile investment performance. 

Adding new boutiques and investment strategies 

Fidante Partners continues to expand its product offering by adding new boutiques and new investment 
strategies for existing managers. In April 2019, Eiger Capital, a new Australian small cap boutique was 
formed through partnering with an experienced and highly rated small caps team. 

Provide 
customers with 
excellent funds 
management 
solutions 

1 Fidante Partners as at 31 March 2019. Percentage of Funds Management Australian boutiques and CIP funds meeting or exceeding performance benchmark over five 

years.  

2 Mercer as at 30 June 2019. 

6 

Operating and financial review 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

5  Challenger’s 2019 strategic progress (continued)

2019 strategic progress (continued) 

Provide 
customers with 
excellent funds 
management 
solutions 
(continued) 

During 2019, Funds Management expanded its product offering:  
• Ardea Investment Management commenced development of the High Alpha Real Outcome Fund,

which is a higher returning version of the flagship Ardea Real Outcome Fund;

• Kapstream launched the Kapstream Absolute Return Income Plus strategy, which targets an absolute

return of 3– 4% above the cash rate;

• Whitehelm Capital launched the Smart City Infrastructure Fund backed by Dutch pension fund APG,

which aims to bring the traditional long-term infrastructure investment model to new business models
and use cases; and

• Eiger Capital launched its flagship Australian Small Companies Fund, which aims to outperform its

benchmark over rolling five-year periods (after fees).

Award-winning investment strategies 

The quality of Fidante Partners’ investment managers continues to be externally recognised. During 2019, 
the following funds won investment manager awards. 
• Ardea Investment Management – Kanganews Australian Rates Fund Manager of the Year (2018);
• Bentham Asset Management – Money Magazine Best of the Best Award for Best Income Fund (2019);
• Greencape Capital – Money Magazine Best of the Best Award for Best Australian Share Fund (2019);
• Kapstream – Kanganews Australian Credit Fund Manager of the Year (2018);
• Lennox Capital Partners – SuperRatings & Lonsec Rising Star Award (2018); and
• Lennox Capital Partners – Lonsec/Money Management Emerging Manager of the Year (2019).

Highly rated investment products 

Fidante Partners’ investment managers and funds are highly rated by external asset consultants. For 
Fidante Partners’ funds rated by asset consultants:  
• 39% of ratings are the top rating (e.g. ‘Highly Recommended’ or ‘Gold’) compared to an average of

approximately 10% across the Australian funds management industry; and

• 95% of ratings are a ‘buy’ rating compared to an average of approximately 70% across the Australian

funds management industry.

Expanding capability into exchange traded fund (ETF) market 

There is strong demand from investors for simple and easy-to-access liquid investment products. ETFs 
have experienced very strong growth in a number of markets as they provide the ability to deliver 
diversified investment strategies in a liquid and simple-to-execute format. ETFs have traditionally focused 
on passive or factor-based investments; however, Funds Management identified an opportunity to 
expand ETF usage to active manager products. 

In December 2018, Fidante Partners launched one of Australia’s first active fixed income ETFs, the ActiveX 
Ardea Real Outcome Bond Fund (Managed Fund) (ASX: XARO). The fund was listed on the ASX in 
December 2018 and is managed by Ardea Investment Management.  

Fidante Partners is well advanced to launch more ETFs for its boutique managers, which are expected to 
be rolled out progressively throughout 2020.  

Expanding into Japanese funds management market 

Funds Management is expanding its presence in Japan. Following the opening of a Tokyo office to 
support the MS&AD strategic relationship, in the second half of 2018 the business was granted a licence 
to manage real estate assets in Japan. In late March 2019, the funds management business was granted 
an investment advisory and agency business licence, which enables it to introduce Fidante and CIP 
investment capabilities into the Japanese market. Following granting of the relevant investment licences, 
Funds Management has assumed responsibility for managing Life’s $0.8 billion Japanese commercial 
property portfolio and is well progressed to start managing Japanese property on behalf of its third party 
client base. 

7

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Operating and financial review

5  Challenger’s 2019 strategic progress (continued)

2019 strategic progress (continued) 

Provide 
customers with 
excellent funds 
management 
solutions 
(continued) 

Challenger Investment Partners (CIP) Credit Income Fund 

CIP Fixed Income manages funds and investment mandates across multiple underlying investment 
strategies that includes both public and private credit investments in the Australian market. 

In October 2017, CIP launched its first fund, the CIP Credit Income Fund. The fund is a floating rate, 
multi-sector credit income strategy that invests in investment grade public and private debt investments. 
With an investment grade average portfolio credit rating1, the fund provides investors with a higher 
income, defensive and diversifying investment without taking excessive credit or interest rate risk. 

The Credit Income Fund is performing strongly and since inception has outperformed its benchmark, 
which is a return of 3% above the Bank Bill rate and is currently ranked top quartile in relevant 
investment surveys. Importantly, the fund has demonstrated its defensive characteristics during periods of 
heightened market volatility during the year. 

Reflecting the success of the fund, during 2019 the fund continued to attract interest from institutions 
looking to benefit from the enhanced yield without taking excessive credit risk. As a result of investor 
interest, distribution of the fund will be expanded to target high net-worth investors. 

Maintain leading 
operational and 
people practices 

Challenger believes maintaining a highly engaged, diverse and agile workforce committed to sustainable 
business practices and a strong risk and compliance culture is essential for providing customers and 
shareholders with superior outcomes. 

2019 progress includes: 

Employee engagement and risk culture 

Employee engagement measures the nature of the relationship between an organisation and its 
employees. Challenger believes having a highly engaged team with a positive attitude towards the 
organisation and its values will lead to superior shareholder and customer outcomes.  

Challenger’s latest employee engagement survey, which was conducted by Willis Towers Watson in 
March 2019, showed a sustainable employee engagement score of 84%, which was above both the 
Australian Company and Global Financial Services Norms. 

Challenger’s employee engagement survey also measured employee attitudes to important matters such 
as risk culture and views on diversity and flexibility. Challenger’s risk culture score was 85%, which was 
well above all Willis Towers Watson’s benchmarks, including the Global High Performance Norm.  

Diversity and gender pay equality 

Challenger seeks to create an inclusive workforce and values the capability and experience that diversity 
brings to the organisation. To encourage greater representation of women at senior levels of the 
organisation, Challenger continues to develop initiatives targeted at improving gender equality, including 
setting gender diversity targets.  

Challenger set diversity targets in December 2015, which included a target of 38% of management roles 
being held by women in 2020. In 2019, the 2020 target for women in management roles was increased 
from 38% to 40%. 

At 30 June 2019, Challenger had 37% of management roles held by women. 

Challenger is committed to pay equality. Management and the Board review gender pay equality 
annually as part of the remuneration process. This focus has ensured that for the past five years, the 
gender pay gap has been closed and gender pay equality for similar roles has been maintained. 

During 2019, Challenger was recognised as an Employer of Choice for Gender Equality (WGEA) for the 
second year running. Challenger’s commitment to diversity was recognised in Challenger’s March 2019 
employee engagement survey, with a diversity and flexibility engagement score of 94%, which was well 
above Willis Towers Watson’s Australian Company and Global Financial Services Norms. 

Flexible work 

Challenger has a focus on providing its employees with flexibility. Over the past year, almost 90 
employees moved to a formal flexible working arrangement, representing approximately 15% of 
Challenger’s people. In addition, a large number of men and women took advantage of informal flexible 
work arrangements throughout the year. 

1 Based on Moody’s Investors Service Inc weighted average rating factors. 

8 

Operating and financial review 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

5  Challenger’s 2019 strategic progress (continued)

2019 strategic progress (continued) 

Maintain leading 
operational and 
people practices 
(continued) 

Maintain superior cost to income ratio 

Challenger's business is highly scalable and efficient. Challenger’s normalised cost to income ratio target 
is a range of 30% to 34%. The cost to income ratio in 2019 was a record low of 32.6% and has fallen 
by 18 percentage points over the past ten years. 

Challenger maintains one of the leading cost to income ratios in the Australian wealth management 
industry. 

Enhancing sustainability capability 

At Challenger, being sustainable is about addressing environmental, social and governance (ESG) 
opportunities and risks that have the potential to affect Challenger’s vision to provide financial security 
for retirement. 

Challenger has made significant progress during the year implementing priorities under its sustainability 
strategy and this is highlighted in Challenger’s Sustainability Report. 

Challenger continues to be a constituent of the FTSE4Good Index and a signatory to the Principles for 
Responsible Investment (PRI). Challenger has adopted an integrated investment management approach 
to deliver responsible investment outcomes and believes there are links between long-term sustainable 
returns and the quality of an organisation’s ESG practices. 

In 2019, ESG capability was increased across Challenger with the appointment of specialist resources. In 
addition, CLC released an ESG statement in May 2019, outlining Challenger's approach to ESG risks and 
opportunities in investment analysis and decision-making. Challenger continued to support Fidante 
Partners to develop ESG practices across their boutique firms. As a result, most of the boutiques have 
become signatories to the PRI and many have developed stand-alone ESG policies. Challenger has also 
supported a number of boutiques in documenting their own responsible investment policies. 

Commitment to reducing emissions 

Challenger is committed to reducing the environmental impact of its operations and offsets all known 
greenhouse gas emissions, making Challenger’s business operations carbon neutral. In 2019, Challenger 
extended the calculation of emissions from Scope 2 to include Scope 3 and had the emission calculation 
independently verified. In 2019, greenhouse emissions were 4% lower than in 2018 and electricity usage 
in our three largest offices (Sydney, Melbourne and Tokyo) reduced by 5%. 

6  Market overview and outlook

Challenger is an investment management firm focusing on 
providing customers with financial security for retirement. 

Life outlook 

Challenger has two businesses, Life and Funds Management, 
both providing products for Australia’s growing 
superannuation system. 

Australia’s superannuation system commenced in 1992 and is 
now the fourth largest pension system globally, with pension 
assets having increased by 10% per annum over the past 20 
years1. 

Growth in Australia’s superannuation system is underpinned 
by mandatory contributions, which are scheduled to increase 
from currently 9.5% of gross salaries to 12.0% by 2025. The 
superannuation system is forecast to grow from $2.8 trillion 
today2 to over $10 trillion by 20353. Growth in the 
superannuation system is also supported by changing 
demographics and the Government enhancing the retirement 
phase of superannuation. 

Both Life and Funds Management are expected to benefit 
from growth in Australia’s superannuation system. 

Life focuses on the retirement spending phase of 
superannuation by providing products that convert retirement 
savings into safe and secure income. Challenger Life is 
Australia’s leading provider of annuities4 providing reliable 
guaranteed5 incomes to approximately 60,000 Australian 
retirees. 

The retirement spending phase of superannuation is expected 
to grow strongly over the next 20 years, driven by 
demographic changes and maturing of the superannuation 
system. 

The number of Australians over the age of 65, which is Life's 
target market, is expected to increase by ~56% over the next 
twenty years6.

1 Willis Towers Watson Global Pension Study 2018. 
2 The Association of Superannuation Funds of Australia, Superannuation 

4 Strategic Insights – March 2019 – based on immediate annuities under 

administration at 31 March 2019. 

Statistics as at the end of March 2019. 

3 Rice Warner 2017 superannuation projections. 

5 The word ‘guaranteed’ means payments are guaranteed by Challenger Life 

Company Limited from the assets of its relevant statutory fund. 

6 Australian Bureau of Statistics population projections series B, Cat No 3222.0. 

9

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Operating and financial review

6  Market overview and outlook (continued)

Life outlook (continued)

Reflecting the demographic changes underway, and growth in 
Australia's superannuation system, the annual transfer from 
the retirement savings phase of superannuation to the 
retirement spending phase was estimated to be ~$67bn1 in 
2019. Industry annuity sales (term and lifetime annuities) 
currently represent less than approximately 5% of the annual 
transfer to the retirement phase. Lifetime annuity sales 
represent less than 2% of the annual transfer. 

There is growing recognition that retirees need to take a 
different approach to investing in retirement. As retirees 
transition from Government-funded age pensions to private 
pensions, retirees are demanding safe, secure retirement 
income products that convert savings into income and provide 
financial security. 

The superannuation system is helping Australians build savings 
for their retirement. Australians now have meaningful 
superannuation balances when they retire, with an estimated 
total financial wealth at retirement of $680,0002, despite the 
system only being in place for half the working life of today’s 
retirees. 

There are a range of Government retirement income 
regulatory reforms that are being implemented and are 
currently proposed, designed to enhance the retirement phase 
and better align it with the overall objective of the 
superannuation system – to provide income in retirement to 
substitute or supplement the age pension. These reforms 
provide a significant opportunity to increase the proportion of 
retirement savings invested in longevity products, including 
annuities. 

As Australia's leading provider of annuities, Life is expected to 
continue to benefit from the long-term growth in Australia’s 
superannuation system and regulatory reforms designed to 
enhance the retirement phase. Life has a range of initiatives 
underway to build bottom-up customer demand for annuities 
and to increase the allocation of retirement savings made to 
annuities through retail financial advice. 

Life is also diversifying its range of products and expanding its 
distribution relationships in both Australia and Japan. 

In Australia, Life is broadening access by making annuities 
available via leading investment and administration platforms. 
As a result, Challenger’s range of annuities are accessible by 
more than 70% of Australia’s financial advisers via their 
primary investment and administration platform. 

Challenger has been recognised as a product innovator and 
was awarded the Association of Financial Advisers Annuity 
Provider of the Year, as well as the Long Term Income Stream 
and Annuity and Income Stream Innovation Award for its 
Deferred Lifetime Annuity product. Challenger is also 
recognised by 95%3 of advisers as a leader in Australian 
retirement incomes.

The Life business is resilient and well-positioned to capture the 
long-term growth opportunity through increased 
superannuation savings and a greater allocation made to 
annuities. Over the short term, the Australian wealth 
management and adviser market has been disrupted, which is 
impacting Life domestic annuity sales.  

Life relies on third party financial advisers, both independent 
and part of the major advice hubs4, to distribute its products. 
Following the public hearings and completion of the Royal 
Commission, there has been significant disruption across the 
financial advice market which has reduced customer 
confidence in retail financial advice and reduced the 
acquisition of new customers by financial advisers. The 
financial advice market disruption is impacting the Australian 
wealth management industry sales over the short term. 

While Challenger was not called to give evidence at the Royal 
Commission and Life’s customers are not questioning the 
quality of its products or services, the disrupted advice market 
is impacting Life’s domestic annuity sales, which reduced by 
4% on 2018. 

Life has a strong reputation with both consumers and advisers 
and is undertaking a range of initiatives to support sales while 
the financial advice market is disrupted.  

Life is engaging and educating customers in order to increase 
consumer understanding in order to build bottom-up demand. 
Initiatives include enhancing and simplifying its product 
offering, developing engagement and education initiatives and 
nurturing prospective clients.  

Following the Royal Commission, the financial advice 
landscape is evolving and there are opportunities to improve 
the adviser experience. Challenger is evolving its service model 
to cater for an increased number of independent financial 
advisers and has a range of initiatives under way to support 
advisers by providing efficiencies and support in order to meet 
best interests duty requirements. 

The profit-for-member sector of superannuation is growing 
strongly and as their members transition to retirement, their 
focus on providing retirement solutions to retiree members is 
increasing. The profit-for-member sector provides a significant 
growth opportunity for Challenger. 

In Japan, Life commenced an annuity relationship with Mitsui 
Sumitomo Primary Life Insurance Company Limited (MS 
Primary) to provide Australian dollar annuities in November 
2016. 

1 Australian Taxation Office. 
2 Australian Bureau of Statistic Household Income and Wealth 2017-18 Cat No 

3 Market Pulse Adviser Study December 2018. 
4 Major advice hubs include AMP and the wealth management operations of the 

6523.0. Average household wealth includes superannuation and non-
superannuation assets and excludes the family home. 

major Australian banks.  

10 

Operating and financial review 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

6  Market overview and outlook (continued)

Life outlook (continued) 

MS Primary is a leading provider of annuity products in Japan 
and is part of the MS&AD Insurance Group Holdings Inc. 
(MS&AD).  

As part of the reinsurance agreement with MS Primary, 
Challenger Life currently reinsures an Australian dollar 20-year 
term product and an Australian dollar lifetime annuity product. 

In March 2019, Challenger entered into a new agreement with 
MS Primary to commence reinsuring a 20-year term US dollar 
annuity product from 1 July 2019. 

Under the new reinsurance arrangement, MS Primary provides 
Challenger an annual amount of reinsurance, across both 
Australian and US dollar annuities, of at least ¥50 billion 
(~$660 million1) per year for a minimum of five years2,3. 

MS&AD also announced its intention to increase its 
shareholding in Challenger to over 15% of issued capital and 
seek representation on the Challenger Limited Board. At 30 
June 2019, MS&AD held 16% of Challenger’s issued capital 
and a representative from MS&AD is expected to join the 
Board early in the 2020 financial year. 

Funds Management outlook 

Funds Management focuses on building savings for retirement 
by providing products seeking to deliver superior investment 
returns. Funds Management is one of Australia’s largest4 active 
fund managers. 

Growth in funds under management can be attributed to the 
strength of Challenger's retail and institutional distribution 
teams, a market leading business model focused on investor 
alignment and strong long-term investment performance. 

The Fidante Partners business model involves taking minority 
equity interests in separately branded, boutique fund 
management firms, with Challenger providing the distribution, 
administration and business support, leaving investment 
managers to focus on managing investment portfolios. 

Fidante Partners is expanding its product offering by adding 
new boutiques and accessing new distribution channels. 
During 2019, new products were added, including new 
boutiques, new investment strategies and Fidante Partners 
launched its first actively managed exchange traded fund. 

Funds Management also includes Challenger Investment 
Partners (CIP), an institutional manager that originates and 
manages fixed income and property assets for leading global 
and Australian institutions, including Challenger Life. CIP 
clients benefit from the broad product offering and market 
insights CIP gains through its experienced team and scale of its 
investment business.  

Funds Management is also expanding its presence in Japan, 
with Challenger opening a Tokyo office in order to support the 
MS&AD strategic relationship and to develop distribution 
opportunities in the region. A Japanese real estate funds 
management licence and an investment advisory licence has 
been granted, which will facilitate distribution of investment 
products in Japan.  

Funds Management is expected to continue to benefit from 
the overall growth in Australia’s superannuation system and 
Challenger’s expansion into international funds management 
and pension markets. 

Risks 

The above outlook for the Life and Funds Management 
segments is subject to the following key business risks: 
• regulatory and political changes impacting financial services

participants;

• demand for and competition with Challenger products,

including annuities and managed funds;

• investment market volatility; and
• general uncertainty around the global economy and its

impact on markets in which Challenger operates and invests.

Challenger's Fidante Partners business model has allowed it to 
attract and build successful alliances with traditional and 
alternative investment managers. 

Other risks to which Challenger’s businesses are exposed are 
summarised in section 4 Risk Management and in the 
Corporate Governance summary on page 23. 

Fidante Partners has operations in Australia and the United 
Kingdom. Fidante Partners is authorised and regulated by the 
Financial Conduct Authority in the United Kingdom and also 
holds a registration as a broker-dealer with the Financial 
Industry Regulatory Authority in the United States.

1 Based on AUD/JPY close of 75.705 as at 28 June 2019. 
2 Challenger Life has entered into a new agreement with MS Primary to 

commence reinsuring the US dollar version of the 20-year term product. 
Challenger will provide a guaranteed interest rate and assume the investment 
risk in relation to those policies issued by MS Primary and reinsured by 
Challenger. 

3 Subject to review in the event of a material adverse change for either MS 

Primary or Challenger Life. 

4 Consolidated FUM for Australian Fund Managers – Rainmaker Roundup March 

2019. 

11

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Operating and financial review

7  Key performance indicators (KPIs)

7.1  Profitability and growth 

KPIs for the year ended 30 June 2019 (with the year to 30 
June 2018 being the prior comparative period (PCP), unless 
otherwise stated) include: 

2019 

2018 

Change 
% 

Profitability 
Statutory profit attributable 
to equity holders ($m) 
322.5 
Normalised NPBT 
547.3 
406.1 
Normalised NPAT ($m) 
Statutory EPS (cents) 
54.0 
68.1 
Normalised EPS (cents) 
35.5 
Total dividend (cents) 
Total dividend franking 
100% 
Normalised cost: income ratio  32.6%  32.7% 
Statutory RoE after tax 
9.7% 
15.8%  16.5% 
Normalised RoE pre-tax 
Normalised RoE after tax 
11.4%  12.2% 

307.8 
548.3 
396.1 
50.9 
65.5 
35.5 
100% 

8.9% 

(4.6) 
1.0 
(2.5) 
(5.7) 
(3.8) 
- 
- 
(0.1) 
(0.8) 
(0.7) 
(0.8) 

Growth 
Total Life annuity sales ($m) 
Life annuity net book 
growth ($m) 
Life annuity net book 
growth (%) 
Total FM net flows ($bn)  
Total AUM ($bn) 

3,543.1  4,000.7 

(11.4) 

685.8  1,392.7 

(50.8) 

5.8%  13.5% 
5.3 
81.1 

(2.4) 
81.8 

(7.7) 
(Large) 
0.9 

Challenger’s statutory profit attributable to equity holders was 
4.6% lower for the year ended 30 June 2019. Statutory EPS 
has decreased for the year when compared to the prior year, 
reflecting the lower profit attributable to equity holders as a 
result of higher pre-tax normalised earnings offset by the 
impact of fair value changes on Challenger Life Company 
Limited’s (CLC’s) assets and liabilities together with the impact 
of the issue of additional ordinary shares in the period to 
satisfy the dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) and as a result of 
a reduction in Treasury shares. Statutory EPS has decreased by 
5.7% for the year when compared to 2018. 

Normalised net profit after tax decreased by 2.5%, and 
normalised EPS decreased by 3.8% compared to 2018, 
reflecting slightly higher earnings in Life and marginally lower 
earnings in the Funds Management business, offset by a 
higher effective tax rate in the period and a higher share count 
as a result of additional capital being issued to satisfy the DRP 
and as a result of a reduction in Treasury shares. 

A final dividend of 18.0 cents was announced, franked at 
100%, taking the total dividend for 2019 to 35.5 cents 
franked at 100%, which is unchanged from the prior year 
(100% franked). 

Challenger’s normalised cost to income ratio of 32.6% 
remains within the targeted range and is lower than the ratio 
in 2018 (32.7%). This reflects continued cost discipline 
throughout the business. Challenger’s medium-term expected 
normalised cost to income ratio target is 30–34%. 

12 

However, it is expected that this range will be exceeded in the 
next period as a result of additional costs being incurred in the 
Distribution, Product and Marketing area to support growth 
initiatives. 

Challenger has historically targeted a normalised pre-tax RoE 
of 18%. The normalised pre-tax RoE was 15.8% in 2019 
compared to 16.5% in the prior year due to higher average 
capital levels. The RoE target has been lowered for 2020 and 
beyond from 18% to the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA) cash 
rate plus a margin of 14%. This reflects the structural change 
in interest rates, being at historic lows and expected to remain 
low for the foreseeable future. 

Statutory RoE after tax of 8.9% has decreased compared to 
the prior year (2018: 9.7%) as a result of lower after-tax 
statutory profit and higher capital levels. Normalised RoE after 
tax decreased from 12.2% in the prior period to 11.4%, 
primarily reflecting the increased share count and the reduced 
normalised net profit after tax. 

7.2  Capital management 

Challenger’s capital position is managed at both the Group 
and the prudentially-regulated CLC level, with the objective of 
maintaining the financial stability of the Group and CLC whilst 
ensuring that shareholders earn an appropriate risk-adjusted 
return. Refer to Note 12 Contributed equity for further 
information on the Group’s Internal Capital Adequacy 
Assessment Process. 

The following table highlights the key capital metrics for CLC 
and the Group: 

Capital 
Net assets attributable to 
equity holders ($m) 
CLC excess capital over 
PCA ($m) 
Group cash ($m) 
CLC excess capital over PCA + 
Group cash ($m) 
CLC PCA ratio (times) 
CLC Tier 1 ratio (times) 

2019 

2018  Change 

3,600.3  3,485.4 

114.9 

1,377.0  1,341.9 
84.9 

91.5 

1,468.5  1,426.8 
1.53 
1.37 

1.53 
1.37 

35.1 
6.6 

41.7 
- 
- 

CLC regulatory capital base 

CLC holds capital in order to ensure that, under a range of 
adverse scenarios, it can continue to meet its regulatory and 
contractual obligations to its customers. CLC is regulated by 
APRA and is required to hold a minimum level of regulatory 
capital. CLC has ongoing and open engagement with APRA. 

CLC maintains a level of capital representing the Prescribed 
Capital Amount (PCA) plus a target surplus. The target surplus 
is a level of excess capital that CLC seeks to carry over and 
above APRA’s minimum requirement in order to provide a 
buffer against adverse market conditions, having regard to 
CLC’s credit rating. 

 
Operating and financial review 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

7  Key performance indicators (KPIs) (continued)

CLC regulatory capital base (continued) 

CLC uses internal capital models to determine its target 
surplus, which are risk-based and are responsive to changes in 
CLC’s asset allocation and market conditions. While CLC does 
not target a specific PCA ratio, CLC’s internal capital models 
result in a PCA ratio under current circumstances in the range 
of 1.3 to 1.6 times. This range may change over time and is 
dependent on a number of factors. 

In addition to CLC’s excess regulatory capital, Challenger 
maintains cash at a Group level which can be used to meet 
regulatory capital requirements. Challenger further maintains a 
Group corporate debt facility of $400 million in order to 
provide additional financial flexibility. The facility remained 
undrawn throughout the period. 

APRA’s Level 3 (conglomerate) proposals 

The Group is a Level 3 Head (as defined in Prudential Standard 
3PS 001) under the APRA conglomerates framework. Level 3 
groups are groups of companies that perform material activities 
across more than one APRA-regulated industry and/or in one or 
more non-APRA regulated industries. APRA’s non-capital 
conglomerate prudential standards relating to measurement, 
management, monitoring and reporting aggregate risk 
exposures and intragroup transactions and exposures came into 
effect 1 July 2017.  

In March 2016, APRA announced that it would defer the 
implementation of conglomerate capital requirements until a 
number of other domestic and international policy initiatives 
were further progressed. There has been no further update 
from APRA in relation to this position. 

Dividends and dividend reinvestment plan 

2019  2018  Change 
Dividends 
Interim dividend (cents)1 
- 
17.5  17.5
Final dividend (cents)2 
- 
18.0  18.0
Total dividend (cents) 
- 
35.5  35.5
Interim dividend franking  100%  100%
- 
Final dividend franking 
- 
100%  100% 

Change 
% 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

1 

Interim dividend declared on 12 February 2019 and paid on 26 March 2019 in 
respect of the half year ended 31 December 2018.  

2  Final dividend declared on 12 August 2019 and payable on 25 September 

2019 in respect of the half year ended 30 June 2019. 

The Board targets a dividend payout ratio range of 45% to 
50% of normalised net profit after tax. The dividend payout 
ratio for the year ended 30 June 2019 was 54.2% (30 June 
2018: 52.1%). 

The payout ratio is currently above the target reflecting the 
resilience of Challenger’s business and strong capital position. 

The Company also seeks to frank its dividend to the maximum 
extent possible and expects future dividends over the medium 
term to be fully franked. However, the actual dividend payout 
ratio and franking will depend on prevailing market conditions 
and capital allocation priorities at the time. 

The Company continued to operate its DRP during the period. 
The DRP participation rate for the 2018 final dividend was 
3.1% of all issued shares, and 329,710 ordinary shares were 
issued to satisfy the DRP requirements on 26 September 2018. 
The participation rate for the 2019 interim dividend was 3.1%, 
and 411,192 ordinary shares were issued to satisfy DRP 
requirements on 26 March 2019. 

The DRP will continue in operation for the 2019 final dividend, 
and the Board has determined that new shares will be issued 
to fulfil DRP requirements in respect of the final dividend. The 
new shares will not be issued at a discount to the prevailing 
Challenger share price. 

No shares were bought back during the year. 

7.3  Credit ratings 

Challenger Limited and CLC are rated by Standard & Poor’s 
(S&P). In December 2018, S&P reaffirmed both CLC and 
Challenger Limited’s credit ratings. 

Ratings were confirmed as: 
• CLC: ‘A’ with a positive outlook; and
• Challenger Limited: ‘BBB+’ with a positive outlook.
The S&P ratings reflect the financial strength of Challenger 
Limited and CLC. In particular, S&P note that CLC has an 
extremely strong capital and earnings position with significant 
financial flexibility. 

8  Normalised profit and investment 

experience 

Normalised framework (Non IFRS) 

CLC and its consolidated entities are required by AASB 1038 
Life Insurance Contracts to value all assets and liabilities at fair 
value where permitted by other accounting standards. 

This gives rise to fluctuating valuation movements on assets 
and liabilities being recognised in the profit and loss in CLC 
and on consolidation in Challenger Limited. CLC is generally a 
long-term holder of assets, due to holding assets to match the 
term of life contract liabilities. As a result, Challenger takes a 
long-term view of the expected capital growth of the portfolio 
rather than focusing on short-term movements. Investment 
experience represents the difference between actual 
investment gains/losses (both realised and unrealised) and 
expected gains/losses based on CLC’s medium to long-term 
expected returns together with the new business strain1 that 
results from writing new annuities. Investment experience also 
includes any impact from changes in economic and other 
actuarial assumptions. 

1 New business strain is a non-cash accounting adjustment recognised when 
annuity rates on new business are higher than the risk-free rate used to fair 
value annuities. The new business strain unwinds over the annuity contract. 

13

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Operating and financial review

8  Normalised profit and investment experience (continued)

Normalised framework (Non IFRS) (continued) 

Management analysis – normalised results 

Operating expenses decreased (down $1.0 million), with cost 
discipline maintained across the Group.  

In 2019, Challenger’s full-time equivalent employee numbers 
increased by 11 (or 1.6%) to 687. 

Normalised tax for the year was $152.2 million, up  
$11.0 million (or 7.8%) from 2018 due to flat earnings before 
interest and tax, offset by a higher normalised effective tax 
rate. The normalised effective tax rate for the period increased 
to 27.8% (25.8% at 30 June 2018). 

Management analysis – investment experience 

Actual capital growth1 
– Cash and fixed income
– Infrastructure
– Property (net of debt)
– Equity and other investments
Total actual capital growth 

Normalised capital growth2 
– Cash and fixed income
– Infrastructure
– Property (net of debt)
– Equity and other investments
Total normalised capital growth 

Investment experience 
– Cash and fixed income
– Infrastructure
– Property (net of debt)
– Equity and other investments
– Policy liability experience3
Asset and policy liability experience 
New business strain4 
Investment experience before tax 
Tax benefit/(expense) 
Investment experience after tax 

2019 
$m 

2018 
$m 

9.4 
116.9 
43.5 
(90.7) 
79.1 

40.8 
(34.2) 
134.6 
(80.2) 
61.0 

(42.0) 
30.2 
72.1 
94.8 
155.1 

(38.9) 
24.4 
70.3 
74.7 
130.5 

51.4 
86.7 
(28.6) 
(185.5) 
5.8 
(70.2) 
(33.3) 
(103.5) 
15.2 
(88.3) 

79.7 
(58.6) 
64.3 
(154.9) 
24.5 
(45.0) 
(58.9) 
(103.9) 
27.9 
(76.0) 

1 Actual capital growth represents net realised and unrealised capital gains or 

losses and includes the attribution of interest rate, inflation and foreign 
exchange derivatives that are used to hedge exposures. 

2 Normalised capital growth is determined by multiplying the normalised capital 

growth rate for each asset class by the average investment assets for the 
period. The normalised capital growth rates represent Challenger’s expectations 
for each asset class over the investment cycle. The normalised growth rate is 
+4.5% for equity and other investments (revised to +3.5% from 1 July 2019), 
+4.0% for infrastructure, +2.0% for property and -0.35% for cash and fixed 
income in order to allow for credit defaults. The rates have been set with 
reference to medium to long-term market growth rates and are reviewed to 
ensure consistency with prevailing market experience. 

3 Policy liability experience represents the impact of changes in macroeconomic 
variables, including bond yields and inflation factors, expense assumptions and 
other factors applied in the valuation of life contract liabilities. 

4 New business strain is a non-cash accounting adjustment recognised when 
annuity rates on new business are higher than the risk-free rate used to fair 
value annuities. The new business strain unwinds over the annuity contract. 

A reconciliation between statutory revenue and the 
management view of revenue and net income is included in 
the financial report as part of Note 3 Segment information. 
This note also includes a reconciliation of statutory profit  
after tax and normalised net profit after tax (the management 
view of post-tax profit). The application of the normalised 
profit framework has been reviewed by Challenger’s 
independent auditor to ensure that the reported results are 
consistently applied in accordance with the methodology 
described in Note 3 Segment information in the financial 
report. 

Management analysis – normalised results 

2019 
$m 

2018 
$m 
821.0  821.8 

Change 
$m 
(0.8) 

Change 
% 
(0.1) 

670.1  669.6 
149.9  151.2 

0.5 
(1.3) 

0.1 
(0.9) 

1.0 

1.0 
(267.4)  (268.4) 
553.6  553.4 

- 
1.0 
0.2 

- 
0.4 
- 

563.6  562.7 
57.9 

50.9 

0.9 
(7.0) 

0.2 
(12.1) 

Net income1 
Comprising: 
– Life normalised COE
– FM net income
– Corporate and other

income 

Operating expenses1 
Normalised EBIT 
Comprising: 
– Life normalised EBIT
– FM normalised EBIT
– Corporate and other

normalised EBIT

(60.9) 

(67.2) 

6.3 

9.4 

Interest and borrowing 
costs 
Tax on normalised 
profit 
Normalised NPAT 
Investment experience 
after tax 
Significant items  
after tax 
Statutory net profit 
after tax attributable 
to equity holders 

(5.3) 

(6.1) 

0.8 

13.1 

(152.2)  (141.2) 
396.1  406.1 

(11.0) 
(10.0) 

(7.8) 
(2.5) 

(88.3) 

(76.0) 

(12.3) 

(16.2) 

-

(7.6)

7.6 

100.0 

307.8  322.5 

(14.7) 

(4.6) 

1 ‘Net income’ and ‘Operating expenses’ are internal classifications and are 

defined in Note 3 Segment information in the financial report. These differ 
from the statutory revenue and expenses classifications, as certain costs 
(including distribution expenses, property expenses, management fees, special 
purpose vehicle expenses and finance costs) are netted off against gross 
revenues. These classifications have been made in the Directors’ report and in 
Note 3 Segment information to reflect how management measures business 
performance. Whilst the allocation of amounts to the above items and 
investment experience differ to the statutory view, both approaches result in 
the same total net profit after tax attributable to equity holders. 

Life normalised cash operating earnings (COE) and earnings 
before interest and tax (EBIT) increased marginally as a result 
of higher Life investment assets, offset by a lower margin 
being earned on those assets. Life’s average investment assets 
increased by 8.6% as a result of increased net book growth in 
annuities and valuation movements on those assets. 

Funds Management net income decreased (down $1.3 million) 
due to both reduced Fidante Partners fee income and reduced 
Challenger Investment Partners income. Funds Management 
average FUM increased by 5.5%. 

14 

Operating and financial review 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

8  Normalised profit and investment 

experience (continued) 

Management analysis – investment experience 

Investment experience after tax relates to changes in the fair 
value of Life’s assets and liabilities. Investment experience is a 
mechanism employed to remove the volatility arising from 
asset and liability valuation movements and new business 
strain from Life business earnings so as to more accurately 
reflect the underlying performance of the Life business. 

Pre-tax investment experience in 2019 comprised an asset and 
policyholder liability experience loss of $70.2 million and a loss 
of $33.3 million from Life’s new business strain. Life’s asset 
portfolio experienced losses across equity and alternatives and 
property which were partially offset by gains on Life’s fixed 
income and infrastructure portfolios. The positive fixed income 
movements, which were primarily due to the contraction in 
domestic and offshore credit spreads, were partially offset by 
the increase in the value of Life’s liabilities as a result of a 
lower discount rate used to determine their fair value. 

9  Life segment results 

The Life segment includes CLC, Australia’s leading provider of 
annuities and guaranteed retirement income products, and 
Accurium Pty Limited. CLC has won the Association of 
Financial Advisers/Plan for Life annuity provider of the year for 
the past eleven consecutive years. 

CLC is regulated by APRA, and its financial strength is rated by 
Standard & Poor’s, with an ‘A’ credit rating and positive 
outlook. CLC is strongly capitalised, with significant excess 
capital above APRA’s minimum regulatory requirements. 

Life normalised 
results 
Normalised COE 
– Cash earnings
– Normalised capital

growth 

Operating expenses 
Normalised EBIT 

2019 
$m 

2018 
$m 
670.1  669.6 
515.0  539.1 

Change 
$m 
0.5 
(24.1) 

Change 
% 
0.1 
(4.5) 

155.1  130.5 
(106.5)  (106.9) 
563.6  562.7 

24.6 
0.4 
0.9 

18.9 
0.4 
0.2 

Life normalised EBIT increased by $0.9 million (up 0.2%) due 
to marginally higher normalised COE (up $0.5 million or 
0.1%), which was combined with lower operating expenses 
decreasing by $0.4 million (or 0.4%). The higher normalised 
COE was as a result of higher investment assets, with Life 
average investment assets increasing 8.6%, offset by reduced 
cash earnings generated on those assets. 

Life generated a normalised RoE (pre-tax) of 17.7%, down by 
0.8 percentage points from the prior year as a result of a lower 
margin combined with increased average net assets resulting 
from increased CLC capital following the MS&AD share 
placement in 2018. 

Life annuity sales declined from the prior period (down 
11.4%), with reduced fixed term sales (down 14.5%), reduced 
other Life sales (down 35.2%) and reduced lifetime sales 
(down 0.2%). Lifetime annuity sales in 2019 were impacted by 
significant financial advice market disruption reducing financial 
adviser productivity. 

In September 2018, Life’s annuity products were made 
available on BT’s Panorama platform. In addition, Life’s annuity 

products also launched on HUB24’s platform in May 2019 and 
on Netwealth’s platform in June 2019. The disruption in the 
financial advice market has had the most impact on financial 
advisers connected to the major hubs, while independent 
financial advisers on platforms like HUB24 and Netwealth have 
been growing their proportion of Life’s annuity sales when 
compared to the prior period.  

In November 2016, Life began issuing Australian dollar fixed 
rate annuities with a 20-year term to support its reinsurance 
agreement with MS Primary. Under the terms of the product, 
the customer can choose an annuity payment period of five, 
10 or 20 years, with a benefit payable upon death. 8% of 
Life’s total annuity sales in 2019 are represented by sales with 
MS Primary which has reduced compared to 2018 due to the 
relative attractiveness of Australian dollar denominated 
annuities when compared with US dollar annuities in the 
Japanese market. 

As a result of this, Challenger announced in March 2019 that 
from 1 July 2019 it will commence a quota share reinsurance 
of US dollar denominated annuities issued in the Japanese 
market by MS Primary. The arrangement will provide CLC with 
an annual amount of reinsurance across both Australian and 
US dollar annuities of at least ¥50 billion (approximately 
A$660 million as at 30 June 2019) each year for a minimum of 
five years. 

As part of the expansion of the reinsurance arrangement, 
MS&AD also intends to increase its shareholding in Challenger 
to over 15% and will seek representation on Challenger’s 
Board subject to relevant regulatory approvals (expected in 
early financial year 2020). 

Change 
$m 
(456.0) 
(1.6) 

Change 
% 
(14.5) 
(0.2) 

853.3 

2019 
$m 

2018 
$m 
Life sales 
Fixed-term annuities  2,689.8  3,145.8 
Lifetime annuities 
854.9 
Total Life annuity 
sales 
Other Life sales 
Total Life sales 
Annuity net flows 
Other Life net flows 

(457.6) 
3,543.1  4,000.7 
(548.0) 
1,006.9  1,554.9 
4,550.0  5,555.6  (1,005.6) 
(706.9) 
(614.6) 

685.8  1,392.7 
403.6 
(211.0) 

(11.4) 
(35.2) 
(18.1) 
(50.8) 
(Large) 

Annuity net flows (new annuity sales less capital repayments) 
decreased by 50.8% to $685.8 million. Based on the opening 
Life annuity book for the 2019 financial year ($11,728.3 
million), annuity net book growth for the period was 5.8%, 
down from 13.5% in the prior period. 

Other Life sales represents Challenger’s Guaranteed Index 
Return (GIR) and Challenger Index Plus products (disclosed in 
Note 9 External unit holders’ liabilities). Other Life sales 
decreased by $548.0 million (down 35.2%) as a result of lower 
new client sales during the period together with reduced 
reinvestments of maturities. 

Other Life net flows for the period were negative $211.0 
million, decreasing by $614.6 million compared to $403.6 
million in the prior period. Total Life net flows were $474.8 
million, representing, total Life net book growth of 3.4% (30 
June 2018: $1,796.3 million or 15.0% book growth). 

15

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Operating and financial review

10  Funds Management segment results

Challenger’s Funds Management segment is one of Australia’s 
fastest growing investment managers. 

Fidante Partners’ multi-boutique platform comprises a number 
of separately branded funds management businesses. The 
model seeks to align the interests of investors, boutique 
investment managers and Fidante Partners. 

The Funds Management model is delivering superior 
investment performance, with 93% of strategies exceeding 
benchmark over the last five years. 

FM normalised 
results 
Net income 
– Fidante Partners
– CIP
Operating expenses 
Normalised EBIT 

2019 
$m 
149.9 
86.7 
63.2 
(99.0) 
50.9 

2018 
$m 
151.2 
92.9 
58.3 
(93.3) 
57.9 

Change 
$m 
(1.3) 
(6.2) 
4.9 
(5.7) 
(7.0) 

Change 
% 
(0.9) 
(6.7) 
8.4 
6.1 
(12.1) 

Challenger Investment Partners (CIP) develops and manages 
assets under Challenger’s brand for CLC and third party 
institutional investors. 

Funds Management normalised EBIT decreased by 12.1% in 
2019, with reduced net income combined with increased 
expenses during the period. 

Fidante Partners’ net income includes distribution fees, 
administration fees and a share in the equity accounted profits 
for the boutique fund managers in which it has an equity 
interest. 

Fidante Partners’ net income declined for the period primarily 
as a result of performance fees (down $15.8 million), which 
was partially offset by increased Fidante Partners’ income 
relative to the prior period (up $9.6 million), mainly due to 
higher transaction fees. 

CIP’s net income increased due to higher net management 
fees and transaction fees (up $4.9 million). 

Funds Management’s normalised RoE (pre-tax) for the year 
was 23.5%, down by 5.9 percentage points from the prior 
year. This decrease comes largely as a result of reduced 
performance fees earned during the year. RoE in Funds 
Management continues to see the benefits of scale and 
increased earnings flexibility. 

FM FUM and flows 
Total FUM 
– Fidante Partners
– CIP
Net flows 
– Fidante Partners
– CIP

2019 
$bn 
79.0 
58.9 
20.1 
(2.4) 
(3.6) 
1.2 

2018 
$bn 
78.0 
59.6 
18.4 
5.3 
3.9 
1.4 

Change 
$bn 
1.0 
(0.7) 
1.7 
(7.7) 
(7.5) 
(0.2) 

Change 
% 
1.3 
(1.2) 
9.3 
(Large) 
(Large) 
(16.2) 

Fidante Partners’ FUM decrease ($0.7 billion) was driven by net 
outflows ($3.6 billion) and positive impact from investment 
markets (up $2.4 billion). 

CIP FUM growth (up $1.7 billion) is primarily a result of 
additional fixed income flows (up $1.8 billion) offset by 
reduced property flows (down $623.1 million), from both CLC 
and third party investors and positive impact from investment 
markets ($565.8 million). 

11  Corporate and other segment results 

The Corporate and other segment comprises central functions 
such as the Group executive, finance, treasury, legal, human 
resources, risk management and strategy. 

The financial results also include interest received on Group 
cash balances and any interest and borrowing costs associated 
with Group debt facilities. 

Corporate and other 
normalised results 
Net income 
Operating expenses 
Normalised EBIT 
Interest and 
borrowing costs 
Normalised loss 
before tax 

2019 
$m 
1.0 
(61.9) 
(60.9) 

2018 
$m 
1.0 
(68.2) 
(67.2) 

Change 
$m 
- 
6.3 
6.3 

Change 
% 
- 
9.2 
9.4 

(5.3) 

(6.1) 

0.8 

13.1 

(66.2) 

(73.3) 

7.1 

9.7 

Normalised EBIT for the Corporate and other segment was 
higher (up $7.1 million) as a result of lower operating 
expenses. 

12  Guidance for the 2020 financial year 

Challenger is well positioned with strong product offerings, 
positive retirement market demographics and highly efficient 
operations. It is, however, facing some short term challenges 
from financial advice market disruption and increased market 
volatility. 

For 2020, Challenger is targeting normalised net profit before 
tax of between $500 million and $550 million. This profit 
range reflects the lower normalised growth assumption for 
Equity and other investments ($23.0 million), increased 
expenditure in Distribution, Product and Marketing to support 
growth initiatives (up to $15.0 million) and lower expected 
interest rates reducing the return on shareholder capital.  

The normalised cost to income ratio is also forecast to be 
above the medium term range of 30 – 34% in 2020 as a result 
of the increased spend to support growth initiatives in 
Distribution, Product and Marketing. 

Challenger Group RoE and dividend 

Challenger has revised its RoE target, and is now targeting a 
normalised RoE of RBA cash rate plus 14% (pre-tax). Reflecting 
the resilience and capital strength of the business, the Board 
expects to maintain the same annual dividend of 35.5 cents 
per share in 20201. This will result in the normalised dividend 
payout ratio being above the target payout ratio of 45 – 50% 
of normalised profit. 

1 Subject to market conditions and capital allocation priorities. 

16 

Five-year history 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Five-year history 

Earnings ($m) 
Normalised cash operating earnings 
Net fee income 
Other income 
Total net income 
Personnel expenses 
Other expenses 
Total expenses 
Normalised EBIT 
Interest and borrowing costs 
Normalised profit before tax 
Normalised tax 
Normalised profit after tax 
Investment experience after tax 
Significant items after tax 
Profit attributable to equity holders 
Normalised cost to income ratio (%) 
Normalised effective tax rate (%) 

Earnings per share (EPS) (cents) 
Basic EPS – normalised profit  
Basic EPS – statutory profit 
Diluted EPS – normalised profit  
Diluted EPS – statutory profit 

Capital management (%) 
Normalised return on equity – pre-tax 
Normalised return on equity – post tax 
Statutory return on equity – post tax 

Statement of financial position ($m) 
Total assets 
Total liabilities 
Net assets1 
Net assets2 
Net assets2 – average3 
Net tangible assets 
Net assets per basic share ($) 
Net tangible assets per basic share ($) 

1 Including minority interests. 
2 Excluding minority interests. 
3 Calculated on a monthly basis. 

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

670.1
149.9
1.0
821.0 
(185.3) 
(82.1)
(267.4) 
553.6 
(5.3)
548.3 
(152.2) 
396.1 
(88.3)
-
307.8 
32.6% 
27.8% 

65.5
50.9
56.0
44.8

669.6
151.2
1.0
821.8 
(187.8) 
(80.6)
(268.4) 
553.4 
(6.1)
547.3 
(141.2) 
406.1 
(76.0)
(7.6)
322.5 
32.7% 
25.8% 

68.1
54.0
64.2
52.2

631.4
134.0
0.8
766.2 
(179.3) 
(76.6)
(255.9) 
510.3 
(5.3)
505.0 
(120.1) 
384.9 
12.7
-
397.6 
33.4% 
23.8% 

68.5
70.7
65.8
67.8

592.4
127.7
1.0
721.1 
(172.8) 
(76.8)
(249.6) 
471.5 
(4.1)
467.4 
(105.7) 
361.7 
(56.1) 
22.1
327.7 
34.6% 
22.6% 

64.6
58.5
60.9
55.4

543.8
117.5
1.3
662.6
(154.8) 
(69.4)
(224.2) 
438.4
(3.8)
434.6
(100.6) 
334.0
(35.0)
-
299.0
33.8% 
23.1% 

61.2
54.8
57.2
51.4

15.8% 
11.4% 
8.9% 

16.5% 
12.2% 
9.7% 

18.3% 
14.0% 
14.4% 

17.8% 
13.7% 
12.5% 

18.0% 
13.9% 
12.4% 

27,457.5 
23,834.7 
3,622.8 
3,600.3 
3,462.1 
3,019.1 
5.94
4.98

25,300.5 
21,814.7 
3,485.8 
3,485.4 
3,323.3 
2,892.5 
5.79
4.81

23,026.7 
20,125.4 
2,901.3 
2,888.1 
2,753.8 
2,299.7 
5.14
4.09

21,256.6 
18,572.6 
2,684.0 
2,680.9 
2,630.7 
2,097.0 
4.80
3.75

18,531.6 
15,893.0 
2,638.6 
2,543.2 
2,410.4 
1,993.8 
4.60
3.60

17

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Five-year history

Five-year history (continued) 

Underlying operating cash flow ($m) 

Dividends per share (cents) 
Dividend – interim 
Dividend – final 
Total dividend 
Dividend payout ratio – normalised profit (%) 
Dividend payout ratio – statutory profit (%) 

Sales and annuity book net flows ($m) 
Annuity sales 
Other Life sales 
Total Life sales 
Life annuity net flows 
Life annuity book 
Life annuity net book growth (%) 
Funds Management – net flows1 

Assets under management ($m) 
Life 
Funds Management 
Elimination of cross-holdings2 
Total assets under management 

Other 
Headcount – closing full time employees 
Weighted average number of ASX-listed basic shares on 
issue (m) 
Number of shares on issue – closing (m) 
Share price – closing ($) 
Market capitalisation at 30 June 2019 ($m)3 

2019
236.9 

2018
197.4 

2017
299.9 

2016
297.1 

2015
287.9

17.5
18.0
35.5
54.2% 
69.7% 

3,543.1 
1,006.9 
4,550.0 
685.8 
12,870.2 
5.8% 
(2,438.4) 

17.5
18.0
35.5
52.1% 
65.7% 

17.0
17.5
34.5
50.4% 
48.8% 

4,000.7 
1,554.9 
5,555.6 
1,392.7 
11,728.3 
13.5%
5,301.2 

4,011.2 
941.2
4,952.4 
900.4
10,322.2 
9.4%
6,220.6 

16.0
16.5
32.5
50.3% 
55.6% 

3,351.2 
998.5
4,349.7 
740.4
9,558.5 
8.5%
(2,517.2) 

14.5
15.5
30.0
49.0% 
54.7% 

2,753.1 
944.0
3,697.1 
738.2
8,692.6 
9.4%
7,738.9 

19,010 
79,029 
(16,269) 
81,770 

18,085 
77,984 
(14,926) 
81,143 

15,677 
66,906 
(12,595) 
69,988 

14,112 
56,662 
(10,723) 
60,051 

12,795 
57,902 
(10,908) 
59,789 

687

676

655

635

560

605.0
611.6
6.64
4,061.0 

596.7
610.9
11.83
7,226.9 

562.2
572.0
13.34
7,630.5 

560.2
571.2
8.63
4,929.5 

545.7
569.7
6.72
3,828.4 

1 Includes the derecognition of $5.4 billion of funds under management as a result of the sale of Kapstream to Janus Capital in July 2015. 
2 Life assets managed by Funds Management. 
3 Calculated as share price multiplied by ordinary share capital. 

18 

Directors’ report 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Directors’ report 

The Directors of Challenger Limited (the Company) submit their report, together with the financial report of the Company and its 
controlled entities (the Group or Challenger), for the year ended 30 June 2019. 

The information appearing on pages 1 to 18 forms part of the Directors’ report for the financial year ended 30 June 2019 and is 
to be read in conjunction with the following information.  

1  Directors 

The names and details of the Directors of the Company holding office during the financial year ended 30 June 2019 and as at the 
date of this report are listed below. Directors were in office for the entire period, unless otherwise stated.

Peter L Polson  
(appointed 6 November 2003) 

Independent Chair. 

Chair of Nomination Committee. 

Graham A Cubbin  
(appointed 6 January 2004, retired 26 October 2018) 

Independent Non-Executive Director. 

Former Chair of Remuneration Committee. 

Member of Group Risk Committee, Group Audit Committee 
and Remuneration Committee. 

Former member of Group Risk Committee, Group Audit 
Committee and Nomination Committee. 

Experience and qualifications: 
Bachelor of Commerce (Witwatersrand University, South 
Africa), Master of Business Leadership (University of South 
Africa), Management Development Program (Harvard 
Graduate School of Education). 

Mr Polson’s experience spans international and domestic 
markets in banking, insurance and funds management.  
Mr Polson previously held the positions of Group Executive, 
Investment and Insurance Services at Commonwealth Bank 
and Chief Executive of Colonial First State Limited. 

Directorships of other listed companies: 
Chair of IDP Education Limited (listed 26 November 2015) 
(appointed 21 March 2007). 

Richard J Howes  
(appointed 2 January 2019) 

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer. 

Experience and qualifications: 
Bachelor of Commerce (Hons) and Bachelor of Economics 
(University of Queensland). 

Mr Howes has previously held a number of senior executive roles 
at Challenger since joining in 2003, including Chief Executive of 
Distribution, Product and Marketing, Chief Executive of 
Challenger’s Life business and Chief Investment Officer. 

Mr Howes has over 25 years' financial services experience. Prior 
to joining Challenger, he held senior roles at Zurich Capital 
Markets, Macquarie Bank and Bankers Trust where his primary 
responsibility was providing risk management solutions to major 
companies and institutions globally. 

Brian R Benari  
(appointed 17 February 2012, retired 1 January 2019) 

Former Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer. 

Experience and qualifications: 
Bachelor of Business (Curtin University, Perth). 

A qualified Chartered Accountant, Mr Benari joined the 
Company in March 2003 and was Chief Executive Officer for 
seven years. Mr Benari has many years of finance industry 
experience, both locally and abroad, and held senior executive 
roles with institutions including JP Morgan, Bankers Trust, 
Macquarie Bank and Zurich Capital Markets. 

Experience and qualifications: 
Bachelor of Economics (Hons) (Monash University), Fellow of 
the Australian Institute of Company Directors. 

Mr Cubbin was a senior executive with Consolidated Press 
Holdings Limited (CPH) from 1990 until September 2005, 
including Chief Financial Officer for 13 years. Prior to joining 
CPH, Mr Cubbin held senior finance positions with a number 
of major companies including Capita Financial Group and Ford 
Motor Company. 

Directorships of other listed companies: 
Non-executive director of Bell Financial Group Ltd (appointed 
12 September 2007), WPP AUNZ Ltd (formerly STW 
Communications Group Ltd) (appointed 20 May 2008), White 
Energy Company Limited (appointed 17 February 2010) and 
McPherson’s Limited (appointed 28 September 2010 and 
appointed Chair on 1 July 2015). 

John M Green  
(appointed 6 December 2017) 

Independent Non-Executive Director. 

Member of the Group Risk Committee, Group Audit 
Committee, Remuneration Committee and Nomination 
Committee. 

Experience and qualifications: 
Bachelor of Law and Bachelor of Jurisprudence (University of 
New South Wales), Fellow of the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors and Life Member and Senior Fellow of 
FINSIA. 

Mr Green was previously an executive director at Macquarie 
Group and has also been a partner at two major law firms.  
He is Deputy Chair of QBE Insurance Group Limited, director of 
Cyber Security Cooperative Research Centre and also a novelist 
and co-founder of book publisher Pantera Press. 

Directorships of other listed companies: 
Non-executive director of QBE Insurance Group Limited 
(appointed 1 March 2010 and appointed Deputy Chair on 1 
January 2015) and WorleyParsons Limited (from listing in 
November 2002 to 25 October 2016). 

19

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Directors’ report

1  Directors (continued)

Steven Gregg  
(appointed 8 October 2012) 

Independent Non-Executive Director. 

Chair of Group Audit Committee. 

Member of Group Risk Committee, Remuneration Committee 
and Nomination Committee. 

Experience and qualifications: 
Bachelor of Commerce (University of New South Wales). 

Mr Gregg has held a number of executive roles in 
management consulting and investment banking. His more 
recent senior executive roles included Partner and Senior 
Adviser at McKinsey & Company and Global Head of 
Investment Banking at ABN AMRO. His experience has 
spanned both domestic and international arenas, because of 
his work in both the USA and the UK. 

Directorships of other listed companies: 
Non-executive director of Tabcorp Holdings Limited (appointed 
18 July 2012) and Caltex Australia Limited (appointed 9 
October 2015 and appointed Chair on 18 August 2017).  

JoAnne M Stephenson  
(appointed 8 October 2012) 

Independent Non-Executive Director. 

Chair of Group Remuneration Committee.  

Member of Group Audit Committee and Nomination 
Committee. 

Experience and qualifications: 
Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Laws (Honours) 
(University of Queensland), member of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in Australia and member of the 
Australian Institute of Company Directors. 

Ms Stephenson has extensive experience in financial services 
both in Australia and in the United Kingdom. Ms Stephenson 
was previously a partner with KPMG and has significant 
experience in internal audit, risk management and consulting. 

Directorships of other listed companies: 
Non-executive director of Asaleo Care Limited (appointed 
30 May 2014) and Japara Healthcare Ltd (appointed  
1 September 2015) and Myer Holdings Limited (appointed 
28 November 2016). 

Duncan G West  
(appointed 10 September 2018) 

Independent Non-Executive Director. 

Member of Group Risk Committee, Group Audit Committee 
and Nomination Committee. 

Experience and qualifications: 
Bachelor of Science in Economics (University of Hull, UK), 
Fellow of the Chartered Insurance Institute, member of the 
Australian Institute of Company Directors and a Senior 
Associate of the Australia and New Zealand Institute of 
Insurance and Finance. 

Mr West has over 30 years’ experience in financial services in 
the UK and Australia, with the past 5 years as a non-executive 
director. He has held a series of senior executive positions 
including as CEO of Vero Insurance and CGU Insurance, and  
as EGM of Insurance at MLC. 

20 

Directorships of other listed companies: 
Non-executive director of Genworth Mortgage Insurance 
Australia Limited (appointed on 1 September 2018). 

Melanie V R Willis  
(appointed 6 December 2017) 

Independent Non-Executive Director. 

Chair of Group Risk Committee. 

Member of Group Audit Committee and Nomination 
Committee. 

Experience and qualifications: 
Bachelor of Economics (University of Western Australia), 
Master of Law, Tax (University of Melbourne) and a Fellow of 
the Australian Institute of Company Directors. 

Ms Willis has significant senior executive experience in 
corporate finance, strategy and innovation and funds 
management. Ms Willis previously held the position of Chief 
Executive Officer of NRMA Investments and senior executive 
roles at Deutsche Bank and Bankers Trust. She is also a  
non-executive director of Chief Executive Women. 

Directorships of other listed companies: 
Non-executive director of Southern Cross Media Group Limited 
(appointed 26 May 2016), Mantra Group Limited (appointed 
29 September 2014 until its delisting in May 2018), Pepper 
Group Limited (appointed 19 September 2014 until its 
delisting in December 2017), Ardent Leisure Limited and 
Ardent Leisure Management Limited (from 17 July 2015 to  
8 September 2017). 

Leon Zwier  
(appointed 15 September 2006) 

Independent Non-Executive Director. 

Member of Nomination Committee. 

Experience and qualifications: 
Bachelor of Laws (University of Melbourne). Mr Zwier is a 
partner at the law firm Arnold Bloch Leibler. 

2  Company Secretary 

Michael Vardanega (Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of 
Laws) is the General Counsel and Chief Executive, Group 
Strategy. He is a qualified solicitor and was appointed as 
Company Secretary on 1 March 2011. Mr Vardanega’s 
responsibilities at Challenger encompass the Group’s strategy, 
legal, regulatory, corporate governance and company 
secretarial functions. Mr Vardanega joined Challenger in 2006 
from commercial law firm Ashurst, where he was a member of 
the corporate advisory practice. He is admitted to practise as a 
solicitor in New South Wales, and is a member of the Law 
Council of Australia, the Association of Corporate Counsel and 
a member of the Australian Institute of Company Directors. 

Andrew Brown (Diploma in Law), a Fellow of the Governance 
Institute of Australia and a member of the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors. Mr Brown has over 21 years’ 
experience in the financial services industry and was appointed 
to the position of Company Secretary on 25 October 2012. 
Prior to joining the Company in 2003, Mr Brown held senior 
compliance management positions at MLC. 

Directors’ report 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

3  Corporate governance summary 

3.1  Roles and responsibilities of Board and 

management

The role of the Board and delegations 

The Board is accountable to shareholders for the activities and 
performance of Challenger by overseeing the creation of 
sustainable shareholder value within an appropriate 
framework of risk and having regard for all stakeholder 
interests.  

The Board is responsible for setting Challenger’s vision,  
which is to provide its customers with financial security for 
retirement. This is a long-term vision and the Board sets 
strategic priorities each year to work towards fulfilling  
this vision.  

Directors are actively involved in setting, approving and 
regularly monitoring Challenger’s strategic priorities and 
holding management accountable for progress. This process 
includes an annual Board strategy offsite, regular Board 
reporting and meetings and discussion and review with 
management. Similarly, the Board ensures that rigorous 
governance processes are operating effectively to guide the 
decision making across the organisation. 

The Board has identified its key functions, and full details are 
set out in the Board Charter, which is available at: 
› challenger.com.au

The duties include:  
• establishment, promotion and maintenance of the strategic

direction of the Company;

• approval of business plans, budgets and financial policies;
• consideration of management recommendations on

strategic business matters;

• establishment, promotion and maintenance of proper
processes and controls to maintain the integrity of
accounting and financial records and reporting;

• fairly and responsibly rewarding executives, having regard to
the interests of shareholders, the performance of executives,
market conditions and the Company’s performance;

• adoption and oversight of implementation of appropriate

corporate governance practices;

• oversight of the establishment, promotion and maintenance

of effective risk management policies and processes;

• determination and adoption of Company’s dividend policy;
• review of the Board’s composition and performance;
• appointment, evaluation and remuneration of the Chief

Executive Officer (CEO) and approval of the appointment of
the Chief Financial Officer (CFO), the Chief Risk Officer
(CRO), the General Counsel and the Company Secretary;
and

• determination of the extent of the CEO’s delegated

authority.

The Board has established committees to assist in carrying out 
its responsibilities and to consider certain issues and functions 
in detail. The Board committees are discussed on page 22. 

Management responsibility 

The Board has delegated to the CEO the authority and powers 
necessary to implement the strategies approved by the Board 
and to manage the business affairs of Challenger within the 
policies and specific delegation limits specified by the Board 
from time to time. The CEO may further delegate within those 
specific policies and delegation limits, but remains accountable 
for all authority delegated to management. 

3.2  Directors’ skills matrix 

The Board has determined that its current members have an 
appropriate collective mix of skills, experience, expertise and 
diversity to: 
• exercise independent judgement;
• have a proper understanding of, and competence to deal
with, the current and emerging issues of the business;
• encourage enhanced performance of the Company; and
• effectively review and challenge the performance of

management.

The Board’s competencies are assessed annually. The results of 
the most recent assessment are shown in the table following. 

Board members generally have a high level of competency 
across the areas of expertise relevant to the business. 

21

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 
Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Directors’ report
Directors’ report

3   Corporate governance summary (continued)
3 Corporate governance summary (continued)
3  Corporate governance summary (continued)

competency 100% 

  Advanced 
competency 87.5%

 Average  
competency 12.5% 

  Advanced 
competency 87.5%

 Average  
competency 12.5% 

Corporate Governance

Financial Acumen
Financial reporting literacy including 

Leadership & Strategy
Effective communication and 
influencing skills. Strategic thinking 

capability and transactional expertise. 100  Advanced 
Company corporate governance literacy. 87+
exposure to Accounting Standards. 87+
tax risk management. 100  Advanced 
Challenger operates. 75+

Risk & Compliance
Financial services and fiduciary regulatory 
awareness. Relevant compliance and 
risk experience including legal and 

Sectoral Exposure
Exposure to funds management and 
life insurance sectors, and market 
experience in jurisdictions in which 

  Advanced 
competency 75%

 Average  
competency 25% 

competency 100% 

 Advanced 
competency 75%

 Average  
competency 25%

 Advanced 
competency 75%

 Average  
competency 25% 

Marketing & Distribution 
Experience in distribution, marketing 

Public Policy
Experience in relevant public policy 
areas and key Government 

Investment & Credit Expertise
Credit risk management and investment 
expertise including asset class literacy 
and exposure (for example, property, 

fixed income, equities, etc). 75+
and fostering key customer relationships. 75+
and regulator relationships. 100  Advanced 
large organisations and innovation. 37+
structuring and sectoral conditions. 87+

People & Remuneration
Experience in building capable and highly 
engaged teams and understanding 
of current remuneration regulation, 

Information Technology 
Understanding of IT strategy, 
the application of technology in 

 Advanced 
competency 87.5% 

 Average  
competency 12.5% 

 Advanced 
competency 37.5% 

 Average  
competency 62.5% 

competency 100% 

3.3 Board committees
3.3   Board committees
3.3 Board committees 
To assist it in undertaking its duties, the Board has established 
To assist it in undertaking its duties, the Board has established
To assist it in undertaking its duties, the Board has established
the following standing committees:
the following standing committees: 
the following standing committees: 
•  the Group Risk Committee (GRC);
• the Group Risk Committee (GRC); 
• the Group Risk Committee (GRC); 
•  the Group Audit Committee (GAC);
• the Group Audit Committee (GAC); 
• the Group Audit Committee (GAC); 
•  the Remuneration Committee (RemCo); and
• the Remuneration Committee (RemCo); and 
• the Remuneration Committee (RemCo); and 
•  the Nomination Committee (NomCo).
• the Nomination Committee (NomCo). 
• the Nomination Committee (NomCo). 
Each committee has its own charter, copies of which are
Each committee has its own charter, copies of which are 
Each committee has its own charter, copies of which are 
available at:
available at: 
available at: 
› challenger.com.au
› challenger.com.au
› challenger.com.au
Directors’ meetings
Directors’ meetings
Directors’ meetings 

The charters specify the composition, responsibilities, duties, 
The charters specify the composition, responsibilities, duties, 
The charters specify the composition, responsibilities, duties, 
reporting obligations, meeting arrangements, authority and 
reporting obligations, meeting arrangements, authority and 
reporting obligations, meeting arrangements, authority and 
resources available to the committees and the provisions for 
resources available to the committees and the provisions for 
resources available to the committees and the provisions for 
review of the charter.
review of the charter. 
review of the charter. 
Details of Directors’ membership of each committee 
Details of Directors’ membership of each committee and those 
Details of Directors’ membership of each committee and those 
and those eligible members’ attendance at meetings 
eligible members’ attendance at meetings throughout the 
eligible members’ attendance at meetings throughout the 
throughout the period from 1 July 2018 to 30 June 2019 
period from 1 July 2018 to 30 June 2019 are set out below.
period from 1 July 2018 to 30 June 2019 are set out below.
are set out below.

Board

Board
Board

Group Risk 
Group Risk
Group Risk 
Committee
Committee
Committee

Group Audit 
Group Audit
Group Audit 
Committee
Committee
Committee

Remuneration 
Remuneration
Remuneration 
Committee
Committee
Committee

Nomination 
Nomination
Nomination 
Committee
Committee
Committee

Eligible to 
Eligible to
Eligible to
attend
attend 
attend 
4
4 
4 
2
2 
2 
2
2 
2 
1
1 
1 
4
4 
4 
4
4 
4 
4
4 
4 
3
3 
3 
4
4 
4 
-
- 
- 

Eligible to 
Eligible to
Eligible to
attend
attend 
attend 
4
4 
4 
2
2 
2 
2
2 
2 
1
1 
1 
4
4 
4 
4
4 
4 
4
4 
4 
3
3 
3 
4
4 
4 
-
- 
- 

Eligible to 
Eligible to
Eligible to
attend
attend 
attend 
16
16
16
11
11
11
5
5 
5 
2
2 
2 
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
16 
16 

Attended
Attended 
Attended 
3
3 
3 
2
2 
2 
2
2 
2 
1
1 
1 
4
4 
4 
4
4 
4 
4
4 
4 
3
3 
3 
4
4 
4 
-
- 
- 

Director
Director
Director
P Polson
P Polson
P Polson
R Howes1,9
R Howes1,9
R Howes1,9
B Benari2,9
B Benari2,9
B Benari2,9
G Cubbin3
G Cubbin3
G Cubbin3
J M Green4
J M Green4
J M Green4
S Gregg5
S Gregg5
S Gregg5
J Stephenson6
J Stephenson6
J Stephenson6
D West7
D West7
D West7
M Willis8
M Willis8
M Willis8
L Zwier
L Zwier
L Zwier 

Attended
Attended 
Attended 
16
16
16
11
11
11
5
5 
5 
2
2 
2 
15
15
15
16
16
16
15
15
15
14
14
14
15
15
15
11
11 
11 
1  R Howes commenced as Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on 2 January 2019.
1 R Howes commenced as Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on 2 January 2019. 
2  B Benari transferred to a non-KMP role on 2 January 2019 and transitioned to retirement on 30 June 2019.
1 R Howes commenced as Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on 2 January 2019. 
2 B Benari transferred to a non-KMP role on 2 January 2019 and transitioned to retirement on 30 June 2019. 
3  G Cubbin retired from his role as Non-Executive Director of Challenger on 26 October 2018.
2 B Benari transferred to a non-KMP role on 2 January 2019 and transitioned to retirement on 30 June 2019. 
3 G Cubbin retired from his role as Non-Executive Director of Challenger on 26 October 2018. 
4  J M Green joined the Remuneration Committee on 26 October 2018.
3 G Cubbin retired from his role as Non-Executive Director of Challenger on 26 October 2018. 
4 J M Green joined the Remuneration Committee on 26 October 2018. 
5  S Gregg was appointed Chair of the Group Audit Committee on 26 October 2018.
4 J M Green joined the Remuneration Committee on 26 October 2018. 
5 S Gregg was appointed Chair of the Group Audit Committee on 26 October 2018. 
6  J Stephenson was appointed Chair of the Remuneration Committee and retired as Chair of the Group Risk and Group Audit Committees on 26 October 2018.
5 S Gregg was appointed Chair of the Group Audit Committee on 26 October 2018. 
7   D West was appointed a Director on 10 September 2018. D West joined the Nomination Committee on 10 September 2018 and the Group Risk and Group Audit 
6 J Stephenson was appointed Chair of the Remuneration Committee and retired as Chair of the Group Risk and Group Audit Committees on 26 October 2018. 
6 J Stephenson was appointed Chair of the Remuneration Committee and retired as Chair of the Group Risk and Group Audit Committees on 26 October 2018. 
7 D West was appointed a Director on 10 September 2018. D West joined the Nomination Committee on 10 September 2018 and the Group Risk and Group Audit 
7 D West was appointed a Director on 10 September 2018. D West joined the Nomination Committee on 10 September 2018 and the Group Risk and Group Audit 
8  M Willis was appointed Chair of the Group Risk Committee on 26 October 2018.
9   The Managing Director and CEO attends the Group Risk Committee, Group Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee and Nomination Committee meetings at 
8 M Willis was appointed Chair of the Group Risk Committee on 26 October 2018. 
8 M Willis was appointed Chair of the Group Risk Committee on 26 October 2018. 
9 The Managing Director and CEO attends the Group Risk Committee, Group Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee and Nomination Committee meetings at 
9 The Managing Director and CEO attends the Group Risk Committee, Group Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee and Nomination Committee meetings at 

Attended
Attended 
Attended 
4
4 
4 
2
2 
2 
2
2 
2 
1
1 
1 
4
4 
4 
4
4 
4 
4
4 
4 
3
3 
3 
4
4 
4 
-
- 
- 

Attended
Attended 
Attended 
8
8 
8 
3
3 
3 
3
3 
3 
4
4 
4 
4
4 
4 
7
7 
7 
4
4 
4 
-
- 
- 
-
- 
- 
-
- 
- 

Attended
Attended 
Attended 
4
4 
4 
2
2 
2 
0
0 
0 
1
1 
1 
4
4 
4 
4
4 
4 
4
4 
4 
3
3 
3 
4
4 
4 
1
1 
1 

the invitation of these committees. There are no management representatives appointed as members of any Board Committee.

Committees on 26 October 2018.
Committees on 26 October 2018. 
Committees on 26 October 2018. 

Eligible to 
Eligible to
Eligible to
attend
attend 
attend 
8
8 
8 
3
3 
3 
3
3 
3 
4
4 
4 
4
4 
4 
8
8 
8 
4
4 
4 
-
- 
- 
-
- 
- 
-
- 
- 

Eligible to 
Eligible to
Eligible to
attend
attend 
attend 
4
4 
4 
2
2 
2 
1
1 
1 
1
1 
1 
4
4 
4 
4
4 
4 
4
4 
4 
3
3 
3 
4
4 
4 
4
4 
4 

the invitation of these committees. There are no management representatives appointed as members of any Board Committee.
the invitation of these committees. There are no management representatives appointed as members of any Board Committee.

22
22 

13
13
25
25
25
63
13
Directors’ report 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

3  Corporate governance summary (continued) 

3.4  Risk management framework 

Challenger’s Board is responsible, in conjunction with senior 
management, for the management of risks associated with the 
business and implementing structures and policies to 
adequately monitor and manage these risks. 

The Board has established the Group Risk Committee (GRC) 
and the Group Audit Committee (GAC) to assist in discharging 
its risk management responsibilities. In particular, these 
committees assist the Board in setting the appropriate risk 
appetite for the business and for ensuring that there is a 
strong risk management framework that is able to manage, 
monitor and control the various risks to which the business is 
exposed which includes consideration of financial, operational 
conduct and social risks. 

The Executive Risk Management Committee (ERMC) is an 
executive committee chaired by the Chief Risk Officer which 
assists the GRC, the GAC and the Board in the discharge of 
their risk management obligations by implementing the  
Board-approved risk management framework. On a day-to-day 
basis, the Risk division, which is separate from the operating 
segments of the business, has the responsibility for the 
implementation of the framework, including the monitoring, 
reporting and analysis of the various risks faced by the 
business. 

Challenger has a robust risk management framework which 
supports its operating segments, and its risk appetite 
distinguishes risks from which Challenger will seek to make an 
economic return from those which it seeks to minimise and 
which it does not consider will provide a return. The 
management of these risks is fundamental to Challenger’s 
business and to building long-term shareholder value. 
Challenger is also prudentially supervised by APRA, which 
prescribes certain prudential standards that must be met by 
Challenger and its life insurance subsidiary, CLC. 

In addition to having a separate risk management function, 
Challenger recognises that a requirement for an effective risk 
management framework is for there to be a strong risk culture 
throughout the organisation, where risk is everyone’s 
responsibility. The foundation of this risk culture is a set of 
principles, the Challenger Principles, which staff are required 
to adhere to and on which their yearly performance and 
remuneration are judged. In addition to this, Challenger 
regularly assesses its risk culture with a combination of 
external audits and internal staff surveys to ensure that the 
management of risk and day-to-day compliance remains 
entrenched within the way in which Challenger operates. 
Challenger’s risk appetite statement provides that, subject to 
earning acceptable economic returns, it can retain exposure to 
credit risk, property risk, equity risk and life insurance risk.

• Credit risk – is the risk of loss in the value of an asset due to
a counterparty failing to perform its contractual obligations
when they fall due;

• Property risk – is the potential impact of movements in the
market value of property investments on Challenger’s
income and includes leasing risk which may impact the cash
flows from these investments;

• Equity risk – is the potential impact of movements in the
market value of listed equity investments, unlisted equity
investments and investments in absolute return strategies.
Returns for unlisted equity and absolute return strategies are
generally uncorrelated to listed equity market returns.
Challenger holds equities as part of its investment portfolio
in order to provide diversification across the investment
portfolio; and

• Life insurance risk – represents both longevity risk and
mortality risk. Through selling lifetime annuities and
assuming wholesale reinsurance agreements, CLC takes
longevity risk, which is the risk that customers who have
bought a lifetime annuity live longer, in aggregate, than
expected. This is in contrast to mortality risk, which is the
risk that people die earlier than expected. CLC is exposed to
mortality risk on its wholesale mortality reinsurance business.

Challenger seeks to minimise or hedge the risks for which it 
does not consider an appropriate return can be generated. 
These risks include:  
• Foreign exchange risk – is the risk of a change in asset values

and Challenger’s earnings as a result of movements in
foreign exchange rates;

• Interest rate risk – is the risk of fluctuations in Challenger’s

earnings arising from movements in interest rates;

• Inflation risk – is the risk of a change in asset values and

Challenger’s earnings as a result of movements in inflation
both in Australia and jurisdictions in which Challenger owns
assets;

• Operational risk – is the risk of loss resulting from

inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems
or from external events; and

• Regulatory and compliance risk – is the risk of legal or

regulatory sanctions or loss as a result of Challenger’s failure
to comply with laws, regulations or regulatory policy
applying to its business.

Further details on Challenger’s approach to risk management 
are included in both the 2019 Sustainability Report and 
Section 5 of the financial report.

23

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Directors’ report

4  Remuneration report 

Letter from the Chair 

Dear Shareholders, 

Financial year 2019 has been difficult and while we have made good progress in many areas of our business, our performance 
has been impacted by the challenging operating environment. As shareholders would expect, our performance is reflected in the 
remuneration outcomes for key management personnel (KMP), which are substantially lower this year than in 2018.  

This year we have also undertaken an extensive review of our Remuneration Framework, taking into consideration Challenger’s 
business strategy, stakeholder feedback, community expectations and market standards. As a result, we have made important 
changes that will continue to drive long-term performance and strong risk management, ensure clear alignment with shareholder 
interests and enhance disclosure and transparency. 

2019 performance and remuneration 

In 2019, we continued to make good progress implementing our strategy for long-term growth, expanding our distribution 
channels, launching new products and building on our brand leadership. We have maintained a strong capital position, leading 
employee engagement and a highly effective risk culture. 

Unfortunately, investment market volatility and disruption in our sector have presented challenges for our business resulting in 
performance outcomes below expectations. 

Accordingly, the Board has reduced the variable reward pool for the year to the lowest level in five years. The KMP have borne 
the bulk of the reduction with their short term incentives reduced by 36% compared to last year. 

In our remuneration report this year we have simplified and enhanced our balanced scorecard to provide greater clarity about 
how short term incentive outcomes have been determined. I encourage you to read this, and the full details on KMP 
remuneration outcomes on pages 31. 

CEO remuneration 

As part of the CEO transition that occurred during the year, we have rebased the CEO’s remuneration package, including the 
fixed remuneration and variable reward. The CEO’s fixed remuneration is not expected to increase in 2020 and his short term 
incentive (STI) opportunity is capped at 200% of fixed pay. His STI for 2019 was 49% of the new maximum. We will also seek 
approval for the CEO’s long term incentive (LTI) grant at the upcoming 2019 AGM. 

Remuneration Framework Review 

This year the Board has undertaken a comprehensive review of executive remuneration in response to feedback from stakeholders 
and to ensure the structure remains fit-for-purpose in the delivery of our strategic objectives. As a result, we are making a 
number of important changes in financial year 2019 including: 

•
•
•

significantly extending vesting periods for short and long term incentives;
capping the maximum possible short term incentive for KMP; and
allocating a fixed amount of long term incentives on a face value, or maximum value, basis.

The new framework provides transparency on the maximum possible total reward, which is positioned appropriately to market 
benchmarks and is strongly weighted to variable performance-based pay. This means a large proportion of executive reward is at 
risk and issued in equity with long deferral, ensuring strong alignment with shareholder interests. 

The changes to our framework are designed to drive long-term performance and support retention of our talented team, while 
providing alignment and transparency for shareholders. I encourage you to read the full details about the significant changes 
we’re making on page 27. 

As always, throughout the year the Board has engaged in extensive consultation with shareholders, proxy advisers and other 
stakeholders to understand and respond to their priorities. Since we undertook this work, stakeholder views have continued to 
evolve and APRA has released a proposed new prudential standard for remuneration. We look forward to continuing our 
engagement with all stakeholders as we work to ensure that our framework and outcomes consistently deliver on our 
commitment to responsible and effective remuneration practices. 

Yours sincerely 

Peter Polson 
Independent Chair

24 

Directors’ report 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

4  Remuneration report (continued)  

4.1  Contents 

Section   
4.2 
4.3 
4.4 
4.5 
4.6 
4.7 
4.8 
4.9 
4.10 

Key Management Personnel (KMP) 
2019 at a glance 
Performance and remuneration outcomes for 2019 
Remuneration strategy and structure 
Remuneration governance 
Risk management 
Key Management Personnel remuneration arrangements 
Non-Executive Director disclosures 
Summary of key terms and abbreviations used in the remuneration report 

4.2  Key Management Personnel (KMP) 

Challenger’s KMP for 2019 are detailed in the table below: 

Page 
25 
26 
28 
32 
36 
38 
39 
44 
47 

Name 
Richard Howes 

Brian Benari 
Angela Murphy 
Chris Plater 
Ian Saines 
Andrew Tobin 

Role 
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer,  
Former Chief Executive, Distribution, Product & Marketing 
Former Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer 
Chief Executive, Distribution, Product & Marketing 
Chief Executive & Chief Investment Officer, Life 
Chief Executive, Funds Management 
Chief Financial Officer 

Term as KMP in 2019 
From 2 January 2019 
Until 1 January 2019 
Until 1 January 2019 
From 12 December 2018 
Full year 
Full year 
Full year 

Challenger’s Non-Executive Directors for 2019 are detailed in the table below: 

Name 
Peter Polson (Chair) 
Graham Cubbin 
John M Green 
Steven Gregg 
JoAnne Stephenson 
Duncan West 
Melanie Willis 
Leon Zwier 

Term as Non-Executive Director in 2019 
Full year 
Retired 26 October 2018 
Full year 
Full year 
Full year 
Appointed 10 September 2018 
Full year 
Full year 

25

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Directors’ report

4  Remuneration report (continued)  

4.3  2019 at a glance 

Our vision and strategy 

Key 2019 outcomes 

While industry disruption and market volatility have impacted our performance in 2019, we have made good progress 
implementing our strategy to position the business for future growth. 

Financial
• Group normalised NPBT of $548.3 million (30 June 2018:

Strategic and operational
• Significantly expanded strategic partnership with MS&AD to

$547.3 million). This was below target reflecting challenging
investment markets and advice market disruption.

• Pre-tax normalised ROE 15.8%, below target due to higher

capital held and below target earnings.

• Strong capital position with 1.53 times APRA’s Prescribed

Capital Amount (PCA), towards the top of our target range
of 1.3 to 1.6 times.

• AUM $81.8 billion (30 June 2018: $81.1 billion) was below
target reflecting advice market disruption impacting flows,
with one profit-for-member superannuation fund
internalising its investment functions. Life annuities sales of
$3.5 billion and net book growth of 5.8%. Funds
Management net outflows of $2.4 billion, reflected solid
underlying growth offset by redemptions by one large
superannuation fund.

• Normalised cost to income ratio of 32.6%, within target
range of 30% to 34% and well below industry averages.

include US dollar annuities (commenced 1 July 2019).

• Expanded distribution reach with the launch of BT Panorama
platform in first half of 2019, and HUB24 and Netwealth in
second half of 2019.

• Fidante Partners launched the first ETF in the Active X series
in the first half of 2019 and is on track to launch additional
products in the first half of 2020.

• Added new boutique, Eiger Capital, in second half of 2019.
• New means test rules that support the use of lifetime

annuities finalised and effective on 1 July 2019.

• Recognised as the leader in retirement income by advisers

(95%, 36% above nearest competitor).

• Rated number one by financial advisers for overall adviser

satisfaction and in five other categories.

• Launched new brand campaign and supporting initiatives.
• Employee sustainable engagement score of 84% (above
Australian Companies Norm and Global Financial Services
Norm); risk culture score of 85% (above all norms).

Key reward outcomes 
Variable reward  
pool 

Reduced to lowest level in past five years – 9.4% of normalised net profit before variable reward and 
tax (target range 10%-15%). 

Fixed remuneration 

Incoming CEO fixed remuneration set 6% below outgoing CEO fixed remuneration. 

The only change to KMP fixed remuneration was a $50,000 increase for the Chief Executive & Chief 
Investment Officer, Life, made in September 2018. This was made after considering relevant 
benchmarks, internal relativities, role scope and complexity. 
Total KMP STIs down 36% on 2018. 

The outgoing CEO, Mr Benari’s variable reward, was 50% less than 2018 on an annualised basis. 

Current CEO, Mr Howes’ STI was 49% below the former CEO’s 2018 outcome on an annualised 
basis and 49% of the new maximum. 
LTIs issued in September 2014, March 2015 and September 2015 vested in September 2018 with 
Challenger having recorded compound total shareholder returns of 17%, 25% and 26% per annum 
respectively since issue, well above the hurdle of 8%-12% per annum for these LTI grants. 

LTIs awarded in September 2015, September 2016 and June 2017 will not meet the performance 
hurdle and so will not vest in September 2019. LTIs issued in 2017 to 2018 also face a significantly 
reduced likelihood of vesting in future periods. 

Short term  
incentives (STI) 

Long term 
incentives (LTI) 

26 

Directors’ report 
Directors’ report 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report
Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

4   Remuneration report (continued)
4 Remuneration report (continued)
4 Remuneration report (continued)
4.3 2019 at a glance (continued)
4.3   2019 at a glance (continued)
4.3 2019 at a glance (continued)
Changes to our KMP remuneration arrangements
Changes to our KMP remuneration arrangements
Changes to our KMP remuneration arrangements 
In 2019, we conducted a comprehensive review of our KMP remuneration framework in response to stakeholder feedback and 
In 2019, we conducted a comprehensive review of our KMP remuneration framework in response to stakeholder feedback and to 
In 2019, we conducted a comprehensive review of our KMP remuneration framework in response to stakeholder feedback and to 
to ensure it remains well aligned with Challenger’s strategic priorities. As a result, we have made a number of key changes, while 
ensure it remains well aligned with Challenger’s strategic priorities. As a result, we have made a number of key changes, while
ensure it remains well aligned with Challenger’s strategic priorities. As a result, we have made a number of key changes, while
maintaining our high weighting to long-term equity-based reward that is at risk. The Board believes this approach drives strong 
maintaining our high weighting to long-term equity-based reward that is at risk. The Board believes this approach drives strong
maintaining our high weighting to long-term equity-based reward that is at risk. The Board believes this approach drives strong
performance and prudent risk management, in the best interests of shareholders. These changes have been applied to the 2019 
performance and prudent risk management, in the best interests of shareholders. These changes have been applied to the 2019 
performance and prudent risk management, in the best interests of shareholders. These changes have been applied to the 2019 
remuneration outcomes for our KMP.
remuneration outcomes for our KMP. 
remuneration outcomes for our KMP. 
What has changed?
What has changed?
What has changed? 
STI maximum deferral period extended from 
STI maximum deferral period extended 
STI maximum deferral period extended from 
two to four years. 
from two to four years.
two to four years. 

Why have we made the change?
Why have we made the change? 
• The extended vesting period is consistent with Challenger’s business
• The extended vesting period is consistent with Challenger’s business

• The extended vesting period is consistent with Challenger’s business strategy and 

the long-term promises we make to customers.

Why have we made the change?

Maximum STI award cap set at 200% of fixed 
Maximum STI award cap set at 200% of fixed 
Maximum STI award cap set at 200% 
remuneration. 
remuneration. 
of fixed remuneration.
Removed three year Deferred Performance 
Removed three year Deferred 
Share Rights (DPSRs). 
LTI deferral period extended, with the earliest 
Performance Share Rights (DPSRs).
possible vesting date moving from three to four 
LTI deferral period extended, with the earliest 
LTI deferral period extended, with the 
years. 
possible vesting date moving from three to four 
earliest possible vesting date moving 
years. 
from three to four years.
LTI awards to be allocated at Face Value in 
Hurdled Performance Share Rights (HPSRs).
LTI awards to be allocated at Face Value in 
LTI awards to be allocated at Face 
Hurdled Performance Share Rights (HPSRs).
Value in Hurdled Performance Share 
LTI awards set at 225% of Fixed remuneration
Rights (HPSRs).
for all KMP.
LTI awards set at 225% of Fixed remuneration
LTI awards set at 225% of Fixed 
for all KMP.
remuneration for all KMP.

Dividends not paid on HPSRs. 
Dividends not paid on HPSRs. 
Dividends not paid on HPSRs.

regulatory change.

strategy and the long-term promises we make to customers. 
strategy and the long-term promises we make to customers. 
• Reflects changing stakeholder expectations and regulatory trends.

• Reflects changing stakeholder expectations and regulatory trends.
• Reflects changing stakeholder expectations and regulatory trends.
• Setting individual maximum STI awards provides transparency for external 
• Setting individual maximum STI awards provides transparency for external 
•  Setting individual maximum STI awards provides transparency for external 

stakeholders and executives about the reward opportunity. 
stakeholders and executives about the reward opportunity. 

•  Simplifies alignment of remuneration components.

of fixed remuneration with a future performance hurdle.

management.
management.
emerging regulatory change. 
emerging regulatory change. 

stakeholders and executives about the reward opportunity.
• Simplifies alignment of remuneration components. 
• Reflects strong commitment to long-term performance and risk 
• Reflects strong commitment to long-term performance and risk 
•  Reflects strong commitment to long-term performance and risk management.
• Responds to stakeholder preference for longer vesting periods and 
• Responds to stakeholder preference for longer vesting periods and emerging 
• Responds to stakeholder preference for longer vesting periods and 
• Reflects stakeholder preference for the use of face value. 
• Aligns with the change in allocation methodology for LTI to a fixed 
• Reflects stakeholder preference for the use of face value. 
• Reflects stakeholder preference for the use of face value.
percentage of fixed remuneration with a future performance hurdle.
• Aligns with the change in allocation methodology for LTI to a fixed 
• Aligns with the change in allocation methodology for LTI to a fixed percentage 
• Reflects strong linkage of reward outcomes to longer term performance.
percentage of fixed remuneration with a future performance hurdle.
• Ensures a high proportion of reward will only be realised if shareholder 
• Reflects strong linkage of reward outcomes to longer term performance.
• Reflects strong linkage of reward outcomes to longer term performance.
outcomes are achieved. The amount granted in the award year may
• Ensures a high proportion of reward will only be realised if shareholder 
• Ensures a high proportion of reward will only be realised if shareholder outcomes
ultimately be worth zero and will only be worth the value stated if
outcomes are achieved. The amount granted in the award year may
are achieved. The amount granted in the award year may ultimately be worth zero 
shareholder return hurdles are met.
ultimately be worth zero and will only be worth the value stated if
and will only be worth the value stated if shareholder return hurdles are met.
• LTI award level is broadly consistent with previous year’s awards. 
shareholder return hurdles are met.
• Provides transparency on reward quantum. 
• LTI award level is broadly consistent with previous year’s awards. 
• Aligns with stakeholder feedback that dividends should not be paid on 
• Provides transparency on reward quantum. 
HPSRs as they are subject to future performance hurdles and as a result 
• Aligns with stakeholder feedback that dividends should not be paid on 
• Aligns with stakeholder feedback that dividends should not be paid on HPSRs as 
may not vest.
HPSRs as they are subject to future performance hurdles and as a result 
they are subject to future performance hurdles and as a result may not vest.
may not vest.

• LTI award level is broadly consistent with previous year’s awards.
• Provides transparency on reward quantum.

Timing of executive reward
Timing of executive reward 
Under the new framework, executive reward is realised over an extended period supporting a focus on strong risk management 
Timing of executive reward
Under the new framework, executive reward is realised over an extended period supporting a focus on strong risk management 
and long-term performance.
and long-term performance.
Under the new framework, executive reward is realised over an extended period supporting a focus on strong risk management 
and long-term performance.
1 July 2018 

September 2019

September 2020

September 2021

September 2022
September 2022

September 2023
September 2023

30 June 2019

September 2020

September 2019

September 2021

30 June 2019

1 July 2018

Salary package

Salary package
1 Ju ly 2018

30 Ju ne 2019

Sep tember 2019

Septem ber 2020

Sep temb er 2021

September 2022

Sep temb er 2023

S alar y pa cka ge

Cash STI

Cash STI

Ca sh S TI

STI performance
assessment period
S TI pe r f orm a nce
a ssessm ent pe r iod

STI performance 
assessment period

STI performance
assessment period

STI p erformance
assessment period

STI performance 
assessment period

Deferred STI in
equity
D e f e r r e d S T I in
(Service 
Deferred STI 
e quit y
condition only)
in equity 
(Se r v ice
(Service 
condit ion only )
condition  
only)

LTI (Service
condition &
LT I (Se r v ice
performance
condit ion &
hurdles)
pe r f or m a nce
LTI (Service 
hur dle s)
condition & 
performance 
hurdles)

30% of grant vesting 1 year after allocation
30% of grant vesting 1 year after allocation
30% of grant vesting 1 year after allocation

30% of grant vesting 2 years after allocation

30% of grant vesting 2 years after allocation
30% of grant vesting 2 years after allocation

20% of grant vesting 3 years after allocation

20% of grant vesting 3 years after allocation
20% of grant vesting 3 years after allocation

20% of grant vesting 4 years after allocation

20% of grant vesting 4 years after allocation

20% of grant vesting 4 years after allocation

Vesting 4 years after allocation subject to satisfaction of absolute TSR

Vesting 4 years after allocation subject to satisfaction of absolute TSR

Vesting 4 years after allocation subject to satisfaction of absolute TSR

LTI performance assessment period (absolute TSR performance hurdle)

L TI perfo rman ce assessm ent perio d ( abso lute TSR p erformance h urd le)

LTI performance assessment period (absolute TSR performance hurdle)

27
27

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Directors’ report

4  Remuneration report (continued)  

4.3  2019 at a glance (continued)

KMP changes 
Retirement of  
Mr Benari 

Appointment of 
Mr Howes 

Appointment of  
Ms Murphy 

Retirement of  
Mr Saines 

•  Mr Benari retired from the role of Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on 1 January 2019 and this 

represents the conclusion of his designation as KMP for the reporting period. 

•  Mr Benari was eligible to receive a variable remuneration award for 2019 that considers his employment in 
the role of Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer up until 1 January 2019 and the work performed 
and support provided during the balance of the financial year. The variable remuneration was delivered as a 
mix of cash and deferred equity to ensure continued alignment of the reward outcomes with the 
shareholder experience. 

•  Mr Benari’s termination of employment occurred after the conclusion of the financial year and accordingly 
no termination payments were made during this period. Upon termination Mr Benari had 318,427 DPSRs 
vest to him in accordance with the terms of the grant. In addition, unvested HPSRs granted to Mr Benari 
between 2015 and 2018 remain on foot subject to the specified performance hurdles and time based 
vesting conditions set at grant. No HPSRs will meet the performance hurdle in September 2019. The 
remaining HPSRs also face a significantly reduced likelihood of vesting in future periods.  
•  Mr Howes was appointed to the the role of Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on  

2 January 2019. 

•  Mr Howes was designated as KMP for the full 2019 reporting period as his most recent prior role of Chief 

Executive, Distribution, Product & Marketing was also designated as KMP. 

The remuneration arrangements for Mr Howes are set considerably lower than his predecessor and are 
summarised below: 
•  Fixed remuneration is $1,275,000 per annum (inclusive of statutory superannuation contributions and any 

salary sacrifice items), which is reviewable annually. 

•  Eligible for discretionary annual short term incentives determined by the Board. The annual short term 

incentive is capped at twice Mr Howes' fixed remuneration. 

•  Eligible to receive annual grants of longer term incentives in the form of equity. Equity is delivered in HPSRs 

that are awarded at face value with the quantum set at 225% of fixed remuneration.  

•  Ms Murphy was appointed to the role of Chief Executive, Distribution, Product & Marketing on  

12 December 2018 and was designated as KMP from the date of appointment. 

•  Mr Saines has expressed his intention to retire from Challenger at a future date in 2020 to be confirmed. 

Given Mr Saines’ intention to retire, his 2019 LTI allocation has been moderated accordingly. 

•  Mr Saines was designated as KMP for the full 2019 reporting period. 

4.4  Performance and remuneration outcomes for 2019 

Following many years of strong growth, financial year 2019 was challenging, with external headwinds impacting the business. 
While Challenger made good progress implementing its strategy for long-term growth, investment market volatility and sector 
disruption resulted in performance outcomes below expectations. This section provides performance information including five 
year trends and key financial and operational outcomes for the year. 

For the year ended 
Normalised NPAT1 ($m) 
Normalised EPS (cents) 
Closing share price ($) 
Dividends per share (cents) 

30 June 
2015 
334.0 
61.2 
6.72 
30.0 

30 June 
2016 
361.7 
64.6 
8.63 
32.5 

30 June 
2017 
384.9 
68.5 
13.34 
34.5 

30 June 
2018 
406.1 
68.1 
11.83 
35.5 

30 June 
2019 
396.1 
65.5 
6.64 
35.5 

1 Normalised NPAT excludes asset or liability valuation movements that are above or below expected long-term trends and significant items that may positively or 

negatively impact financial results. Refer to the Operating and financial review section for further information.  

28 

 
 
 
 
Directors’ report 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

4  Remuneration report (continued)

4.4  Performance and remuneration outcomes for 2019 (continued) 

Total shareholders return (TSR) 

Source: IRESS and Bloomberg  

Challenger share price performance versus ASX 200 

Source: Company data  

60%

40%

20%

0%

-20%

-40%

-60%

1 year
TSR

2 year
TSR

3 year
TSR

Challenger
ASX 200 Fin Accum.

All Ords Accum.
ASX100 Accum.

4 year
TSR

5 year
TSR
ASX 200 Accum.

250

200

150

100

50

0
Jun-14

Jun-15

Jun-16

Jun-17

Jun-18

Jun-19

Challenger

ASX200

Normalised NPAT 
Increased by 19% since 2015 with 2019 impacted by lower equity distributions 

Normalised Earnings Per Share (EPS) 
Increased by 7% since 2015 with 2019 impacted by lower normalised NPAT and 

and lower performance fees. 

higher share count. 

m
$

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

m
$

70

68

66

64

62

60

58

56

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Normalised NPAT

Normalised EPS

Normalised pre-tax Return on Equity (RoE) 
Reflects earnings and shareholder capital held. 

Group assets under management 
Increased by 37% since 2015. 

20%

18%

16%

14%

12%

10%

8%

6%

4%

2%

0%

m
$

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Total group assets under management

29

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Directors’ report

4  Remuneration report (continued)  

4.4  Performance and remuneration outcomes for 2019 (continued)

2019 balanced scorecard outcomes 

Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) for Challenger are aligned to our vision and strategy to provide our customers with financial 
security for retirement. The KPIs are underpinned by strong risk management practices that inform how we deliver on our 
commitments to customers and shareholders with risk behaviour assessed as a gate-opener for individual participation in 
Challenger’s variable remuneration plans.  

Outcome
Partial 
achievement 

Full 
achievement 

Full 
achievement 

Measure
Financial 

Weight 
60% 

Normalised NPBT 

Pre-tax normalised ROE 
(target - 18%) 

PCA (target 1.3x– 1.6x) 

AUM growth 

People and culture 

20% 

Risk culture 

Employee engagement 

Performance
• Group normalised NPBT of $548.3 million (30 June 2018: $547.3
million). This was below target reflecting challenging investment
markets and advice market disruption.

• Pre-tax normalised ROE 15.8%, below target due to higher capital

held and below target earnings.

• Strong capital position 1.53 times APRA’s Prescribed Capital

Amount (PCA) at the top of our target range of 1.3 to 1.6 times.
• AUM $81.8 billion (30 June 2018: $81.1 billion) was below target
reflecting advice market disruption impacting flows, one profit for
member superannuation fund internalisation and challenging
investment markets.
‒  Life annuities sales of $3.5 billion and net book growth of

5.8% were below target reflecting advice market disruption. 
‒  Funds Management net outflows of $2.4 billion reflected solid 

underlying growth offset by redemptions by one large 
superannuation fund. 

• New record low normalised cost to income ratio of 32.6%, within
target range of 30% to 34% and well below industry averages.

• Risk culture score of 85% (above all norms).
• Satisfactory completion of external review of risk culture.
• Employee sustainable engagement score of 84% (above the

Australian Companies Norm and Global Financial Services Norm).

• Diversity and flexibility score of 94% (above all norms).
• Received 2018 WGEA Employer of Choice for Gender Equality

citation.

Customer and  
strategic initiatives 

Diversify distribution by 
channel and geography 

Expand product offering 

Build understanding and 
acceptance of the 
importance of lifetime 
income streams 

20% 

• Significantly expanded strategic partnership with MS&AD to include

US dollar annuities (commenced 1 July 2019). Challenger will
receive a minimum annuity reinsurance value of at least ¥50 billion
(currently $660m) per year for a minimum of five years. This
represents approximately 2.5 times the value received in 2019.

• Expanded distribution reach with the launch of BT Panorama

platform in first half of 2019, and HUB24 and Netwealth in second
half of 2019. Fidante Partners launched the first ETF in ActiveX
series in first half of 2019 and is on track to launch additional
products in the first half of 2020.

• Added new boutique, Eiger Capital, in second half of 2019.
• New means test rules that support the use of lifetime annuities

finalised and effective on 1 July 2019.

• Maintained thought leadership positioning and a high level of

public engagement on retirement income issues.

• Rated number one by financial advisers for overall adviser

satisfaction and in five other categories.

• Recognised as the leader in retirement income by advisers

(95%, 36% above nearest competitor).

• Launched new brand campaign and supporting initiatives.

Total 

100%

Partial 
achievement 

30 

Directors’ report 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

4  Remuneration report (continued) 

4.4  Performance and remuneration outcomes for 2019 (continued)

2019 Awarded KMP remuneration outcomes 

Challenger’s remuneration strategy is focused on the alignment between performance, prudent risk management and reward 
outcomes. Consequently achievement against KPIs for Challenger is a key determinant of remuneration outcomes. Accordingly, 
awarded remuneration has decreased significantly for the financial year in the table below. 

•
•
•

The outgoing CEO’s variable reward for 2019 was 50% lower than in 2018 on an annualised basis.
The new CEO’s STI for 2019 was 49% lower than the previous CEO’s 2018 STI and 49% of the new maximum.
Total KMP STIs for 2019 were 36% lower than in 2018.

Awarded remuneration represents the value of remuneration that has been awarded for the financial year as determined by the 
Board and includes fixed remuneration, cash STI and deferred and hurdled share awards. The actual value realised will depend on 
future performance outcomes, ensuring strong alignment with shareholder interests. HPSRs awarded in this year will only deliver 
value to executives in the future if shareholder return hurdles are achieved. 

In 2019, Challenger has changed the allocation methodology for HPSR awards from a fair to face value allocation methodology. 
This responds to feedback from stakeholders who have expressed a preference for the use of face value. The future value of 
HPSRs that may be realised by executives is uncertain and depends on outcomes against hurdles in the future. The face value of 
the award will only be realised if the highest performance threshold is achieved. Both the face value and the fair value of the 
HPSR awards have been shown in the table below for completeness.  

KMP
R Howes6 

B Benari7 

A Murphy8 

C Plater 

I Saines 

A Tobin 

Total 

Salary1
$
Year
975,009
2019
731,753
2018
2019
673,510
2018 1,320,102
323,721
2019
-
2018
722,922
2019
673,074
2018
810,605
2019
844,020
2018
688,674
2019
679,204
2018
2019 4,194,441
2018 4,248,153

Deferred
STI
(1-4 yrs)2
$
625,000

510,000

Other3
$

Super-
annuation
$
20,531
20,049
10,340
20,049
11,406
-
20,531
20,049
20,531
20,049
20,531
20,049

Total
Cash STI
$
$
625,000
71,450 2,316,990
712,500 1,065,000 118,750 2,648,052
510,000
56,930 1,760,780
887,500 1,562,500 201,692 3,991,843
634,590
145,833
-
-
58,369 1,789,822
494,000
78,709 2,296,832
612,500
43,677 1,619,813
372,500
82,473 2,094,042
450,000
46,707 1,605,912
425,000
77,890 1,949,643
462,500
103,870 2,572,333 2,572,333 284,930 9,727,907
100,245 3,125,000 4,947,500 559,514 12,980,412

145,833
-
494,000
912,500
372,500
697,500
425,000
710,000

7,797
-

Future hurdled awards 
Face
Value
HPSRs4
$

Fair
Value
HPSRs5
$
2,868,750 1,176,188
822,500
1,968,170
-
-
3,768,846 1,575,000
307,500
750,000
-
-
691,875
1,687,500
700,000
1,675,038
558,010
1,361,000
577,500
1,381,906
645,750
1,575,000
577,500
1,381,906
8,242,250 3,379,323
10,175,866 4,252,500

1 Includes the cost of death, total permanent disability and salary continuance insurances. 
2 2019 DPSRs will be formally granted in September 2019 and vest 30% one year after grant, 30% two years after grant, 20% three years after grant and 20% four 

years after grant. 2018 DPSR awards included one and two year deferred STI and three year DPSRs.  

3 Values represent distributions from the CPP Trust. 
4 The 2019 face value HPSR award has been determined as 225% of fixed remuneration as at 30 June 2019 for all KMP except Mr Saines who is retiring at a future 
date in 2020. The number of HPSRs will be formally granted in September 2019 with the face value of each HPSR determined by the five-day volume weighted 
average price (VWAP) prior to the grant date. The 2018 face value for each HPSR granted was determined using the five-day VWAP prior to grant date. 

5 The HPSRs awarded in 2019 will be formally granted in September 2019. It is not possible to determine the fair value of these awards until the grant date and so an 
estimate of fair value has been determined as 41% of the face value. This estimate is based on the the average fair value relative to the face value of 4 year HPSRs 
awarded over the past three years. The 2018 HPSR values were awarded on a fair value basis. 

6 Mr Howes was appointed Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on 2 January 2019. 
7 Mr Benari transferred to a non-KMP role on 2 January 2019 as transition to retirement. The 2019 disclosure is pro rata for the period in which he was a KMP. 
8 Ms Murphy transferred to a KMP role on 12 December 2018. The 2019 disclosure is pro rata for the period in which she was a KMP. 

31

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Directors’ report

4  Remuneration report (continued)

4.5  Remuneration strategy and structure

Challenger’s remuneration strategy is focused on the alignment between performance, prudent risk management and reward 
outcomes. It is designed to support the attraction, retention and reward of the high performing talent required to deliver strong 
customer outcomes and sustained returns to shareholders. The remuneration strategy is underpinned by the guiding principles 
outlined below: 

Market-competitive 
• Positioned to attract and retain KMP
and employees with the necessary
capabilities and experience to deliver
Challenger’s business strategy.

• Remuneration structure and quantum
benchmarked to the external market
using remuneration surveys and
publicly disclosed data.

• KMP remuneration benchmark data

independently reviewed by
Challenger’s remuneration adviser
(KPMG).

Performance-based and equitable 
• High weighting to performance-based

reward to drive strong customer outcomes
and long-term growth for Challenger and
its shareholders.

• Remuneration outcomes differentiated
according to individual contribution to
Challenger’s performance.

• Demonstration of Challenger Principles

directly linked to remuneration outcomes.

• Rigorous annual calibration of

performance and reward
recommendations to ensure internal
equity, fairness and transparency.

Aligned with shareholders and 
underpinned by sound risk 
management 
• Significant proportion of STI subject
to deferral into shares, aligning
medium to longer term reward
outcomes with the shareholder
experience.

• Long-term share-based awards, with
vesting subject to satisfaction of
both a shareholder return
performance measure and time-
based vesting conditions.

• All deferred share-based awards are
subject to forfeiture provisions.

• Remuneration processes and

governance in place to ensure that
remuneration arrangements
encourage prudent risk-
management.

• Risk behaviour is a gate-opener for

individual participation in
Challenger’s variable remuneration
plans.

32 

Directors’ report 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

4  Remuneration report (continued) 

4.5  Remuneration strategy and structure (continued) 

Remuneration components 

In 2019, the Board undertook a comprehensive review of executive remuneration in response to feedback from stakeholders and 
to ensure the structure remains fit-for-purpose in the delivery of our strategic objectives. The changes to our framework are 
designed to drive long-term performance, prudent risk management and talent retention, while providing strong alignment and 
transparency for shareholders. These changes have been applied to the 2019 remuneration outcomes for our KMP. 

d
e
x
i
F

l

e
b
a
i
r
a
V

Component 
Fixed 
remuneration 

Overview 
Base salary, salary-sacrificed benefits and applicable fringe 
benefits tax. 

Employer superannuation contributions. 

Cash STI 

Annual ‘at risk’ remuneration, rewarding Challenger, 
division and individual performance. 

Deferred STI - 
share awards 
deferred for  
up to four 
years 

50% of STI awards for KMP are deferred into DPSRs, with 
vesting over four years as per the schedule below: 

At the end of year 
1

% of grant vesting 
30%

2

3

4

30%

20%

20%

Link to remuneration strategy 
Positioned around the market median 
using appropriate benchmarks, reflecting 
size and complexity of role, 
responsibilities, experience and skills. 
Remuneration outcomes determined 
based on performance and contribution 
against annual KPIs which include 
financial measures, people and culture 
measures, customer and strategic 
objectives and application of and 
adherence to the risk management 
framework. 
Balances risk management and 
governance considerations along with 
supporting shareholder alignment 
through the deferral of a significant 
portion of STI into shares over the 
medium to longer term. 

Hurdled share 
awards  
deferred for up 
to five years 

Subject to forfeiture provisions under the Challenger 
Performance Plan (CPP). 
Longer-term ‘at risk’ remuneration. 

Awarded as HPSRs vesting up to five years. Awards consist 
of a single HPSR tranche, that is subject to a cumulative 
absolute TSR hurdle tested four years or five years from the 
date of grant. Any unvested awards lapse at the end of the 
fifth anniversary following grant. 

Subject to forfeiture provisions under the CPP Trust. 

Balances risk management and 
governance considerations along with 
supporting shareholder alignment over 
the long term. Aligns executives’ 
interests with Challenger’s long-term 
success, sustained shareholder returns 
and the customer experience. 

Fixed remuneration 

When determining fixed remuneration for KMP, the Board 
considers market pay benchmarks for roles with: 
• similar responsibilities and complexity; and
• roles requiring similar experience and skills.

Variable remuneration 

Variable remuneration takes two forms: short term incentives, 
in the form of DPSRs; and long term incentives, in the form of 
HPSRs. Both short term and long term variable remuneration 
outcomes are determined based on performance. The face 
value (at the time of the award) of short term incentives can 
be a maximum of 200% of fixed remuneration. The face value 
(at the time of the award) of long term incentives can be a 
maximum of 225% of fixed remuneration. The performance 
period for short term incentives is the financial year prior to 
the award date with performance assessed against a balanced 
scorecard. The performance period for long term incentives is 
the four to five year period following the award date with 

performance assessed in terms of total shareholder return 
against hurdles. 

Short term incentive 

KMP STI awards are determined by the Board and can vary 
from zero to 200% of fixed remuneration. STI outcomes are 
assessed considering the performance of Challenger, the 
performance of the individual and market pay benchmarks. In 
evaluating individual performance, the Board uses a balanced 
scorecard with specific objectives for each KMP. Annual 
contribution is assessed against these objectives, and 
behaviour in line with the Challenger Principles of Integrity; 
Compliance; Commercial Ownership; Working Together; and 
Creative Customer Solutions. 

To ensure STI award quantum is appropriate and not excessive, 
the Board sets an overall budget for variable reward based on 
company performance (set out on page 37). 

33

 
 
Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Directors’ report

4  Remuneration report (continued)

4.5  Remuneration strategy and structure (continued)

Deferred Performance Share Rights (DPSRs) 

The Board believes deferring a portion of STI into equity 
provides strong alignment with shareholder interests and 
supports retention. 

At Challenger, deferred STI awards are delivered as DPSRs 
under the Challenger Performance Plan (CPP). DPSRs represent 
the right to receive a fully-paid ordinary Challenger share for 
nil consideration subject to continued employment at the time 
of vesting. The number of DPSRs granted is determined based 
on the five-day volume weighted average price (VWAP) of 
shares prior to grant date. 

In 2019 the Board extended the maximum deferral period for 
STI from two to four years. This extended deferral will apply to 
awards granted from 1 July 2019 onwards. 

Long term incentive 

LTIs are awarded annually to KMP to support a continued 
focus on long-term performance outcomes. Executives will 
only realise value from LTIs if total shareholder returns exceed 
the hurdles set, ensuring a direct link between executive 
reward and shareholder outcomes. 

Following its executive remuneration framework review, the 
Board decided from 2019 onwards to set the LTI awards for all 
KMP at 225% of fixed remuneration at face value. The 
selection of this LTI award value reflects Challenger’s strong 
commitment to long-term performance whereby executives 
will only realise value if the shareholder return performance 
hurdle is achieved. The application of a common proportionate 
LTI allocation methodology for all KMP: 
• reflects their shared stewardship of Challenger;
• provides proportionate linkage of reward outcomes to

Challenger’s longer term success;

• recognises that the performance period for long term

incentives is the four to five year period following the award;
and

• provides greater transparency to both external stakeholders

and the KMP on potential reward quantum.

Hurdled Performance Share Rights (HPSRs) 

LTIs are awarded in the form of HPSRs. HPSRs represent the 
right to receive a fully-paid ordinary Challenger share for nil 
consideration subject to continued employment and 
Challenger satisfying the absolute TSR performance target. 

In 2019, Challenger has changed the allocation methodology 
for HPSR awards from a fair to face value allocation 
methodology. This responds to feedback from stakeholders 
who have expressed a preference for the use of face value. 

The future value of HPSRs that may be realised by executives is 
uncertain and depends on outcomes against hurdles in the 
future. The face value of the award will only be realised if the 
highest performance threshold is achieved.   

LTI Performance measurement 

The Board considers TSR an effective measure of shareholder 
outcomes. In August 2010, the Board approved the  

34 

implementation of absolute TSR as the measure of long-term 
performance. The Board believes that an absolute rather than 
a relative TSR performance measure is appropriate because: 
• there are no other listed companies in the Australian market

with a retirement income business which are directly
comparable to Challenger;

• key stakeholders, shareholders and proxy advisers have

indicated that a broader index is generally not considered an
appropriate peer group, as the outcome can result in a
misalignment between KMP and employee remuneration
and creation of shareholder value; and

• if the absolute TSR threshold performance target is set at a

level above average market returns over the long term, HPSR
vesting will be directly linked to the superior returns
delivered to shareholders.

The Board continues to consider the appropriateness of a 
second LTI performance measure. 

Consistent with market practice, 50% of HPSR awards vest at 
an agreed performance threshold (compounded annually), 
with full vesting occurring at an agreed higher performance 
threshold (compounded annually). 

Each year, the Board reviews the performance threshold set for 
long-term performance, in order to ensure that it is 
appropriately challenging for KMP, provides a retention 
incentive and represents a compelling outcome for 
shareholders. 

As a result of this review, for the 2019 HPSR awards, the 
Board has determined to retain the same thresholds that were 
introduced in 2016. This means 50% vest at threshold 
performance of 7% absolute TSR compounded annually  
and fully vest when absolute TSR of 10% compounded 
annually is achieved. The Board believes these thresholds are 
challenging in the current low growth and low interest rate 
environment and represent a relatively strong TSR for 
shareholders. 

Absolute TSR compounded annually 

Awards pre 
September 2016 
Less than 8% p.a. 

Awards from 
September 2016 
Less than 7% p.a.  0% 

% of HPSRs 
that vest 

8% to 12% p.a. 

7% to 10% p.a. 

12% p.a. and 
above 

10% p.a. and 
above 

Straight-line vesting 
between 50% and 
100% 
100% 

It should be noted that HPSR awards made prior to September 
2016 will continue to be assessed against the higher 
performance thresholds of 8% to 12% compounded annually. 

Over four years, 7% annual compound growth represents 
total shareholder return of 31%, and 10% compound growth 
represents a total shareholder return of 46%.  

Directors’ report 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

4  Remuneration report (continued) 

4.5  Remuneration strategy and structure (continued)

Absolute TSR compounded annually (continued) 

Trust distributions 

The start and end price for absolute TSR performance testing is 
calculated using a 90-day VWAP leading up to the relevant 
performance start or end date. A 90-day VWAP eliminates the 
potential for short-term price volatility to impact vesting 
outcomes. 

LTI Vesting periods 

As noted above, from 1 July 2019 onwards the initial date for 
performance testing and vesting for LTI awards, issued as 
HPSRs has been extended from three to four years from the 
date of grant. Accordingly, subject to continued employment 
and meeting the absolute TSR performance target, the entire 
award will be eligible to commence vesting on the fourth 
anniversary. Previously, two thirds of an award was eligible to 
commence vesting on the third anniversary, and the final third 
on the fourth anniversary following grant. 

Where the absolute TSR performance targets are not satisfied 
for an award at four years, a higher test is applied in year five 
(requiring total shareholder returns above the annual 
thresholds compounded over five years). Any unvested awards 
lapse at the end of the fifth anniversary following grant. 

Challenger’s approach differs from the common market 
practice of three or four-year cliff vesting, reflecting our 
commitment to driving a focus on long-term performance with 
strong risk management. 

Challenger Performance Plan (CPP) Trust 

The CPP Trust is an employee share trust established to satisfy 
Challenger’s employee equity obligations arising from DPSRs 
and HPSRs. 

Challenger shares held by the CPP Trust generate dividend 
income. The CPP Trust does not receive dividends from 
forward share purchase agreements. 

The Trustee of the CPP Trust has absolute discretion to 
determine whether any net income earned from shares held by 
the CPP Trust is distributed to beneficiaries. Any undistributed 
income at the end of the year is taxed at the maximum 
marginal tax rate (which exceeds the company tax rate) and 
carries no franking credits.  

Distributions are generally made by the Trustee annually.  In 
2019, the distribution was allocated to DPSRs and an approved 
charity. The distribution to DPSRs was equal to Challenger’s 
dividend per share. The remaining income from the CPP Trust 
was allocated to the charity. 

In 2019, in response to external stakeholder feedback, the 
Board determined that unvested HPSRs are not eligible to 
receive an income distribution from the CPP Trust. 

Any income distributed to KMP from the CPP Trust is taken 
into account by the Remuneration Committee and the Board 
when considering remuneration recommendations. CPP Trust 
distributions to KMP are disclosed within the remuneration 
tables.  

Tax Exempt Share Plan 

The Board believes that greater employee ownership increases 
alignment with shareholders and accordingly encourages 
employee share ownership. 

The Tax Exempt Share Plan provides permanent employees a 
means to acquire Challenger shares at no cost, and to 
participate in the future growth and performance of 
Challenger. Eligible employees are offered $1,000 worth of 
fully-paid Challenger ordinary shares on an annual basis, 
subject to a three-year minimum holding period. 

35

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Directors’ report

4  Remuneration report (continued) 

4.6  Remuneration governance 

Challenger’s remuneration governance structures, outlined in the table below, provide strong oversight of remuneration practices 
and policies. Detailed information concerning the scope of the Board and the Remuneration Committee’s responsibilities can be 
found under the corporate governance section of Challenger’s website. 

Board 

• The Board is responsible for ensuring effective remuneration governance and related risk management

Remuneration 
Committee 

Independent 
remuneration 
advisers 

practices.

• The Board approves remuneration principles and structures, and ensures that they are competitive and

equitable and that they support the long-term interests of Challenger.

• The Board receives recommendations from the Remuneration Committee and approves these remuneration

recommendations where appropriate.

• The Board convenes a Remuneration Committee comprising at least three independent Directors to assist the

Board in discharging its responsibilities.

• The Remuneration Committee meets at least five times during the year, with additional meetings scheduled

as required. For the year ended 30 June 2019, eight meetings were held.

• The Remuneration Committee determines and recommends to the Board various principles and policies

(including remuneration, recruitment, retention, termination and diversity), Managing Director & CEO and
KMP remuneration, incentives, superannuation and life insurance arrangements and the Directors’
remuneration framework.

• The Board, independent of management, appoints an adviser to the Remuneration Committee.
• In 2019, the Board continued its engagement of KPMG. This engagement is based on a defined set of

protocols. The Board is satisfied with KPMG’s remuneration structure and quantum related advice and that
such advice is free from undue influence.

• For 2019, KPMG attended all of the Board Remuneration Committee meetings and provided advice with

respect to KMP remuneration arrangements. Fees paid or payable to KPMG in respect of these activities were
$148,415 (inclusive of GST). KPMG provided internal audit, tax, accounting, actuarial and transaction services
and general remuneration factual information in 2019. Fees paid or payable to KPMG in respect of these
activities were $1,500,138 (inclusive of GST).

• Mercer was retained in 2019 to independently value DPSRs and HPSRs and test HPSR vesting outcomes.

2. Financial services publicly disclosed data:

Data is comprised of publicly disclosed KMP remuneration
data for select financial services companies. This peer
group supports consideration of roles with comparable
skills to Challenger’s KMP.

In July 2019, the Board considered remuneration benchmark 
data as a key input when determining 2019 remuneration 
outcomes for KMP and is confident that awarded 
remuneration reflects performance and is positioned  
and structured at a market-competitive level reflective  
of the markets in which Challenger competes for talent,  
and the specialist nature of the skills and experience of 
Challenger KMP.

Remuneration governance arrangements promote compliance 
with the provisions of the ASX Listing Rules, the ASX 
Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance 
Principles and Recommendations, the Corporations Act 2001 
and, in respect of CLC and Challenger Retirement and 
Investment Services Limited, the principles contained in the 
Australian Prudential Regulation Authority Prudential 
governance standards CPS 510 and SPS 510 respectively. 

Remuneration benchmarking 

Challenger’s remuneration strategy is supported by a strong 
focus on benchmarking remuneration against the external 
market, in particular for KMP, to roles with comparable 
financial services, banking, insurance and capital markets skills. 

Annually, the Board approves the peer groups to be used 
when benchmarking KMP remuneration and in 2019 approved 
the following peer groups: 

1. Financial Industry Remuneration Group survey:

This peer group supports consideration of roles with
comparable financial services, banking, insurance and
capital markets skills to Challenger’s KMP.

36 

Directors’ report 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

4    Remuneration report (continued) 

4.6  Remuneration governance (continued)

Variable remuneration governance 

The Board determines a pool for total variable remuneration 
(cash STI and share-based) annually, and targets a funding 
range of between 10% and 15% of normalised net profit 

before variable reward and tax (NPBVRT). Combined cash STI 
and share-based awards from 2014 through 2019 are shown 
in the graph below:

20%

15%

10%

5%

0%

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Total variable reward as % of NPBVRT

Target maximum funding of NPBVRT

Target minimum funding of NPBVRT

While working within the targeted range, the Board considers 
several financial and non-financial factors when determining 
the size of the pool. Examples of factors that the Board 
considers include overall business results, external 
remuneration levels and movements, progress on short and 
long-term strategic objectives, the cost and amount of capital 
employed, factors beyond management’s control, and 
management of risk. 

For 2019, the Board approved a variable remuneration pool of 
9.4% of NPBVRT (total actual variable remuneration was 
10.3% in 2018). The Board considers that the 2019 variable 
remuneration pool reflects a reasonable and equitable 
distribution between shareholders and employees and provides 
a clear line of sight to, and a strong relationship between, 
performance and remuneration outcomes.  

Minimum shareholding guidelines 

The Board reviews KMP and Non-Executive Director minimum 
shareholding guidelines annually in order to ensure alignment 
with shareholders and market practice. The 2019 review 
determined that no changes were required to the guidelines at 
this time. Challenger’s minimum shareholding guidelines do 
not count unvested deferred equity towards minimum 
holdings; however, for completeness the shareholding 
disclosures in Section 4.8 Key Management Personnel 
remuneration arrangements also show unvested DPSR equity 
awards. 

Minimum shareholding requirements are detailed in the 
following table: 

Group
Non-Executive 
Directors (NEDs) 
Managing Director 
and CEO 
Other KMP 

Implied value1 

Requirement 
One times base fees  Chair: $525,500 
NEDs: $179,000 
$2,550,000 

Two times fixed 
remuneration 
One times fixed 
remuneration 

$600,000 to 
$850,000 

1 Based on fees and remuneration at 30 June 2019. 

A five-year transitional period in which to acquire the required 
shareholding applies for Non-Executive Directors and KMP. The 
Board reviews minimum shareholding guidelines on an annual 
basis and retains discretion to allow Non-Executive Directors 
and KMP to vary from this guideline. Where fees are paid to 
the employer of the Non-Executive Director, the minimum 
shareholding guidelines do not apply. 

The shareholdings of Non-Executive Directors and KMP at  
30 June 2019 are set out in Section 4.8 Key Management 
Personnel remuneration arrangements and 4.9 Non-Executive 
Director disclosures. 

Employee share trading policy 

Employees, including Directors and KMP, must comply with 
Challenger’s employee share trading policy and are required to 
obtain pre-approval from the Company if they wish to trade in 
Challenger shares. KMP and employees are prohibited from 
trading during specified prohibited periods, including prior to 
the release of Challenger’s financial results. 

37

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Directors’ report

All employees are assessed against the Challenger Principles 
and behaviours as part of the annual performance review 
process, and this outcome contributes to the overall 
performance rating and remuneration outcomes. Satisfactory 
assessment of risk behaviour is treated as a gate-opener for 
cash STI and share-based awards. 

The Remuneration Committee and the Board consider 
potential risk implications of performance targets when setting 
performance measures for variable remuneration plans. 

The Board also places significant focus on risk culture and 
monitors and assesses Challenger’s risk culture. In 2019,  
this included: 
• an assessment was carried out of responses to a company-

wide engagement survey, which included specific risk
culture questions plus other relevant questions.

• as part of its internal audit program, KPMG provided an
assessment of risk culture arising from interviews and
control findings.

• Ernst & Young undertook a separate review of Challenger’s
risk culture through a series of interviews and focus groups.

• a range of key risk indicator metrics are monitored and

assessed throughout the year.

Variable reward forfeiture provisions 

Under the terms of the CPP, both DPSRs and HPSRs may be 
reduced or forfeited should the Board determine that a KMP 
or employee: 
• has committed an act of dishonesty;
• is ineligible to hold their office for the purposes of Part 2D.6

Disqualification from managing corporations of the
Corporations Act 2001; or

• is found to have acted in a manner that the Board considers

to be gross misconduct or is dismissed with cause.

In addition, the Board may resolve that an award of DPSRs or 
HPSRs should be reduced or forfeited in order to: 
• protect financial soundness; or
• respond to unexpected or unintended consequences that
were significant and unforeseen by the Board (such as
material risk management breaches, unexpected financial
losses, reputational damage or regulatory non-compliance).

4  Remuneration report (continued)

4.6  Remuneration governance (continued) 

KMP and employees are prohibited from hedging their 
unvested equity awards, as this would not be consistent with 
Challenger’s remuneration strategy or appropriate governance 
outcomes and is contrary to the intention of equity-based 
remuneration arrangements. Should a KMP or employee  
be found to have breached this requirement, it would be 
regarded as serious misconduct and may be grounds for 
dismissal. 

Challenger prohibits KMP and employees from taking out 
margin loans on Challenger shares, with any exceptions to this 
rule requiring Board approval. There have been no requests for 
exceptions to this policy for the year ended 30 June 2019 (no 
requests in 2018). 

Employee share ownership 

Employee share ownership levels by way of unvested equity 
are formally reviewed by the Board on a regular basis. As at  
30 June 2019, 76% of permanent employees hold unvested 
Challenger equity (73% in 2018). This constitutes 2% 
employee ownership of Challenger (2% in 2018). 

4.7  Risk management 

The Board seeks to align remuneration with effective risk 
management, the generation of appropriate risk-based returns 
and Challenger’s risk profile. 

The Board has agreed a risk management framework which 
sets out the Board’s tolerance to risk exposures and the 
management of risk in general. Challenger’s risk profile is 
continuously monitored and managed against agreed risk 
limits. Any divergence from set limits is resolved within 
Challenger through a series of escalations and delegated 
authorities culminating with the Board. All business activities 
are carried out in accordance with this risk management 
framework, regardless of potential remuneration outcomes. 

During the year, the Risk Committee provides reports to the 
Remuneration Committee and the Board summarising risk 
management and risk outcomes, including any breaches of the 
risk management framework or other compliance policies. The 
Remuneration Committee and the Board consider these 
reports when finalising remuneration pools and individual 
allocations. 

All employees are required to comply with Challenger’s 
policies and other risk management and regulatory 
requirements as they apply to their role and business area. 
Breaches of compliance with these policies and other 
requirements are taken seriously and may result in disciplinary 
action and termination of employment. In addition, risk 
management, including any breaches, is considered when 
determining cash STI and share-based awards each year.

38 

Directors’ report 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

4  Remuneration report (continued) 

4.8  Key Management Personnel remuneration arrangements 

This audited remuneration report describes Challenger’s KMP and Non-Executive Director remuneration arrangements as required 
by the Corporations Act 2001. 

Statutory remuneration 

Statutory remuneration represents the accounting expense of remuneration in the financial year. It includes fixed remuneration, 
cash STI awards, the fair value amortisation expense of deferred share awards granted, distributions from the CPP Trust, long 
service leave entitlements and insurance. 

Short-term employee benefits 

Long-term employee benefits 

KMP 
R Howes4 

B Benari5 

A Murphy6 

C Plater 

I Saines

A Tobin 

Total 

Year 
2019 
2018
2019 
2018 
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018 

Salary1 
$ 
975,009 
731,753
673,510 
1,320,102 
323,721 
-
722,922 
673,074
810,605 
844,020
688,674 
679,204
4,194,441 
4,248,153 

Super- 
annuation 
$ 
20,531 
20,049
10,340 
20,049 
11,406 
- 
20,531 
20,049
20,531 
20,049
20,531 
20,049
103,870 
100,245 

Cash STI 
$ 
625,000 
712,500
510,000 
887,500 
145,833 
-
494,000 
612,500
372,500 
450,000
425,000 
462,500
2,572,333 
3,125,000 

Other2 
$ 
88,910 
130,814 
64,367 
243,011 
15,840 
- 
70,873 
97,879 
54,899 
90,386 
59,924 
82,583 
354,813 
644,673 

Share-based 
payments3 
$ 
1,929,641 
1,905,451 
1,600,128 
3,116,202 
206,528 
-
1,497,129 
1,332,347 
1,220,782 
1,228,781 
1,268,220 
1,233,211 
7,722,428 
8,815,992 

Total 
$ 
3,639,091 
3,500,567 
2,858,345 
5,586,864 
703,328 
- 
2,805,455 
2,735,849 
2,479,317 
2,633,236 
2,462,349 
2,477,547 
14,947,885 
16,934,063 

1 Includes the cost of death, total permanent disability and salary continuance insurances. 
2 Values represent distributions from the CPP Trust and long service leave accruals. 
3 Calculated on the basis outlined in Note 27 Employee entitlements and reflects the fair value of the benefit derived at the date at which they were granted. Fair  
value is determined using an option pricing model and is undertaken by an independent third party. The HPSRs included in share-based payments are subject to 
market-based performance conditions; consequently, no adjustment to the fair valuation following grant date is permitted to be made for the likelihood of 
performance conditions not being met. As a result, the value of the share-based payments included in the table may not necessarily have vested during the  
financial year. 

4 Mr Howes was appointed Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on 2 January 2019. 
5 Mr Benari transferred to a non-KMP role on 2 January 2019 as transition to retirement. The 2019 disclosure is pro rata for the period in which he was KMP.  
6 Ms Murphy transferred to a KMP role on 12 December 2018. The 2019 disclosure is pro rata for the period in which she was KMP. 

39

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Directors’ report

4  Remuneration report (continued) 

4.8  Key Management Personnel remuneration arrangements (continued) 

Split of statutory remuneration components 

The splits of KMP statutory remuneration are set out below: 

KMP 
R Howes1 

B Benari2 

A Murphy3 

C Plater 

I Saines

A Tobin 

Year  Fixed remuneration 
28% 
2019 
22%
2018
24% 
2019 
24%
2018
47% 
2019 
- 
2018
26% 
2019 
25%
2018
33% 
2019 
33%
2018
28% 
2019 
28%
2018

Cash STI 
17% 
20%
18% 
16%
21% 
- 
18% 
22%
15% 
17%
17% 
19%

Share-based 
payments 
53% 
54%
56% 
56%
29% 
-
53% 
49%
49% 
47%
52% 
50%

Other
2% 
4%
2% 
4%
3% 
- 
3% 
4%
3% 
3%
3% 
3%

Total
100% 
100%
100% 
100%
100% 
-
100% 
100%
100% 
100%
100% 
100%

1 Mr Howes was appointed Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on 2 January 2019. 
2 Mr Benari transferred to a non-KMP role on 2 January 2019 as transition to retirement. The 2019 disclosure is pro rata for the period in which he was KMP. 
3 Ms Murphy transferred to a KMP role on 12 December 2018. The 2019 disclosure is pro rata for the period in which she was KMP. 

Share Rights granted 

Deferred Performance Share Rights 

The number of DPSRs granted is determined based on the five-day volume weighted average price (VWAP) of shares prior to 
grant date. This is the face value allocation price that determines the number of DPSRs granted. 

DPSRs granted to KMP during the year ended 30 June 2019 are detailed below: 

Awarded 
DPSR value 
from 2018 
$ 
1,065,000 
1,562,500 
912,500 
697,500 
710,000 

Face value 
allocation 
price 
$ 
10.3679 
10.3679 
10.3679 
10.3679 
10.3679 

Total 
number 
of DPSRs 
granted 
102,719 
150,704 
88,011 
67,273 
68,479 

Date of 
grant 
11/9/18
11/9/18
11/9/18
11/9/18
11/9/18

KMP1 
R Howes 
B Benari 
C Plater 
I Saines 
A Tobin 

Vesting 

Tranche 1 
1 September 2019 

Tranche 2 
1 September 2020 

Tranche 3 
1 September 2021 

Number2
34,360
42,800
29,538
21,701
22,304

Number2
34,360
42,800
29,538
21,701
22,304

Number2 
33,999
65,104
28,935
23,871
23,871

1 Ms Murphy transferred to a KMP role on 12 December 2018; grant and vesting disclosures prior to that are not required to be disclosed. 
2 The number of DPSRs granted is determined by dividing the dollar value of the award by the face value allocation price which is determined based on the VWAP in 
the five days prior to grant. The fair value of each tranche was $10.22 for Tranche 1, $9.94 for Tranche 2 and $9.66 for Tranche 3. The fair value is independently 
calculated and is used to determine the accounting value, which is amortised over future vesting periods. The fair value differs to the face value allocation price, as 
the DPSRs do not carry a dividend entitlement, and reflects the deferred nature of the award. 

Hurdled Performance Share Rights 

From September 2019, HPSRs are awarded as a percentage of fixed remuneration using face value. It’s important to note that 
while DPSRs deliver the face value of a share at vesting (subject to continued employment), HPSRs only deliver the face value of a 
share at vesting subject to attaining the applicable absolute TSR hurdle. HPSRs deliver no value at vesting if absolute TSR is below 
the performance threshold of 7% compounded annually, and full vesting will only occur if absolute TSR is at or above 10% 
compounded annually. 

40 

Directors’ report 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

4  Remuneration report (continued) 

4.8  Key Management Personnel remuneration arrangements (continued) 

Share Rights granted (continued) 

Hurdled Performance Share Rights (continued) 

The table below includes a representation of the awarded face value of the granted HPSRs based on the five-day VWAP of shares 
prior to grant date as well as the fair value which takes into account the likelihood of vesting and is in line with accounting 
standards.  

HPSRs granted to KMP during the year ended 30 June 2019 are detailed below: 

Vesting

Tranche 1
1 September 2021 

Tranche 2 
1 September 2022 

Awarded  
HPSR  
fair value  
from 2018 
$ 
822,500 
1,575,000 
700,000 
577,500 
577,500 

TSR start 
price2 

$  Grant date 
11/9/18 
11/9/18
11/9/18 
11/9/18 
11/9/18 

11.7192 
11.7192 
11.7192 
11.7192 
11.7192 

Fair value 
allocation 
price 

Fair value 
allocation 
price 

$  Number3 
120,248 
230,263 
102,339 
84,429 
84,429 

4.56 
4.56 
4.56 
4.56 
4.56 

$  Number3 
69,585 
133,248 
59,221 
48,858 
48,858 

3.94 
3.94 
3.94 
3.94 
3.94 

Awarded 
HPSR 
Total 
face value4 
number of 
from 2018 
HPSRs 
$ 
granted 
189,833  1,968,170 
363,511  3,768,846 
161,560  1,675,038 
133,287  1,381,906 
133,287  1,381,906 

KMP1 
R Howes 
B Benari 
C Plater 
I Saines 
A Tobin 

1 Ms Murphy transferred to a KMP role on 12 December 2018; grant and vesting of awards prior to that are not required to be disclosed. 
2 The TSR start price is the VWAP of shares traded in the 90 calendar days immediately preceding the grant date. 
3 The number of HPSRs granted is determined by dividing the dollar value of the award by the fair value of the relevant tranche. The fair value is independently 
calculated and was determined by the Board as the best estimate of the awarded financial value at the grant date. The fair value is also used to determine the 
accounting value which is amortised over future vesting periods. The fair value differs to the TSR start price as the HPSR vesting events are subject to achieving future 
TSR hurdles, do not carry a dividend entitlement and reflects the deferred nature of the award. 

4 The face value unit price has been determined using the five-day volume weighted average price ($10.3679) prior to the grant date. The 2019 awarded HPSRs will be 

issued in September 2019. 

Share Rights vested 

The following tables show the short and long-term incentives that vested during the year ended 30 June 2019. 

Deferred Performance Share Rights 

DPSRs which vested to KMP during the year ended 30 June 2019 are detailed below: 

KMP1 
R Howes 

B Benari 

C Plater 

I Saines 

A Tobin 

Date of grant 
13/9/15
12/9/16
11/9/17
13/9/15
12/9/16
11/9/17
13/9/15
12/9/16
11/9/17
13/9/15
12/9/16
11/9/17
13/9/15
12/9/16
11/9/17

Number 
41,133
38,001
31,596
78,690
43,430
36,635
16,095
33,930
27,519
41,133
17,643
17,326
28,614
24,429
19,365

Face value at grant 
$
287,495
349,993
387,500
549,996
399,995
449,299
112,494
312,499
337,499
287,495
162,494
212,490
199,995
224,994
237,496

1 Ms Murphy transferred to a KMP role on 12 December 2018; grant and vesting of awards prior to that are not required to be disclosed.

Vesting date
1/9/18
1/9/18
1/9/18
1/9/18
1/9/18
1/9/18
1/9/18
1/9/18
1/9/18
1/9/18
1/9/18
1/9/18
1/9/18
1/9/18
1/9/18

41

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Directors’ report

4  Remuneration report (continued) 

4.8  Key Management Personnel remuneration arrangements (continued) 

Hurdled Performance Share Rights 

HPSR grants awarded and considered by shareholders in prior periods and which vested to KMP during the year ended  
30 June 2019 are detailed below, together with TSR performance outcomes. 

Total shareholder return outcomes for all HPSRs vested during the year range between 17% and 26% per annum and are 
significantly above the internal performance hurdles and external market benchmarks over these timeframes. As a result of this 
TSR performance, all eligible HPSRs vested during the year.  

It should be noted that due to a deterioration in TSR performance across 2019, no HPSRs will vest in September 2019. 

Grant details

Grant 
Date 
16/9/14 
13/9/15 
16/9/14 
13/9/15 
16/9/14 
13/9/15 
4/3/15 
13/9/15 
16/9/14 
13/9/15 

Fair value at 
grant2 
$ 
727,713 
862,499 
1,355,054 
1,649,999 
302,126 
337,500 
749,996 
862,499 
476,777 
599,998 

Number 
225,066 
277,073 
419,089 
530,053 
93,441 
108,420 
204,383 
277,073 
147,457 
192,746 

Vesting 
Date 
1/9/18 
1/9/18 
1/9/18 
1/9/18 
1/9/18 
1/9/18 
1/9/18 
1/9/18 
1/9/18 
1/9/18 

Vesting details

Number 
vested 
75,022 
175,840 
139,697 
336,391 
31,147 
68,807 
74,850 
175,840 
49,153 
122,324 

TSR 
outcome 
per annum 
17% 
26% 
17% 
26% 
17% 
26% 
25% 
26% 
17% 
26% 

Number vested 
or lapsed in prior 
years 
150,044 
-
279,392 
-
62,294 
-
129,533 
-
98,304 
-

Number yet to 
vest or lapse 
- 
101,233
- 
193,662
- 
39,613
- 
101,233
- 
70,422

KMP1 
R Howes 

B Benari 

C Plater 

I Saines 

A Tobin 

1 Ms Murphy transferred to a KMP role on 12 December 2018; grant and vesting of awards prior to that are not required to be disclosed. 
2 The fair value is independently calculated and has been determined by the Board as the best estimate of the awarded financial value at the grant date. 

Share Rights held 

Performance Share Rights held 

Details of KMP DPSRs and HPSRs held as at 30 June 2019 are set out below: 

KMP
R Howes 

B Benari 

A Murphy1 

C Plater 

I Saines

A Tobin 

Instrument 
DPSRs
HPSRs
DPSRs
HPSRs
DPSRs
HPSRs
DPSRs
HPSRs
DPSRs
HPSRs
DPSRs
HPSRs

Number held at  
1 July 2018 
209,278
739,899
326,478
1,427,235
-
-
153,953
422,130
131,863
571,256
135,503
494,393

Number granted as 
remuneration 
102,719
189,833
150,704
363,511
- 
- 
88,011
161,560
67,273
133,287
68,479
133,287

Number vested 
(110,730)
(250,862)
(158,755)
(476,088)
-
- 
(77,544)
(99,954)
(76,102)
(250,690)
(72,408)
(171,477)

Number held at 30 
June 2019 
201,267
678,870
318,427
1,314,658
39,536
131,998
164,420
483,736
123,034
453,853
131,574
456,203

1 Ms Murphy transferred to a KMP role on 12 December 2018; grant and vesting of awards prior to that are not required to be disclosed. 

42 

Directors’ report 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

4  Remuneration report (continued) 

4.8  Key Management Personnel remuneration arrangements (continued) 

Key Management Personnel and their affiliates’ shareholdings in Challenger Limited 

Details of KMP and their affiliates’ shareholdings in Challenger Limited as at 30 June 2019 are detailed below, along with the 
number of unvested DPSRs. The CEO and other KMP are required to have a minimum shareholding equal to two times, and one 
times, their fixed remuneration respectively. From the date of appointment, KMP have a five-year transition period to reach the 
minimum shareholding. Mr Howes and Mr Tobin, hold substantially more than the minimum requirement as at 30 June 2019 and 
all other current KMP remain within their transition period. 

KMP
R Howes2 

B Benari3 

A Murphy4 

C Plater 

I Saines 

A Tobin 

Total 

Opening 
balance 
100,000 
100,000 
- 
1,000,000 
- 
-
27,347 
3,385
171,498 
12,161 
320,880 
298,341 
619,725 
1,413,887 

Number of 
vested DPSRs 
and HPSRs 
361,592 
474,282 
- 
746,991 
- 
- 
177,498 
236,067 
326,792 
159,337 
243,885 
287,539 
1,109,767 
1,904,216 

Year 
2019 
2018 
2019 
2018 
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018 
2019 
2018 
2019 
2018 

Number of 
shares sold 
-
(474,282) 
- 
(746,991) 
- 
-
(150,000) 
(212,105)
(498,290) 
-
(200,000) 
(265,000) 
(848,290) 
(1,698,378) 

Closing 
balance of 
shares 
461,592
100,000 
- 
1,000,000 
- 
- 
54,845 
27,347 
-
171,498
364,765 
320,880 
881,202 
1,619,725 

Number of 
unvested 
DPSRs 
201,267 
209,278 
- 
326,478 
39,536 
-
164,420 
153,953
123,034
131,863
131,574 
135,503 
658,831 
957,075 

Shareholding as a multiple 
of fixed remuneration1 

Fully-owned 
shares 
3.1 
1.6 
- 
8.9 
-
- 
0.5 
0.5
-
2.4 
3.5 
5.5 

Shares and 
DPSRs 
4.4 
4.9 
- 
11.8 
0.5
-
2.0 
3.1
1.0
4.2
4.7 
7.8 

1 Shareholding multiple based on 30 June 2019 closing share price of $6.64 (30 June 2018: $11.83). 
2 Mr Howes was appointed Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on 2 January 2019 
3 Mr Benari transferred to a non-KMP role on 2 January 2019 as transition to retirement. 
4 Ms Murphy transferred to a KMP role on 12 December 2018 and has a five year transition period in which to acquire the required shareholding. 

Richard Howes – Managing Director & CEO 

Mr Howes was appointed Managing Director & CEO effective 2 January 2019. All equity awards for the Managing Director & 
CEO are satisfied by the purchase of shares on market. The following table summarises the notice periods and payments which 
apply to Mr Howes upon termination. 

Notice period 

Payment in lieu of notice 

Bad leaver 
termination1 

Employee initiated: 6 months 
Employer initiated (Poor 
performance): 12 months 

The Board may elect to make 
a payment of salary package 
in lieu of notice  

Good leaver 
termination2 

Employer initiated 
(Misconduct): None 

Employee initiated: 6 months 
Employee initiated (Material 
Change3): 1 month 
Employer initiated: 12 months 

None  

The Board may elect to make 
a payment of salary package 
in lieu of notice 

Eligibility for 
STI 

Treatment of 
unvested 
performance rights 

No

Lapse

Continued vesting4 

Eligible for a 
pro rata STI 
payable at 
the usual 
payment 
date 

1 Bad leaver termination will occur where employment is terminated by Challenger for poor performance, misconduct or resignation without the prior approval of the 

Board. 

2 Good leaver termination will occur if employment ends in any circumstances that do not constitute a bad leaver termination. 
3 Material Change means where there is a substantial diminution of Mr Howes’ duties, status, responsibilities and/or authority arising without his agreement. 
4 Unvested Performance rights will remain on foot subject to the specified time based vesting conditions and/or performance hurdles and to the rules of the CPP. 

43

 
Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Directors’ report

4  Remuneration report (continued) 

4.8  Key Management Personnel remuneration arrangements (continued)

Key Management Personnel (excluding Managing Director & CEO) employment agreements and notice periods 

KMP do not have fixed terms of employment. The notice period for Challenger and the KMP is 26 weeks unless terminated for 
cause. 

Upon termination, if the KMP is considered a good leaver (such as cessation of employment due to redundancy), they will be 
entitled to a pro rata STI award. Board discretion applies in relation to unvested awards under the CPP issued for awards prior to 
30 June 2019. Awards issued under the CPP from 1 July 2019 onwards are subject to specific good leaver conditions specified at 
the time of grant. 

Loans and other transactions  

There were no loans made to Directors or key executives as at 30 June 2019 (30 June 2018: nil). From time to time, Directors of 
the Company or their Director related entities may purchase products from the Company. These purchases are on the same arm’s 
length terms and conditions as those offered to other employees or customers. 

4.9  Non-Executive Director disclosures 

Fee pool 

The maximum aggregate amount of annual fees is approved 
by shareholders in accordance with the requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001. 

The current fee pool of $2,500,000 was approved by 
shareholders in 2016. 

Fee framework and review 

Challenger aims to attract and retain suitably skilled and 
experienced Non-Executive Directors to serve on the Board and 
to reward them appropriately for their time and expertise. 

Non-Executive Directors are remunerated by way of fees paid 
in recognition of membership of the Board and its committees. 

Additional fees are paid to the Chair of the Board and sub-
committee members to reflect added responsibilities. 

The Board is committed to periodically reviewing the fee 
framework in order to ensure that fees remain appropriate 

Board/Committee 
Board1 
Group Risk  
Group Audit
Remuneration 

against the external market and support the attraction and 
retention of high quality Non-Executive Directors. 

On recommendation from the Remuneration Committee, the 
Board approves the fee structure within the bounds of the 
overall maximum fee pool. 

The fee structure is benchmarked annually to align with the 
market and to attract, retain and appropriately reward quality 
independent directors. Based on the results of the 
benchmarking, fees for the Chair of the Group Risk 
Committee and the Group Audit Committee increased. All 
other Board fees remain unchanged for the year ended 30 
June 2019. 

The following table summarises the fees applicable to 
membership and chairmanship of the Board and its sub-
committees, inclusive of services provided at a subsidiary board 
level, for the year ended 30 June 2019. All amounts are 
inclusive of superannuation, where applicable.

2019 fee structure 

2018 fee structure 

Chair fee2 
$ 
525,500 
47,000 
47,000 
47,000 

Member fee 
$ 
179,000 
14,000 
14,000 
23,500 

Chair fee2 
$ 
525,500 
30,000 
30,000 
47,000 

Member fee 
$ 
179,000 
14,000 
14,000 
23,500 

1 Board fees include Nomination Committee fees. 
2 The Board Chair fees reported in the table are inclusive of committee fees paid to the Board Chair. 

The fee framework includes services provided at a subsidiary board level.

44 

Directors’ report 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

4  Remuneration report (continued)

4.9  Non-Executive Director disclosures (continued)

Non-Executive Director fees for the year ended 30 June 2019 

The following table summarises Non-Executive Director fees for the year ended 30 June 2019. 

Non-Executive Director 
P Polson 

G Cubbin1,2 

J M Green3 

S Gregg 

J Grunzweig1,4 

B Shanahan5 

J Stephenson 

D West1,6 

M Willis3 

L Zwier1 

Total 

Year 
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018

Director fees 
$ 
504,969 
505,451
86,638 
267,750
203,660 
95,543
236,631 
186,834
- 
77,534
- 
69,254
245,280 
238,951
146,569 
- 
210,198 
95,543
179,000 
179,000
1,812,945 
1,715,860

Superannuation 
$ 
20,531 
20,049
- 
-
19,348 
9,077
20,398 
17,749
- 
-
- 
6,579
20,531 
20,049
- 
- 
19,772 
9,077
- 
-
100,580 
82,580

Total 
$ 
525,500 
525,500
86,638 
267,750
223,008 
104,620
257,029 
204,583
- 
77,534
- 
75,833
265,811 
259,000
146,569 
-
229,970 
104,620
179,000 
179,000
1,913,525 
1,798,440

1 Mr Cubbin, Mr Grunzweig, Mr West and Mr Zwier provide services through companies. Fees exclude GST. 
2 Mr Cubbin retired from the Board on 26 October 2018. The 2019 remuneration reflects fees earned on a pro-rata basis. 
3 Mr Green and Ms Willis were appointed as Directors on 6 December 2017. The 2018 remuneration reflects fees earned on a pro-rata basis. 
4 Mr Grunzweig retired from the Board on 6 December 2017. The 2018 remuneration reflects fees earned on a pro-rata basis. 
5 Ms Shanahan retired from the Board on 26 October 2017. The 2018 remuneration reflects fees earned on a pro-rata basis. 
6 Mr West was appointed as a director on 10 September 2018. The 2019 remuneration reflects fees earned on a pro-rata basis. 

Superannuation 

Non-Executive Directors receive superannuation contributions where required by Superannuation Guarantee legislation. 

Equity participation 

Non-Executive Directors do not receive equity as part of their remuneration and do not participate in any incentive arrangements. 

45

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Directors’ report

4  Remuneration report (continued)

4.9  Non-Executive Director disclosures (continued) 

Non-Executive Director shareholdings in Challenger Limited at 30 June 2019 

Details of the Non-Executive Directors’ and their affiliates’ shareholdings in Challenger Limited are set out below: 

Non-Executive Director 
P Polson 

G Cubbin1,2 

J M Green 

S Gregg3

J Grunzweig4 

B Shanahan4 

J Stephenson3 

D West 

M Willis 

L Zwier 

Total 

Year 
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018 
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018
2019 
2018

Shares held at the 
beginning of the year 
122,000 
122,000
97,878 
97,797
- 
- 
14,000 
10,000
- 
250
- 
252,112
15,000 
13,000
- 
- 
149,892 
-
7,360 
7,360
406,130 
502,519

Movements 
- 
-

(97,878) 

81
10,000 
- 
- 
4,000
- 
(250)
- 
(252,112)
- 
2,000
18,957 
- 
- 
149,892
- 
-
(68,921) 
(96,389)

Shares held at the end of 
the year 
122,000 
122,000
- 
97,878
10,000 
-
14,000 
14,000
- 
-
- 
-
15,000 
15,000
18,957 
-
149,892 
149,892
7,360 
7,360
337,209 
406,130

1 An affiliate of Mr Cubbin received as an employee 6,653 performance share rights during the year. 
2 Mr Cubbin retired from the Board on 26 October 2018, so his holding disclosure is removed under ‘movements’. 
3 Due to significant share price movement during 2019, Mr Gregg and Ms Stephenson’s shareholding do not currently satisfy the minimum shareholding requirements. 
4 Ms Shanahan retired from the Board on 26 October 2017 and Mr Grunzweig retired from the Board on 6 December 2017 and so the holding disclosures for each 

director have been removed under ‘movements’. 

Total remuneration of KMP and Non-Executive Directors 

Short-term 
benefits 
$ 

Post-
employment 
benefits 
$ 

Share-based 
payments 
$ 

Other 
benefits 
$ 

Termination 
benefits 
$ 

KMP and Non-Executive Directors 
Non-Executive Directors 
2019 
2018

KMP 
2019 
2018

1,812,945 
1,715,860 

100,580 
82,580 

- 
-

- 
- 

6,766,774 
7,373,153 

103,870 
100,245 

7,722,428 
8,815,992 

354,813 
644,673 

All KMP and Non-Executive Directors 
2019 
2018

8,579,719 
9,089,013 

204,450 
182,825 

7,722,428 
8,815,992 

354,813 
644,673 

46 

Total 
$ 

1,913,525 
1,798,440

14,947,885
16,934,063

16,861,410
18,732,503 

- 
- 

-
-

-
-

Directors’ report 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

4  Remuneration report (continued) 

4.10 Summary of key terms and abbreviations used in the remuneration report 

Key term 
Awarded 
remuneration 
Board 

CPP 
CPP Trust 

DPSR 

Face value 

Fair value 

HPSR 

KMP 

LTI 

Description 
Represents the value of remuneration that has been awarded for the financial year. This includes fixed 
remuneration, cash STI and deferred share awards. 
The Board of Directors of Challenger Limited and the main body responsible for the implementation of 
effective remuneration governance and related risk management practices at Challenger. 
Challenger Performance Plan. Deferred equity awards are issued under the CPP. 
Challenger Performance Plan Trust. The CPP Trust was established in 2006 for the purpose of acquiring, 
holding and transferring shares to employees upon the vesting of their equity awards. 
Deferred Performance Share Right. Deferred STI awards are delivered as DPSRs under the CPP. DPSRs 
represent the right to receive a fully-paid ordinary Challenger share for zero consideration subject to 
continued employment at the time of vesting. DPSRs do not provide an entitlement to vote or a right to 
dividends; however, employees with unvested DPSRs may receive a distribution of income from the CPP 
Trust. The Board has discretion to amend or withdraw DPSRs at any point. 
The number of DPSRs granted to KMP is determined based on the face value of the shares using a five-day 
Volume Weighted Average Price (VWAP) prior to the grant date. The number of Hurdled Performance Share 
Rights granted to KMP from 1 July 2019 is determined based on the face value of the shares using a five-
day Volume Weighted Average Price (VWAP) prior to the grant date. 
The number of HPSRs awarded to KMP prior to 1 July 2019 was calculated by reference to the fair value. 
The fair value for HPSRs is calculated on the basis outlined in Note 27 Employee entitlements and reflects 
the fair value of the benefit derived at the date at which they were granted. An independent third party 
determines the fair value using an option pricing model and discounted cash flow methodology, as 
appropriate. 
Hurdled Performance Share Right. HPSR awards are delivered under the CPP and are linked to the long-term 
performance of Challenger. HPSRs represent the right to receive a fully-paid ordinary Challenger share for 
zero consideration subject to continued employment and satisfying the absolute TSR performance targets. 
HPSRs do not provide an entitlement to vote or a right to dividends. HPSR awards are provided to KMP as 
their responsibilities provide them with the opportunity to materially influence long-term performance, 
strategy and shareholder value. The Board has discretion to amend or withdraw HPSRs at any point. 
Key Management Personnel. Persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and 
controlling the activities of an entity, directly or indirectly, including any Director (whether executive or 
otherwise) as defined in AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures. 
Long term incentive. LTIs are awarded annually to KMP to support a continued focus on long-term 
performance outcomes. Executives will only realise value from LTIs if total shareholder returns exceed the 
hurdles set, ensuring a direct link between executive reward and shareholder outcomes. 

Normalised NPAT  Normalised net profit after tax. Excludes asset or liability valuation movements that are above or below 

Normalised RoE 
(pre-tax) 
Normalised 
NPBVRT 

Remuneration 
Committee 
Statutory 
remuneration 

STI 

TSR 

Variable 
remuneration 
VWAP 

expected long-term trends and significant items that may positively or negatively impact financial results. 
Refer to the Operating and financial review section for further information. 
Normalised return on equity (pre-tax). Normalised profit before tax divided by average net assets. 

Normalised net profit before variable reward and tax. Excludes any asset or liability valuation movements 
that are above or below expected long-term trends and any significant items that may positively or 
negatively impact the financial results, and excludes STI expense, employee share award expense and tax. 
The Board convenes a Remuneration Committee comprising independent Non-Executive Directors and 
which is a delegated committee of the Board to assist the Board in discharging its responsibilities. 
Represents the accounting expense of remuneration for the financial year. This includes fixed remuneration, 
cash STI awards, the fair value amortisation expense of share-based awards granted up to balance sheet 
date, distributions from the CPP Trust, long service leave entitlements and insurance. 
Short-term incentive. STIs are used to reward KMP and employees for significant contributions to 
Challenger’s results over the course of the financial year. Individual STI awards are allocated on the basis of 
annual contribution and with reference to market benchmarks. The Board has discretion to amend or 
withdraw the STI at any point. STIs may be awarded in the form of cash and/or DPSRs. 
Total shareholder return. TSR represents the change in share price plus dividends received over a given 
timeframe. Challenger uses absolute TSR as the measure of performance for HPSRs. 
Consists of cash STI and share-based awards (DPSRs and HPSRs). 

Volume weighted average price. Ratio of the value of shares traded to total volume traded over a particular 
time horizon. A five-day VWAP is used to calculate the number of DPSRs per dollar of deferred STI. A five-
day VWAP is used to calculate the number of HPSRs per dollar of LTI. A 90-day VWAP is also used for 
absolute TSR performance testing (start and end price) for HPSR awards. 

47

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Directors’ report

5  Indemnification and insurance of 

8  Significant events after the 

Directors and officers  

balance date 

In accordance with its Constitution, and where permitted 
under relevant legislation or regulation, the Company 
indemnifies the Directors and officers against all liabilities to 
another person that may arise from their position as Directors 
or officers of the Company and its subsidiaries, except where 
the liability arises out of conduct that is fraudulent, dishonest, 
criminal, malicious or a reckless act, error or omission. 

In accordance with the provisions of the Corporations Act 
2001, the Company has insured the Directors and officers 
against liabilities incurred in their role as Directors and officers 
of the Company. The terms of the insurance policy, including 
the premium, are subject to confidentiality clauses and 
therefore the Company is prohibited from disclosing the 
nature of the liabilities covered and the premium paid.  

6  Indemnification of auditor 

To the extent permitted by law, the Company has agreed to 
indemnify its auditor, Ernst & Young, as part of the terms of its 
audit engagement agreement. The primary purpose of the 
indemnity is to indemnify Ernst & Young for any loss that it 
may suffer as a result of a false representation given by 
Challenger management where a claim is made against Ernst 
& Young by a third party. 

There is a caveat if Ernst & Young’s loss results from its own 
negligence or wrongful or wilful acts or omissions. No 
payment has been made to indemnify Ernst & Young during or 
since the financial year. 

7  Environmental regulation and 

performance 

Some members of the Group act as a trustee or responsible 
entity for a number of trusts that own assets both in Australia 
and overseas. Some of these assets are subject to 
environmental regulations under Commonwealth, state and 
offshore legislation. The Directors are satisfied that adequate 
systems are in place for the management of the Group’s 
environmental responsibilities and compliance with various 
legislative, regulatory and licence requirements. Further, the 
Directors are not aware of any breaches of these requirements, 
and to the best of their knowledge all activities have been 
undertaken in compliance with environmental requirements. 

At the date of this financial report, no matter or circumstance 
has arisen that has affected, or may significantly affect, the 
Group’s operations, the results of those operations or the 
Group’s state of affairs in future financial years which has not 
already been reflected in this report. 

9  Rounding 

The amounts contained in this report and the financial report 
have been rounded to the nearest $100,000, unless otherwise 
stated, under the option available to the Group under 
Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) 
Corporations Instrument 2016/191. 

10  Non-audit services 

The Audit Committee has reviewed details of the amounts  
paid or payable for non-audit services provided to Challenger 
during the year ended 30 June 2019 by the Company’s 
auditor, Ernst & Young. 

The Directors are satisfied that the provision of those non-
audit services by the auditor is compatible with the general 
standard of independence for auditors imposed by the 
Corporations Act 2001 and did not compromise the auditor 
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 for 
the following reasons: 
• all non-audit services were approved in accordance with the

Auditor Independence Policy that outlines the approval
process that must occur for all non-audit services and which
involves the Challenger CEO, CFO or delegate, depending
on size and circumstances; and

• no non-audit services were carried out which were

specifically excluded by the Auditor Independence Policy.

For details of fees for non-audit services paid to the auditors, 
refer to Note 28 Remuneration of auditor of the financial 
report. 

48 

Directors’ report 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

11  Authorisation 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors of Challenger Limited:

P Polson 
Independent Chair 

Sydney 
12 August 2019 

R Howes 
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer 

Sydney 
12 August 2019 

12  Auditor’s independence declaration 

The Directors received the following declaration from the auditor of Challenger Limited: 

Ernst & Young 
200 George Street 
Sydney NSW 2000 Australia 
GPO Box 2646 Sydney NSW 2001 

Tel: +61 2 9248 5555 
Fax: +61 2 9248 5959 
ey.com/au 

Auditor’s independence declaration to the Directors of Challenger Limited 

As lead auditor for the audit of Challenger Limited for the financial year ended 30 June 2019, I declare to the best of my 
knowledge and belief, there have been: 

a. no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and

b. no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

This declaration is in respect of Challenger Limited and the entities it controlled during the financial year. 

Ernst & Young

T Johnson 
Partner 

Sydney 
12 August 2019

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

49

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Sustainability

Sustainability 

At Challenger, being sustainable is about addressing 
environmental, social and governance (ESG) opportunities and 
risks that have the potential to affect its vision to provide 
financial security for customers. 

Challenger’s sustainability strategy supports the delivery of its 
business strategy and highlights its commitment to: 
• responsible business practices that focus on our customers,

employees, shareholders and the environment;

• taking action on issues affecting the ability of retirees to

achieve financial security; and

• helping our customers and communities to be strong and

financially resilient.

Challenger’s 2019 Sustainability Report reflects its approach to 
sustainability and is available from the company website: 
› challenger.com.au
This report focuses on the first full year of implementation of 
Challenger’s new sustainability strategy and highlights 
progress made against each of its priority areas. 

This year, Challenger engaged with internal and external 
stakeholders to identify material areas of importance to both 
the business and its stakeholders. Responding to the  material 
matters identified, supports the achievement of the UN 
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). 

Complementing this, is a continuing focus on employee 
engagement, diversity and inclusion, risk management and 
managing Challenger’s impact on the environment. 

Material matters 

Trust and confidence 

Maintaining stakeholder trust and confidence is critical to 
Challenger’s ability to deliver for its customers, shareholders, 
employees and the broader community. Earning public trust 
requires Challenger to set and maintain high standards of 
conduct, provide open, transparent and continuous disclosure, 
to ensure the security of its customers’ information, and to 
contribute to industry-wide sustainability commitments. 

Long-term risk management 

How Challenger manages risk in the long term is central to 
providing secure and stable income to its customers. To match 
the long-dated annuities sold, Challenger invests in a 
diversified portfolio of assets. Taking a long-term view also 
involves investing responsibly and anticipating current and 
long-term impacts such as climate change. 

People and culture 

A strong risk culture and highly engaged workforce is critical 
to success. Challenger seeks to provide an engaged and 
enabled workforce that embraces diverse thinking and has 
positive labour practices. Focusing on diversity, wellbeing, 
leadership and talent are important elements of this. 

Changing operating environment 

Challenger works within a complex operating landscapes. This 
includes working closely with distribution and product 
partners, fund managers and financial advisers, all of which 
have been impacted by a changing regulatory and market 
environment. 

Retirement policy setting 

As a retirement income provider, Challenger plays a key role in 
contributing to fiscally responsible solutions that help fund an 
ageing population.  

There is broad agreement across industry and government that 
the retirement phase of the superannuation system is 
underdeveloped and that reform is needed. Challenger is 
engaging broadly to contribute to this fundamental public 
policy process. 

Great customer experiences 

Challenger is committed to providing great customer 
experiences and to providing its customers with financial 
security for retirement. To deliver this, Challenger invests in 
customer research; provides education for advisers and 
customers on how annuities help provide a sustainable 
retirement income; designs products to meet customers’ 
needs; and provides trusted products and services. 

Supporting the community 

Financial services play a key role in communities – affecting 
environmental and social change. Through its giving and 
volunteering programs and plans for future community 
activities, Challenger aims to connect with and support the 
communities in which it operates. 

Providing a great workplace 

Challenger aspires to create an environment where employees 
are highly engaged and its teams can thrive.  

Challenger’s 2019 sustainable engagement score was 84%; a 
level of engagement well above both the Australian National 
and Global Financial Services norms. Challenger recognises 
that strong employee engagement achieves higher employee 
retention, attracts talent and can lead to better customer and 
shareholder outcomes. 

Challenger also understands that having healthy employees 
benefits both business and the broader community. The 
Wellbeing@Challenger program seeks to support its employees 
inside and outside of work. The goals of the program are: 
• Health – promoting physical and mental wellbeing by

providing access to health experts and creating awareness;

• Life – providing flexibility for employees to manage the

demands of both work and their personal lives;

• Financial – supporting employees with financial tools to
enable them to achieve sustained financial security;
• Community – providing opportunities for employees to

support and engage with the community; and

• Work – maintaining a safe and connected environment

where employees can work effectively to achieve their goals.

50 

Sustainability 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Challenger considers sustainability to be an important part of 
its broader risk management framework and has in place a 
range of policies and practices to ensure that sustainability 
risks are carefully considered when making key business 
decisions. 

More detailed information about Challenger’s risk 
management approach is provided in the 2019 Sustainability 
Report. 

Managing Challenger’s impact on the environment 

Challenger is committed to reducing the impacts it operations 
have on the environment. Through its sustainability strategy, 
Challenger focuses on programs that deliver improved 
environmental impacts. 

This year, Challenger added resourcing to the investments 
business to enhance its focus on environmental, social and 
governance risks across its investment decision making 
practices. 

In terms of understanding the impact of emissions from its 
direct operations, Challenger has continued its commitment to 
improved transparency. It engaged with an external party to 
compile a scope 1, 2 and 3 greenhouse gas emissions profile, 
which was audited by a third party. All emissions associated 
with its direct operations were offset, contributing to climate 
protection projects worldwide. 

Employees at Challenger are passionate about supporting the 
community and environment. The Sustainability Action Group 
was launched in 2017 and continues to innovate ways for 
Challenger to improve its environmental impacts and engage 
in community initiatives. 

Challenger’s full commitment to sustainability is outlined in the 
2019 Sustainability Report, which can be viewed at: 
› challenger.com.au/sustainabilityreport2019

Sustainability (continued)

Diversity and inclusion

Creating a diverse and inclusive workplace is key to 
Challenger’s strategic approach to its employees. Challenger 
seeks to create an inclusive workforce and values the capability 
and experience that diversity brings to the organisation. It also 
believes that to provide the best services and outcomes for its 
customers, it must attract and retain talented people. 

Challenger’s Diversity Policy outlines its commitment to treat 
employees fairly, equally and with respect when employment 
and career decisions are made. Challenger sets measurable 
objectives for continuous monitoring to ensure that the policy 
remains effective. 

Challenger believes that gender equality is essential in creating 
a truly diverse and inclusive workplace and is committed to 
achieving gender equality. The Board has oversight of diversity, 
and the Leadership Team is accountable for promoting and 
fostering an environment with equal access to opportunities 
and growth. Gender diversity targets are monitored by both 
groups on a monthly basis and on a quarterly basis by all 
managers using a diversity scorecard.  

For the second year, Challenger has been awarded an 
Employer of Choice for Gender Equality (EOCGE) citation by 
the Workplace Gender Equality Agency (WGEA). This citation 
provides valuable public recognition of Challenger’s 
commitment to gender equality and reflects the growing 
commitment to workplace gender equality in Australia. 

Complementing this, in 2019 Challenger became a partner of 
Future IM/Pact, an industry initiative aimed at attracting more 
talented women into the investment management industry. 

Challenger is also in the second year of its Women Leading 
@Challenger program. Using a strengths-based approach, this 
program aims to accelerate the development of female talent 
across the organisation. 

Risk is everyone’s business  

Effective risk management is fundamental to Challenger’s 
business and to building shareholder value. At Challenger, risk 
is everybody’s business.  

The Board’s Risk Appetite Statement outlines the level of risk 
that is acceptable to the business to achieve its strategic 
objectives. Guiding its broader suite of policies, the statement 
provides clear boundaries on acceptable risk-taking activities 
across the organisation. 

As a participant in the financial services industry, Challenger is 
impacted by a wide range of risks, including investment and 
pricing risk; licence and regulatory risk; funding and liquidity 
risk; strategic, business and reputation risk; climate change 
risk; and operational risk. 

The Board is committed to ensuring effective risk 
management. The Leadership Team is accountable for 
managing identified key risks and is required to manage risk as 
part of business objectives with risk management integrated 
across business processes. 

51

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Sustainability

This page has been left blank intentionally. 

52 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Financial statements 

Statement of comprehensive income 
Statement of financial position 
Statement of changes in equity 
Statement of cash flows 

Notes to the financial statements 

Section 1: Basis of preparation and overarching significant accounting policies 

Section 2: Key numbers 

Note 1 Revenue 
Note 2 Expenses 
Note 3 Segment information 
Note 4 Income tax 

Section 3: Operating assets and liabilities 

Note 5 Financial assets – fair value through profit and loss  
Note 6 Investment and development property
Note 7 Special Purpose Vehicles
Note 8 Life contract liabilities
Note 9 External unit holders’ liabilities
Note 10 Derivative financial instruments
Note 11 Notes to statement of cash flows

Section 4: Capital structure and financing costs 

Note 12 Contributed equity
Note 13 Interest bearing financial liabilities
Note 14 Reserves and retained earnings
Note 15 Finance costs
Note 16 Dividends paid and proposed
Note 17 Earnings per share

Section 5: Risk management  

Note 18 Financial risk management
Note 19 Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
Note 20 Collateral arrangements

Section 6: Group structure 

Note 21 Parent entity 
Note 22 Controlled entities 
Note 23 Investment in associates 
Note 24 Related parties 

Section 7: Other items 

Note 25 Goodwill and other intangible assets 
Note 26 Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments 
Note 27 Employee entitlements
Note 28 Remuneration of auditor
Note 29 Subsequent events

Signed reports 

Directors’ declaration 

Independent auditor’s report 

Investor information 

Additional information 

54 
55 
56 
57 

58 

61 

61 
62 
63 
66 

68 

68 
69 
73 
74 
78 
78 
81 

82 

82 
85 
87 
88 
89 
89 

91 

91 
96 
99 

100 

100 
101 
101 
103 

104 

104 
106 
107 
110 
110 

111 

112 

118 

Inside back cover 

ContThis financial report covers Challenger Limited (the Company) and its controlled entities (the Group or Challenger). 

53

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Statement of comprehensive income 

For the year ended 30 June 
Revenue 
Expenses 
Finance costs 
Share of profits of associates 
Profit before income tax 
Income tax expense 
Profit for the year after income tax 
Profit attributable to shareholders of Challenger Limited 
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests 
Profit for the year after income tax 

Other comprehensive income 
Items that may be reclassified to profit and loss, net of tax 
Translation of foreign entities 
Hedge of net investment in foreign entities 
Cash flow hedges – SPV1 
Other comprehensive income for the year 
Total comprehensive income for the year after tax 
Comprehensive income attributable to shareholders of Challenger Limited 
Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests 
Total comprehensive income for the year after tax 

Earnings per share attributable to ordinary shareholders of 
Challenger Limited 
Basic 
Diluted  

1 SPV = Special Purpose Vehicles. 

The statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Note 

1 
2 
15 
23 

4 

14 
14 
14 

17 
17 

2019 
$m 
2,372.6
(1,571.4) 
(385.6)
22.2
437.8
(127.1)
310.7
307.8
2.9
310.7

35.4
(34.7)
(0.2)
0.5
311.2
308.3
2.9
311.2

Cents
50.9
44.8

2018 
$m 
2,190.5
(1,536.6) 
(265.5)
30.0
418.4
(94.6)
323.8
322.5
1.3
323.8

18.5
(16.6)
0.5
2.4
326.2
324.9
1.3
326.2

Cents
54.0
52.2

54 

Statement of financial position 

As at 30 June 
Assets  
Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents – SPV 
Receivables 
Current tax assets 
Derivative assets 
Financial assets – fair value through profit and loss 
Investment property held for sale 
Investment and development property 
Mortgage assets – SPV 
Finance leases 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investment in associates 
Other assets 
Goodwill 
Deferred tax assets 
Other intangible assets 
Total assets of shareholders of Challenger Limited and  
non-controlling interests 

Liabilities 
Payables 
Current tax liability 
Derivative liabilities 
Interest bearing financial liabilities 
Interest bearing financial liabilities – SPV 
External unit holders’ liabilities 
Provisions 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Life contract liabilities 
Total liabilities of shareholders of Challenger Limited and 
non-controlling interests 
Net assets of shareholders of Challenger Limited and  
non-controlling interests 

Equity 
Contributed equity 
Reserves 
Retained earnings 
Total equity of shareholders of Challenger Limited 
Non-controlling interests 
Total equity of shareholders of Challenger Limited and  
non-controlling interests 

The statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Note 

2019 
$m 

2018 
$m 

11 
7 

4 
10 
5 
6 
6 
7 

23 

25 
4 
25 

4 
10 
13 
7 
9 

4 
8 

12 
14 
14 

725.4
66.5
580.0
2.7
762.5
19,929.6 
166.5
3,562.7
860.6
49.5
28.6
58.1
76.6
557.3
7.0
23.9

741.7
97.3
436.5
-
421.1
17,591.6 
452.2
3,583.7
1,044.5
50.8
161.4
62.4
50.6
571.6
13.8
21.3

27,457.5 

25,300.5 

1,168.2
-
569.2
6,313.1
763.4
1,966.2
19.2
165.2
12,870.2 

642.1
0.9
453.0
5,773.1
959.8
2,135.0
20.6
101.9
11,728.3 

23,834.7 

21,814.7 

3,622.8

3,485.8

2,093.7
(52.4)
1,559.0
3,600.3
22.5

2,051.7
(33.3)
1,467.0
3,485.4
0.4

3,622.8

3,485.8

55

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Statement of changes in equity 

Attributable to shareholders of Challenger Limited

For the year ended 
30 June 2018 
Balance at 1 July 2017 
Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income 
for the year 
Total comprehensive income 
for the year 
Other equity movements 
Ordinary shares issued
Treasury shares purchased 
Treasury shares vested
Deferred Treasury share 
purchases
Settled forward purchases of 
Treasury shares 
Share-based payment 
expense net of tax less 
releases
Dividends paid 
Other movements 
Balance at 30 June 2018 
and 1 July 2018 

For the year ended 
30 June 2019 
Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income 
for the year 
Total comprehensive  
income for the year 
Other equity movements 
Ordinary shares issued 
Treasury shares purchased 
Treasury shares vested 
Deferred Treasury share 
purchases
Settled forward purchases of 
Treasury shares 
Share-based payment 
expense net of tax less 
releases
Dividends paid 
Other movements 
Balance at 30 June 2019 

Contributed 
equity 
$m 
1,554.5 
- 

Note 

14 

Share-
based 
payment 
reserve  
$m 
(23.2) 
- 

Cash flow 
hedge 
reserve 
 –SPV 
$m 
(0.2) 
- 

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 
$m 
(5.2) 
- 

Adjusted 
controlling 
interest 
reserve 
$m 

Total 
shareholder 
Retained 
equity 
earnings 
$m 
$m 
12.1  1,350.1  2,888.1 
322.5 

322.5

-

Non-
controlling 
interests 
$m 

Total 
equity 
$m 
13.2  2,901.3 
323.8 

1.3 

- 

- 

506.6
(49.4)
48.5

(47.4) 

38.9

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

-

- 

-
-
-

(19.8) 
- 
- 

0.5 

1.9 

- 

- 

2.4 

-

2.4

0.5 

1.9 

-  322.5 

324.9 

1.3 

326.2 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

-
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

-
-
-

-

-

506.6
(49.4)
48.5

(47.4)

38.9

-
-
0.6

- 
(205.6) 

-

(19.8)
(205.6)
0.6 

- 
-
-

-

-

-
-

(14.1) 

506.6
(49.4)
48.5

(47.4)

38.9

(19.8)
(205.6)
(13.5)

2,051.7 

(43.0) 

0.3 

(3.3) 

12.7  1,467.0  3,485.4 

0.4  3,485.8 

- 

- 

-

6.8 
(32.8) 
42.7 

(7.5) 

32.8 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(0.2) 

0.7 

-

- 

307.8

307.8 

2.9 

310.7 

- 

0.5 

-

0.5

(0.2)

0.7 

-

307.8

308.3 

2.9 

311.2 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

-
-
-

-

-

6.8
(32.8)
42.7

(7.5)

32.8

-
-
-

-

-

6.8
(32.8)
42.7

(7.5)

32.8

-
-
-
2,093.7 

(14.7)
- 
- 
(57.7) 

- 
- 
- 
0.1 

- 
- 
- 
(2.6) 

- 
(215.8) 

(14.7) 
- 
(215.8)
-
(4.9) 
(4.9)
-
7.8  1,559.0  3,600.3 

(14.7)
-
(215.8)
-
19.2 
14.3
22.5  3,622.8 

12 
12 
12 

12 

12 

14 
16 

14 

12 
12 
12 

12 

12 

14 
16 

The statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

56 

 
 
Statement of cash flows 

For the year ended 30 June 
Operating activities 
Receipts from customers 
Annuity and premium receipts 
Annuity and claim payments 
Payments to reinsurer 
Receipts from external unit holders 
Payments to external unit holders 
Payments to vendors and employees 
Dividends received 
Interest received 
Interest paid 
Income tax paid 
Net cash inflows from operating activities 

Investing activities 
Payments on net purchases of investments 
Net proceeds from sale of controlled entities 
Net mortgage loan repayments 
Payments for net purchases of property, plant and equipment 
Payments for purchase of associate interest 
Net cash outflows from investing activities 

Financing activities 
Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares 
Net proceeds from borrowings – interest bearing financial liabilities 
Payments for Treasury shares 
Net dividends paid 
Net cash inflows from financing activities 
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

The statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Note 

8 
8 
8 

11 

13 

2019 
$m 

2018 
$m 

673.8
3,565.4
(3,246.0) 
(58.7)
1,006.9
(1,388.8) 
(600.3)
105.6
804.2
(154.4)
(55.4)
652.3

(1,096.2) 
255.9
145.0
(59.9)
(5.1)
(760.3) 

6.8
317.4
(47.5)
(215.8)
60.9
(47.1)
839.0
791.9

652.4
4,017.3
(2,969.4) 
(6.1)
1,554.9
(1,215.1) 
(594.7)
94.8
770.7
(129.9)
(197.5)
1,977.4

(2,460.1) 

-
213.1
(69.9)
(3.3)
(2,320.2) 

506.6
280.4
(36.7)
(205.6)
544.7
201.9
637.1
839.0

57

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Section 1:  Basis of preparation and overarching significant 
accounting policies

Challenger Limited (the Company or the parent entity) is a 
company limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in 
Australia, whose shares are publicly traded on the Australian 
Securities Exchange (ASX).  

period for which they are held. In addition, there are also 
changes to hedge accounting requirements, including changes 
to hedge effectiveness testing, treatment of hedging costs, risk 
components that can be hedged and associated disclosures. 

The financial report for Challenger Limited and its controlled 
entities (the Group or Challenger) for the year ended 
30 June 2019 was authorised for issue in accordance with  
a resolution of the Directors of the Company on 
12 August 2019. 
(i)

Basis of preparation and statement
of compliance

This is a general purpose financial report that has been 
prepared in accordance, and complies, with the requirements 
of the Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting 
Standards and other authoritative pronouncements of the 
Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by 
the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). 
Challenger Limited is a for-profit entity for the purposes of 
preparing financial statements. 

Unless otherwise stated, amounts in this financial report are 
presented in Australian dollars and have been prepared on an 
historical cost basis. The assets and liabilities disclosed in the 
statement of financial position are grouped by nature and 
listed in an order that reflects their relative liquidity. In the 
disclosure, the current/non-current split is between items 
expected to be settled within 12 months (current) and  
those expected to be settled in greater than 12 months  
(non-current).  
(ii) New and revised accounting
standards and policies

Except for the matters referred to below, the accounting 
policies and methods of computation are the same as those 
adopted in the annual report for the prior comparative period. 
Where applicable, comparative figures have been updated to 
reflect any changes in the current period.  

New accounting standards and amendments that 
are effective in the current financial year 

There were a number of amendments to existing accounting 
standards that were effective from 1 July 2018 but do not 
have a material impact on the financial statements.  

AASB 9 Financial Instruments 

AASB 9 Financial Instruments replaces AASB 139 Financial 
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and is effective for 
the Group from 1 July 2018. 

The standard makes changes to the classification of financial 
assets for the purpose of determining their measurement 
basis, as well as the recognition of changes in fair values. The 
standard replaces the incurred loss model of AASB 139 with a 
new expected loss model which can result in the acceleration 
of impairment recognition on financial instruments.  

The standard requires entities to account for expected credit 
losses on financial instruments at the point at which the 
financial instruments are first recognised and to estimate the 
expected loss applicable to those financial instruments over the 

The Group has performed an assessment and concluded that 
no material adjustments were required as a result of complying 
with the new requirements. This is because the majority of the 
Group’s assets are already measured at fair value through 
profit and loss as required by AASB 1038 Life Insurance 
Contracts and as permitted under both AASB 139 and AASB 9. 
The impact to the Group from the adoption of the expected 
credit loss model on the Mortgage assets – SPV is minimal 
because the historical provisioning methodology of the Group 
is materially consistent with the provision estimated under the 
expected credit loss model. 

AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

The new revenue standard establishes a single, comprehensive 
framework for revenue recognition and is effective for the 
Group from 1 July 2018 and replaces the previous revenue 
standards AASB 118 Revenue and AASB 111 Construction 
Contracts. The standard does not apply to leases, financial 
instruments or insurance contracts. The core principle of AASB 
15 is that an entity recognises revenue to depict the transfer of 
promised goods and services to customers in an amount that 
reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be 
entitled in exchange for those goods and services. 

The Group has performed an assessment on existing revenue 
streams and concluded that no material adjustments were 
required as a result of complying with the new requirements. 
The majority of Funds Management fee revenue is accrued 
when earned and the adoption of AASB 15 does not have a 
significant impact on the accounting policies or the amounts 
recognised. Life revenue is mainly derived from income on 
financial instruments and life insurance contract premiums 
which are not within the scope of the standard. 

Accounting standards and interpretations issued 
but not yet effective 

AASB 16 Leases 

This standard amends the accounting for leases and replaces 
AASB 117 Leases. The standard removes the distinction 
between operating and finance leases and requires lessees to 
bring all leases onto the statement of financial position. The 
standard will be effective for the Group from 1 July 2019 and 
the Group has not early adopted. 

The majority of leases from the lessee’s perspective within the 
scope of AASB 16 are expected to be recognised as a ‘right-of-
use’ asset on the Group’s statement of financial position 
together with a related lease liability being recognised subject 
to the relevant contracts remaining in force at transition. 
Lessor accounting remains largely unchanged. 

The Group has elected to apply the partial retrospective 
approach. At 1 July 2019, the Group is expected to recognise 
approximately $40.0 million as a ‘right-of-use’ asset in addition 
to an existing $22.0 million of fixed assets (net of accumulated 
depreciation) on the statement of financial position, together 
with a related lease liability of $75.0 million. This is subject to 
the relevant contracts remaining in force at transition. 

58 

(ii) New and revised accounting

standards and policies (continued)

AASB 17 Insurance Contracts 

AASB 17 Insurance Contracts replaces AASB 4 Insurance 
Contracts, AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts and AASB 
1023 General Insurance Contracts and is effective for 
Challenger from 1 July 2022. AASB 17 Insurance Contracts 
establishes globally consistent principles for the recognition, 
measurement, presentation and disclosure of life insurance 
contracts issued. Life investment contracts are currently 
measured under the financial instruments standard and will 
continue to be measured in the same way on adoption of its 
replacement standard, AASB 9 Financial Instruments. 

AASB 17 introduces changes to the profit emergence profiles 
of life insurance contracts but does not affect the underlying 
economics or cash flows of the contracts. The impacts on 
capital requirements and income tax are unknown, pending 
regulatory responses from APRA and the Australian Taxation 
Office (ATO) respectively. 

The main changes anticipated for the Group under AASB 17 
are set out below: 
• insurance contract portfolios will be disaggregated to more
granular levels and will be required not only by risk type but
also by issue year and profitability;

• although conceptually similar, the Contractual Service
Margin uses a different basis to recognise profit to the
current Margin on Services approach and therefore the
profit signature is likely to change for portfolios with positive
profit margins;

• a new risk adjustment for non-financial risk will be

introduced which reflects the compensation that the Group
requires for bearing the uncertainty in relation to the
amount and timing of cash flows. The confidence level used
to determine the risk adjustment will need to be disclosed;
• an accounting policy choice will be available to recognise all
insurance finance income and expenses (e.g. discount rate
changes) in the statement of comprehensive income; and

• additional disclosures will be more extensive, requiring
increased granularity and more analysis of movements.

The Group has conducted a business impact assessment and 
key recommendations will be implemented ahead of the 
standard being introduced.  

The standard is expected to impact the Group’s profit and loss, 
however, it is not yet practicable to determine the quantum. 

AASB Interpretation 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax 
Treatment 

The Interpretation addresses the accounting for income taxes 
when tax treatments involve uncertainty that affects the 
application of AASB 112 Income Taxes and does not apply to 
taxes or levies outside the scope of AASB 112, nor does it 
specifically include requirements relating to interest and 
penalties associated with uncertain tax treatments. The 
Interpretation specifically addresses the following: 
• whether an entity considers uncertain tax treatments

separately;

• the assumptions an entity makes about the examination of

tax treatments by taxation authorities;

• how an entity determines taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases,
unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates; and

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

• how an entity considers changes in facts and circumstances.
An entity has to determine whether to consider each uncertain 
tax treatment separately or together with one or more other 
uncertain tax treatments. The approach that better predicts 
the resolution of the uncertainty should be followed. The 
interpretation is effective for annual reporting periods 
beginning on or after 1 July 2019. The Group will apply the 
interpretation from its effective date. No material impact is 
expected. 

Existing standards and interpretations not yet effective 

Other amendments to existing standards or interpretations 
that are not yet effective are not expected to result in a 
material impact to the Group’s financial statements. 
(iii) Comparatives
Where necessary, comparative figures have been reclassified  
to conform to any changes in presentation made in this 
financial report. 
(iv) Rounding of amounts
Unless otherwise stated, amounts contained in this report and 
the financial report have been rounded to the nearest 
$100,000 under the option available to the Group under ASIC 
Corporations Instrument 2016/191. 
(v)
Both the presentation currency and the functional currency of 
the Company and its controlled Australian entities are 
Australian dollars. A number of foreign controlled entities have 
a functional currency other than Australian dollars. 

Foreign currency

Transactions in foreign currency are translated into the 
functional currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the 
date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated into 
Australian dollars at the foreign exchange rate at the 
statement of financial position date. 

Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms 
of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the 
exchange rate as at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary 
items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are 
translated to the functional currency using the exchange rates 
at the date when the fair value was determined. 

Derivatives are used to hedge the foreign exchange risk 
relating to certain transactions. Refer to Note 10 Derivative 
financial instruments. 

Foreign controlled entities 

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of foreign 
subsidiaries whose functional currency differs from the 
presentation currency are translated into Australian dollars at 
the rate of exchange at the statement of financial position 
date. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation are 
taken directly to the foreign currency translation reserve in 
equity. 

59

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Foreign controlled entities (continued) 

The change in fair value of derivative financial instruments 
designated as a hedge of the net investment in a foreign 
controlled entity is also recognised in the foreign currency 
translation reserve. 

On disposal of a foreign controlled entity, the deferred 
cumulative amount recognised in equity relating to that 
particular foreign operation is recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income. 
(vi) Finance leases
Where Challenger acts as a lessor, leases are classified at their 
inception as either operating or finance leases based on the 
economic substance of the agreement so as to reflect the risks 
and benefits incidental to ownership. Contracts to lease assets 
and hire purchase agreements are classified as finance leases 
for accounting purposes if they transfer substantially all the 
risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to the customer or 
an unrelated third party. Assets held under a finance lease are 
recognised at the beginning of the lease term at an amount 
equal to the net investment in the lease which comprises the 
gross investment in the lease discounted at the interest rate 
implicit in the lease. The collectability of lease receivables is 
assessed on an ongoing basis and a provision for expected 
credit loss is made using inputs such as historical rates of 
arrears and the current delinquency position of the portfolio. 
Bad debts are written off as incurred. 
(vii) Property, plant and equipment
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, or 
deemed cost, less accumulated depreciation and impairment 
losses. Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis to 
realise the net cost of each class of these assets over its 
expected useful life. Estimates of remaining useful lives are 
made on a regular basis for all assets, with annual 
reassessments for major items. The expected useful life of 
property, plant and equipment is three to five years. 

Infrastructure property, plant and equipment 

Infrastructure property, plant and equipment are stated at cost 
and amortised on a straight line basis over their expected 
useful life. This is done on an asset by asset basis with 
amortisation commencing when the asset is available for use. 
The expected useful life of current infrastructure property, 
plant and equipment is 20 years. 

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment and 
infrastructure fixed assets are reviewed for impairment when 
events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value 
may not be recoverable. Impairment losses are recognised in 
the Statement of Comprehensive income. 

Any impairment losses recognised in prior periods are reversed 
through the Statement of Comprehensive income if there has 
been a change in the estimated useful life used to determine 
the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss 
was recognised. The increased carrying amount of an asset 
attributable to a reversal of an impairment loss would not 
exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined 
(net of amortisation or depreciation) had no impairment loss 
been recognised for the asset in prior years. 
(viii) Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present 
obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is 
probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic 

60 

benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable 
estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. A 
provision for restructuring is recognised when the Group has 
approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan, and the 
restructuring has either commenced or has been announced 
publicly. Future operating costs are not provided for.  
When the Group expects some or all of a provision to be  
reimbursed, for example, under an insurance contract, the 
reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset only when the 
reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to any 
provision is presented in the statement of comprehensive 
income net of any reimbursement. 

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s 
best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the 
obligation at the statement of financial position date. If the 
effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are 
discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects the time 
value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The 
increase in the provision resulting from the passage of time is 
recognised in finance costs. 
(ix) Goods and services tax (GST)
Revenue, expenses and assets are recognised net of the 
applicable amount of GST, except where the amount of the 
GST incurred is not recoverable from the taxation authority. In 
these circumstances, the GST is recognised as part of the cost 
of the acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense. 

Receivables and payables are stated with the applicable 
amount of GST included. The net amount of GST recoverable 
from, or payable to, the ATO is included as an asset or liability 
in the statement of financial position. 

Receivables

Cash flows are included in the statement of cash flows on a 
gross (GST inclusive) basis. The GST components of cash flows 
arising from investing and financing activities which are 
recoverable from, or payable to, the ATO are classified as 
operating cash flows. 
(x)
Receivables are recognised at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method, less any allowance for expected 
credit losses. The entity has applied a simplified approach to 
measuring expected credit losses, which uses a lifetime 
expected loss allowance. To measure the expected credit 
losses, receivables have been grouped based on days overdue. 
(xi) Payables
Payables represent unsecured non-derivative, non-interest 
bearing financial liabilities in respect of goods and services 
provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year. 
They include accruals, trade and other creditors and are 
recognised at amortised cost, which approximates fair value. 
(xii) Significant accounting judgements,

estimates and assumptions

The carrying values of amounts recognised on the statement 
of financial position are often based on estimates and 
assumptions of future events. The key estimates and 
assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material 
adjustment to the recognised amounts within the next annual 
reporting period are disclosed individually within each of the 
relevant notes to the financial statements. 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Section 2:  Key numbers 

This section presents the results and performance of the Group for the year and provides additional information about 
those line items on the statement of comprehensive income that the Directors consider most relevant in the context of 
understanding the financial components of the Group’s operations. 

Note 1  Revenue 

Investment revenue 
Fixed income securities and cash 
Interest revenue1 
Net realised and unrealised gains on fixed income securities 
Investment property and property securities 
Property rental revenue 
Dividend revenue 
Net realised and unrealised gains on investment property and property securities 
Revenue from sale of development properties 
Equity and infrastructure investments 
Dividend revenue 
Net realised and unrealised gains/(losses) on equity investments 
Net realised and unrealised gains/(losses) on infrastructure investments 
Other 
Net realised and unrealised gains on foreign exchange translation and hedges 
Net realised and unrealised losses on interest rate derivatives 
Net realised and unrealised losses on equity swap derivatives 
Net realised and unrealised gains/(losses) on credit default swap derivatives 

Fee revenue 
Management and performance fee revenue 
Transaction fee revenue 

Other revenue 
Life insurance contract premiums and related revenue 
Change in life insurance contract liabilities 
Change in life investment contract liabilities 
Change in reinsurance contract liabilities 
Total revenue 

30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

890.9
714.0

318.6
8.0
60.7
-

51.4
0.7
128.1

26.5
(186.8)
(25.3)
13.1

176.2
47.6

839.1
64.1

330.5
21.6
159.8
26.2

58.5
(32.9)
(5.9)

29.4
(56.3)
(3.3)
(8.2)

167.7
39.2

1,143.5
(916.5)
(98.3)
20.2
2,372.6

1,452.7
(939.9)
48.1
0.1
2,190.5

1 Interest revenue earned for items measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method $57.1 million (30 June 2018: $70.7 million) and interest revenue 

earned for items measured at fair value through profit and loss $833.8 million (30 June 2018: $768.4 million). 

Accounting policy 

Revenue is recognised at an amount that reflects the 
consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in 
exchange for transferring services to a customer. Revenues and 
expenses are recognised on an accrual basis. The following 
specific policies are applied: 
• Interest revenue is recognised as it accrues using an effective
interest rate method, taking into account the effective yield
of the financial asset. The effective interest rate is the rate
that discounts estimated future cash flows through the
expected life of a financial instrument or where appropriate
a shorter period.

• Interest revenue on finance leases is recognised on a basis

that reflects a constant periodic return on the net
investment in the finance lease.

• Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of

financial instruments classified as fair value through profit
and loss are recognised as revenue in the statement of
comprehensive income when the change in value is
recognised in the statement of financial position.

• Property rental revenue is accounted for on a straight line
basis over the lease term. Contingent rental income is
recognised as income in the period in which it is earned.

61

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 1   Revenue (continued)

Accounting policy (continued) 
• Lease incentives granted are recognised as an integral part
of the total rental income. Operating lease rental income
is recognised on a straight line basis over the life of
the contract.

• Dividend revenue from listed equity shares and listed

property securities is recognised as income on the date the
share is quoted ex-dividend. Dividend revenue from unlisted
equity shares and unlisted property securities is recognised
when the dividend is declared.

• Management fees are invoiced quarterly based on a
percentage of the funds under management (FUM).
The fees relate specifically to the services provided in that
quarter, and are distinct from services provided in other
quarters.

• Performance fees are based on returns in excess of a
specified benchmark market return, over the contract

Note 2  Expenses 

Life insurance contract claims and expenses 
Cost of life insurance contract liabilities 
Cost of life investment contract liabilities 
Reinsurance contracts 
Investment property related expenses1 
Development properties cost of sales 
Management fee expense 
Distribution expenses 
Employee expenses 
Employee share-based payments and superannuation 
Occupancy expense – operating lease 
Depreciation and amortisation expense
Technology and communications 
Professional fees 
Impairment loss on equity accounted associates 
Other expenses 
Total expenses 

period. Performance fees are typically received at the end of 
the performance period specified in the contract.  

The Company recognises revenue from performance fees 
over the contract period, but only to the extent that it is 
highly probable that a significant reversal of revenue will not 
occur in subsequent periods. 

• Transaction fee revenue is accrued when the transaction is

executed.

• Changes in life insurance and investment contract liabilities

arising from discount rates, inflation rates and other
assumptions are recognised as revenue, with other
movements being included in Note 2 Expenses. Refer
to Note 8 Life contract liabilities for more details on the
accounting policy of life contract liabilities.

30 June 
2019 
$m 
634.0
179.9
214.2
2.0
109.5
0.1
107.5
47.8
156.8
30.1
12.2
15.3
25.2
18.4
-
18.4
1,571.4

30 June 
2018 
$m 
499.2
191.3
232.5
2.3
113.8
26.5
109.6
49.9
163.5
31.8
11.8
16.0
24.0
21.0
1.9
41.5
1,536.6

1 Investment property related expenses relate to rental income generating investment properties. 

Accounting policy 

Expenses are recognised on an accrual basis. The following 
specific policies are applied: 
• Rental expenses incurred under an investment property

operating lease are recognised on a straight line basis over
the term of the lease.

• Investment property expenditure, including rates, taxes,

insurance and other costs associated with the upkeep of a
building, are brought to account on an accrual basis. Repair
costs are expensed when incurred. Other amounts that
improve the condition of the investment are capitalised into
the carrying value of the asset.

• Life insurance contract claims and expenses are recognised
when the liability to the policyholder under the contract has
been established.

62 

• Cost of life insurance and life investment contract liabilities

recognised as an expense consists of the interest expense on
the liability and any loss on the initial recognition of new
business less the release of liability in respect of expenses
incurred in the current period. The interest expense on the
liability represents the unwind of the discount on the
opening liability over the period, whereas the impacts of
changes in the discount rate applied for the current
valuation are included in the change in life contract liabilities
disclosed in Note 1 Revenue.

Refer to Note 8 Life contract liabilities for more details on the 
accounting policy of life contract liabilities. 

Note 3  Segment information 

The reporting segments1 of the Group have been identified as follows: 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

For the year ended 
30 June 
Net income 
Operating expenses 
Normalised EBIT 
Interest and borrowing 
costs 
Normalised net 
profit/(loss)  
before tax 
Tax on normalised 
profit 
Normalised net profit 
after tax 
Investment experience 
after tax 
Significant items  
after tax 
Profit attributable to 
the shareholders of 
Challenger Ltd 
Other statutory 
segment information 
Revenue from external 
customers3 
Interest revenue 
Interest expense 
Intersegment revenue 
Depreciation and 
amortisation 

Life 

2019 
$m 
670.1 
(106.5) 
563.6 

Funds 
Management 

2018 
$m 
669.6 
(106.9) 
562.7 

2019 
$m 
149.9 
(99.0) 
50.9 

2018 
$m 
151.2 
(93.3) 
57.9 

Total reporting 
segments 
2019 
$m 
820.0 
(205.5) 
614.5 

2018 
$m 
820.8 
(200.2) 
620.6 

Corporate and 
other2

2019 
$m 
1.0 
(61.9) 
(60.9) 

2018 
$m 
1.0 
(68.2) 
(67.2) 

Total

2019 
$m 
821.0 
(267.4) 
553.6 

2018 
$m 
821.8 
(268.4) 
553.4 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(5.3) 

(6.1) 

(5.3) 

(6.1) 

563.6 

562.7 

50.9 

57.9 

614.5 

620.6 

(66.2) 

(73.3) 

548.3 

547.3 

(152.2) 

(141.2) 

396.1 

406.1 

(88.3) 

(76.0) 

-

(7.6)

307.8 

322.5 

1,305.5  1,183.4 
838.0 
(223.3) 
(40.8) 

889.9 
(343.7) 
(46.4) 

176.2 
- 
-
46.4 

167.7  1,481.7  1,351.1 
838.0 
889.9 
(223.9)
(343.7) 
- 
- 

- 
(0.6) 
40.8 

-
1.0 
(41.9) 
- 

0.3  1,481.7  1,351.4
839.1 
890.9 
1.1 
(265.5) 
(385.6) 
(41.6) 
- 
- 
- 

(5.7) 

(5.7) 

(0.6) 

(0.3) 

(6.3) 

(6.0) 

(9.0) 

(10.0) 

(15.3) 

(16.0) 

As at 30 June 
Segment assets 
Segment liabilities 
Net assets 
attributable to 
shareholders 

19,712.8  18,594.6 
(16,393.9) (15,389.7) 

253.3 
(27.3) 

245.2  19,966.1  18,839.8  7,468.9  6,460.3  27,435.0  25,300.1 
(34.5) (16,421.2) (15,424.2)  (7,413.5)  (6,390.5) (23,834.7) (21,814.7) 

3,318.9  3,204.9 

226.0 

210.7  3,544.9  3,415.6 

55.4 

69.8  3,600.3  3,485.4 

1 Refer below for definitions of the terms used in the management view of segments. 
2 Corporate and other includes corporate companies, corporate SPV, non-controlling interests and Group eliminations. 
3 Funds management revenue from external customers is predominantly management fees. 

Definitions 

Operating segments 

The following segments are identified on the basis of internal 
reporting to key management personnel, including the Chief 
Executive Officer (the chief operating decision maker) of the 
Group, and comprise component parts of the Group that are 
regularly reviewed by senior management in order to allocate 
resources and assess performance: 

Life 

The Life segment principally includes the annuity and life 
insurance business carried out by CLC and Accurium Pty 
Limited (provision of self-managed superannuation fund 
actuarial certificates). CLC offers fixed rate retirement and  
superannuation products that are designed for Australian  

investors who are seeking a low-risk, fixed term or lifetime 
investment and reliable income. CLC also offers fixed term and 
lifetime investments to investors in Japan through its 
reinsurance arrangement with MSP. CLC invests in assets 
providing long-term income streams for customers. 

Funds Management 

Funds Management earns fees from its Fidante Partners and 
Challenger Investment Partners operations, providing an end-
to-end funds management business. Funds Management has 
equity investments in a number of the Fidante Partners 
boutique fund managers and, through the Challenger 
Investment Partners business, offers a range of managed 
investments across fixed income and property. 

63 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 3  Segment information (continued)

Definitions (continued) 

Corporate and other 

The corporate segment, which is not considered an operating 
segment of the Group, is used to reconcile the total segment 
results back to the consolidated results and consists of other 
income and costs that fall outside the day-to-day operations of 
the reportable segments. These include the costs of the Group 
CEO and CFO, shared services across the Group, long-term 
incentive costs, Directors’ fees, corporate borrowings and 
associated borrowing costs and shareholder registry services. 

To reconcile to Group results, the Corporate and other 
segment also includes eliminations and non-core activities  
of the Group. 

Transactions between segments 

All transactions and transfers between segments are generally 
determined on an arm’s length basis and are included within 
the relevant categories of income and expense. These 
transactions eliminate on consolidation. 

Normalised vs. statutory results 

Net income and operating expenses differ from revenue and 
expenses as disclosed in the statement of comprehensive 
income as certain direct costs (including distribution expenses, 
property expenses and management fees) included in expenses 
are netted off against revenues in deriving the management 
view of net income above. Net income consists of the 
following sub-categories of management views of revenue: 
• Normalised cash operating earnings (Life segment).
• Net income (Funds Management segment).
• Other income (Corporate and other segment).
In addition, the revenues, expenses and finance costs from 
Special Purpose Vehicles (SPV) are separately disclosed in the 
statutory view but are netted off in net income. 

Revenue also includes investment gains and losses which are 
excluded from the management view as they form part of 
investment experience (refer below). 

Normalised cash operating earnings 

This is calculated as cash earnings plus normalised capital 
growth (refer below). Cash earnings represents the sum of 
investment yield (being the management view of revenue from 
investment assets, such as net rental income, dividends and 
interest), interest expense, distribution expenses and fees. 

Normalised EBIT 

Normalised earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) comprises 
net income less operating expenses, as defined above. It 
excludes investment experience, corporate interest and 
borrowing costs, significant items and tax. 

Interest and borrowing costs differ from finance costs as 
disclosed in the statement of comprehensive income for similar 
reasons to revenue and expenses, with the major difference 
arising from the netting of SPV finance costs against SPV 
revenue in net income in the management view. 

64 

Tax on normalised profit 

Represents the consolidated statutory tax expense or benefit 
for the period, less tax attributable to non-controlling interests 
and investment experience. 

Investment experience after tax 

The Group is required by accounting standards to value 
applicable assets and liabilities supporting the life insurance 
business at fair value. This can give rise to fluctuating valuation 
movements being recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income, particularly during periods of market 
volatility. As the Group is generally a long-term holder of 
assets, due to assets being held to match the term of life 
contract liabilities, the Group takes a long-term view of the 
expected capital growth of the portfolio rather than focusing 
on short-term volatility. Investment experience is a mechanism 
employed to isolate the volatility arising from asset and liability 
valuation within the results so as to more accurately reflect the 
underlying performance of the Group. 

Investment experience is calculated as the difference between 
the actual investment gains/losses (both realised and 
unrealised) and the normalised capital growth (refer below) 
plus life contract valuation changes and new business strain. 
Investment experience after tax is investment experience net of 
tax at the prevailing income tax rate. 

Normalised capital growth 

This is determined by multiplying the normalised capital 
growth rate for each asset class by the average investment 
assets for the period. The normalised growth rates represent 
the Group’s medium to long-term capital growth expectations 
for each asset class over the investment cycle. 

The normalised growth rates for the year are +4.5% for equity 
and other investments, +4.0% for infrastructure, +2.0% for 
property and -0.35% for cash and fixed income and are 
consistent with the rates applied in the prior year. The rates 
have been set with reference to medium to long-term market 
growth rates and are reviewed to ensure consistency with 
prevailing market conditions. The normalised growth rate for 
equity and other investments has been revised to +3.5% for 
the year beginning 1 July 2019. 

Life contract valuation assumption changes represent the 
impact of changes in macroeconomic variables, including bond 
yields and inflation factors, expense assumptions and other 
factors applied in the valuation of life contract liabilities. It also 
includes the attribution of the corresponding interest rate, 
foreign exchange and inflation derivatives used for hedging. 

New business strain is a non-cash valuation adjustment 
recognised when annuity rates on new business are higher 
than the risk-free rate used to fair value life contracts. 
Maintenance expense allowances over the expected future 
term of the new business are also included in the life contract 
valuation. New business strain reported in the period 
represents the valuation loss on new sales generated in the 
current period net of the reversal of new business strain of 
prior period sales.  

Note 3  Segment information (continued)

Definitions (continued) 

Significant items after tax 

The Group presents additional non-IFRS financial information 
to the market to provide meaningful insights into the financial 
condition of the business. Due consideration has been given to 
ensure that disclosure of Challenger’s normalised profit 
framework is explained, reconciled and calculated consistently 
period-on-period. Within this framework, Challenger defines 
significant items as non-recurring or abnormal income or 
expense items. There have been no non-recurring or abnormal 
items classified as significant items for the period ended 
30 June 2019 in accordance with the definition.

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Major customers 

No individual customer amounted to greater than 10% of the 
Group’s revenue. 

Geographical areas 

The Group operates predominantly in Australia; hence, no 
geographical split is provided to the chief operating  
decision maker. 

30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

Reconciliation of management to statutory view of after-tax profit 
Operating segments normalised net profit before tax 
Corporate and other normalised net loss before tax 
Normalised net profit before tax (management view of pre-tax profit) 
Tax on normalised profit 
Normalised net profit after tax 
Investment experience after tax 
Significant items after tax 
Profit attributable to the shareholders of Challenger Limited 
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests excluded from management view 
Statutory view of profit after tax 

Reconciliation of management view of revenue to statutory revenue 
Operating segments 
Corporate and other 
Net income (management view of revenue) 
Expenses and finance costs offset against revenue 
SPV expenses and finance costs offset against SPV income 
Distribution expenses offset against related income 
Change in life contract liabilities and reinsurance contracts recognised in expenses 
Property related expenses offset against property income 
Interest and loan amortisation costs 
Management fee expenses 
Adjustment for non-controlling interests and other items 
Difference between management view of investment experience and  
statutory recognition 
Actual capital growth 
Normalised capital growth 
Life contract valuation experience 
New business strain 
Statutory revenue (refer Note 1 Revenue) 

614.5
(66.2)
548.3
(152.2)
396.1
(88.3)
-
307.8
2.9
310.7

820.0
1.0
821.0

23.1
47.8
1,030.1
109.5
320.5
107.5
16.6

79.1
(155.1)
5.8
(33.3)
2,372.6

620.6
(73.3)
547.3
(141.2)
406.1
(76.0)
(7.6)
322.5
1.3
323.8

820.8
1.0
821.8

28.1
49.9
925.3
113.8
195.4
109.6
50.5

61.0
(130.5)
24.5
(58.9)
2,190.5

65 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 4  Income tax 

Reconciliation of income tax expense 
Profit before income tax 
Prima facie income tax based on the Australian company tax rate of 30% 
Tax effect of amounts not assessable/deductible in calculating taxable income: 
– Challenger Capital Notes distributions
– non-assessable and non-deductible items
– tax rate differentials
– tax adjustment in respect of non-controlling interests
– other items
Income tax expense 
Underlying effective tax rate1 

30 June 
2019 
$m 
437.8
(131.3)

(9.9)
12.4
4.5
0.9
(3.7)
(127.1)
29.2%

1 The calculation of the underlying effective tax rate excludes the non-controlling interests’ profit of $2.9 million (30 June 2018: $1.3 million). 

Analysis of income tax expense 
Current income tax expense for the year 
Current income tax benefit prior year adjustment 
Deferred income tax expense 
Deferred income tax (expense)/benefit prior year adjustment 
Income tax expense 
Income tax expense on translation of foreign entities 
Income tax benefit on hedge of net investment in foreign operations 
Income tax benefit/(expense) from other comprehensive income 

30 June 
2019 
$m 
(65.6)
4.9
(57.8)
(8.6)
(127.1)
(14.3)
14.9
0.6

30 June 
2018 
$m 
418.4
(125.5)

(9.7)
30.1
7.8
0.4
2.3
(94.6)
22.7%

30 June 
2018 
$m 
(99.6)
5.0
(2.3)
2.3
(94.6)
(9.0)
7.1
(1.9)

Analysis of deferred tax 
Deferred tax assets 
Accruals and provisions 
Employee entitlements 
Losses  
Other 
Total deferred tax assets 
Set off of deferred tax assets 
Net deferred tax assets recognised in statement of  
financial position 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Unrealised foreign exchange movements 
Unrealised net gains on investments 
Other 
Total deferred tax liabilities 
Set off of deferred tax liabilities 
Net deferred tax liabilities recognised in statement of  
financial position 
Deferred income tax expense recognised in statement of 
comprehensive income 

Statement of financial 
position 

Statement of 
comprehensive income 

30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

39.1
4.0
11.3
9.7
64.1
(57.1)

28.2
3.8
25.3
11.2
68.5
(54.7)

7.0

13.8

(19.0)
(183.1) 
(20.2)
(222.3) 
57.1

0.3
(142.4)
(14.5)
(156.6) 
54.7

(165.2) 

(101.9) 

10.9
0.1
(14.0)
(2.8)
(5.8)

(20.0)
(35.0)
(5.6)
(60.6)

(0.4)
0.1
3.9
(13.5)
(9.9)

12.8
(2.6)
(0.3)
9.9

(66.4)

-

66 

Note 4  Income tax (continued) 

Tax Transparency Code Disclosures 

Australia and overseas tax expense 
Total Australia 
Total overseas 
Income tax expense 

Analysis of current tax (asset)/liability 
Opening balance 
Current income tax expense for the year 
Current income tax prior year adjustment 
Tax in equity 
Income tax paid 
Other 
Closing balance 

Unrecognised deferred tax balances 
Non-tax consolidated group revenue losses – tax effected 
Tax consolidated group capital losses – tax effected 

Accounting policy 

Income tax expense 

Income tax expense for the year comprises current and 
deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income except to the extent that it relates to 
items recognised directly in equity. 

Current tax assets and liabilities  

Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior 
periods are the amounts expected to be recovered from or 
paid to the taxation authorities based on the respective 
period’s taxable income. The tax rates and tax laws used to 
compute the amounts are those that are enacted or 
substantively enacted as at the statement of financial position 
date. 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities  

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences at 
the statement of financial position date between the tax bases 
of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial 
reporting purposes. 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognised for 
deductible or taxable temporary differences and are measured 
at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year the asset 
is realised or the liability is settled, based on the tax rates (and 
tax laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted as at 
the statement of financial position date. Deferred income tax 
assets and liabilities have been offset where they relate to 
income tax levied by the same taxation authority on either the  

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

30 June 
2019 
$m 
(117.6)
(9.5)
(127.1)

30 June 
2018 
$m 
(91.5)
(3.1)
(94.6)

30 June 
2019 
$m 
0.9
65.6
(4.9)
(5.5)
(55.4)
(3.4)
(2.7)

30 June 
2019 
$m 
2.9
54.8

Change 
$m 
(26.1)
(6.4)
(32.5)

30 June 
2018 
$m 
107.6
99.6
(5.0)
(2.9)
(197.5)
(0.9)
0.9

30 June 
2018 
$m 
19.3
55.8

same taxable entity or different taxable entities within the 
same taxable group who have a legal right and an intention to 
settle on a net basis.  

Tax consolidation 

Challenger Limited and its 100% owned Australian resident 
subsidiaries have formed a tax consolidated group with effect 
from 1 July 2002 and are therefore taxed as a single entity 
from that date. Challenger Limited is the head entity of the tax 
consolidated group. 

Tax effect accounting by members of the tax group 

Members of the tax consolidated group have applied tax 
funding principles under which Challenger Limited and each of 
the members of the tax consolidated group agree to pay or 
receive tax equivalent amounts to or from the head entity, 
based on the current tax liability or current tax asset of the 
member. Such amounts are reflected in the amounts 
receivable from or payable to each member and the head 
entity. The group allocation approach is applied in determining 
the appropriate amount of current tax liability or current tax 
asset to allocate to members of the tax consolidated group. 

Key estimates and assumptions 

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary 
differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that 
future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those 
temporary differences and losses. 

67 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Section 3:  Operating assets and liabilities 

This section discloses information relating to the assets and liabilities underlying the Group’s financial performance and 
the key sources of funding for those assets. It further presents the derivative financial instruments employed to hedge the 
Group’s financial risk exposures, and consolidated information relating to the cash flows of the Group. 

Note 5  Financial assets – fair value through profit and loss 

30 June 
2019 
$m 
5,486.8
7,798.5
4,044.4
272.8
17,602.5 
96.1
1,236.1
1,332.2
542.5
324.6
867.1
127.8
127.8
19,929.6 
9,985.2
9,944.4
19,929.6 

30 June 
2018 
$m 
6,003.9
5,602.4
3,466.8
208.6
15,281.7 
69.7
1,073.6
1,143.3
479.6
304.3
783.9
382.7
382.7
17,591.6 
7,628.1
9,963.5
17,591.6 

Key estimates and assumptions 

Unlisted investment valuations 

Investments held at fair value through profit and loss for which 
there is no active market or external valuation available are 
valued making as much use of available and supportable 
market data as possible and keeping judgemental inputs to a 
minimum, either by: 
• reference to the current market value of another instrument

that is substantially the same;

• using recent arm’s length market transactions;
• option pricing models refined to reflect the issuer’s specific

circumstances;

• discounted cash flow analysis; or
• other methods consistent with market best practice.
Refer to Note 18 Financial risk management for further 
disclosure. 

Domestic sovereign bonds and semi-government bonds 
Floating rate notes and corporate bonds 
Residential mortgage and asset-backed securities 
Non-SPV mortgage assets 
Fixed income securities 
Shares in listed and unlisted corporations 
Unit trusts, managed funds and other 
Equity securities 
Units in listed and unlisted infrastructure trusts 
Other infrastructure investments 
Infrastructure investments 
Indirect property investments in listed and unlisted trusts 
Property securities 
Total financial assets – fair value through profit and loss 
Current 
Non-current 

Accounting policy 

The Group categorises its financial assets as financial assets – 
fair value through profit and loss (being initially designated as 
such). Assets designated as fair value through profit and loss 
consist of fixed income, equity, infrastructure, and property 
securities. They are carried at fair value with unrealised gains 
and losses being recognised through the statement of 
comprehensive income.  

Purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on the 
date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset 
and when all risks and rewards of ownership have been 
substantially transferred. Financial assets are then 
derecognised when the right to receive cash flows from the 
asset has expired. 

The fair value of financial assets that are actively traded in 
organised financial markets are determined by reference to 
quoted market bid prices at the close of business on the 
statement of financial position date. Assets backing life 
contract liabilities of the statutory fund are required to be 
designated at fair value through profit and loss in accordance 
with AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts when permitted by 
other Australian Accounting Standards. 

68 

Note 6  Investment and development property 

Investment property held for sale1 
Investment property in use 
Investment property under development 
Total investment property 
Development property held for resale2 
Total investment and development property3 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

30 June 
2019 
$m 
166.5
3,384.3
178.4
3,729.2
-
3,729.2

30 June 
2018 
$m 
452.2
3,328.6
254.4
4,035.2
0.7
4,035.9

1 Held for sale properties: Next Hotel, Aulnay sous Bois and TRE Data Centre (30 June 2018: 35 Clarence Street and 53 Albert Street). 
2 Development property held for resale is held at the lower of cost or net realisable value. 
3 Investment property held for sale and development property held for resale are considered current. All other investment property is considered non-current. 

Investment 
property held for 
sale 

Investment property 
in use 

30 June 
2019 
$m 
452.2 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

30 June 
30 June 
2018 
2019 
$m 
$m 
96.0  3,328.6  3,359.4 

Investment property 
under development 
30 June 
30 June 
2018 
2019 
$m 
$m 
144.1 
254.4 

Development 
property held for 
resale 

30 June 
2019 
$m 
0.7 

30 June 
2018 
$m 
29.4 

- 
(236.2) 

- 
(89.3) 

- 
(443.6)

184.0 
-

(60.0)  445.3 

60.0 

(445.3) 

10.5
-
- 
- 

(57.3) 
85.2 
169.1 
33.5 
166.5  452.2  3,384.3  3,328.6 

239.3 
102.3 
39.5 
58.2 

-
0.2
- 
- 

1.8
- 

- 

(249.8) 
164.6
7.4
- 
178.4 

2.1
- 

- 

62.0 
49.2
(3.0)
- 
254.4 

- 
(0.7) 

- 
(25.6) 

- 

-
-
-
- 
-

- 

(4.7)
1.3
0.3
- 
0.7

Reconciliation of carrying amounts 
Balance at the beginning of the year 
Movements for the year 
– acquisitions1
– disposals
– net transfers to/(from) investment
property held for sale
– transfers to/(from) investment property
under development
– capital expenditure
– net revaluation gain/(loss)
– foreign exchange gain
Balance at the end of the year 

1 Investment property acquisitions: Acquisition of 839 Collins EXO Car Park $1.8 million during the period (30 June 2018: 14 Childers Street, ACT $97.1 million,  

North Rocks, NSW (additional land parcel) $2.1 million and TR Mall Ryugasaki, Japan $86.9 million). 

Accounting policy 

Investment and development property is initially recognised at 
cost, including transaction costs. Subsequent to initial 
recognition, investment and development property is 
recognised at fair value. 

Investment property is classified as held for sale if its carrying 
value will be recovered principally through a sale transaction 
rather than through continuing use. This condition is met only 
when management is committed to the sale, and the sale is 
highly probable to occur in the next 12 months. Investment 
property held for sale is carried at fair value, being the latest 
valuation available, or agreed sale price. 

Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair values of 
investment properties are included in the statement of 
comprehensive income in the period in which they arise. 

Investment properties are derecognised when they have either 
been disposed of or when the investment property is 
permanently withdrawn from use and no future benefit is 
expected from its disposal. Any gain or loss on the retirement 
or disposal of an investment property is recognised in the 
statement of comprehensive income in the year of retirement 
or disposal. 

Where properties are debt financed, that finance is provided 
either by secured mortgages or by funding that contains a 
number of negative undertakings (including undertakings not 
to create or allow encumbrances, and undertakings not to 
incur financial indebtedness which ranks in priority to  
existing debt). 

Investment property under development 

When redevelopment of an existing investment property 
commences, it continues to be classified and measured as 
investment property when the asset is being redeveloped for 
continued future use as an investment property. 

Investment property under construction is held at cost until an 
estimate of the fair value can be reliably determined. 

69 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 6  Investment and development property (continued)

Accounting policy (continued) 

Development property held for resale 

Development properties held for the purpose of resale are 
stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net 
realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary 
course of business on completion, less estimated costs of 
completion and selling costs. 

Cost includes cost of acquisition, development costs, holding 
costs and directly attributable interest on borrowed funds 
where the development is a qualifying asset. Capitalisation of 
borrowing costs ceases during extended periods in which 
active development is interrupted. When a development is 
completed and ceases to be a qualifying asset, borrowing costs 
and other costs are expensed as incurred. 

Key estimates and assumptions 

Independent valuations for all investment properties are 
conducted at least annually by suitably qualified valuers, and 
the Directors make reference to these independent valuations 
when determining fair value.  

Each independent valuer is appointed in line with the valuation 
policy, which requires that valuers are authorised to practise 
under the law of the relevant jurisdiction where the valuation 
takes place and have at least five years of continuous 
experience in the valuation of property of a similar type to  
the property being valued and on the basis that they are 
engaged for no longer than two consecutive years on an 
individual property. 

The valuer must have no pecuniary interest that could conflict 
with the valuation of the property, must be suitably 
indemnified, and must comply with the Australian Property 
Institute (API) Code of Ethics and Rules of Conduct (or foreign 
equivalent). An internal valuation is undertaken for all 
investment properties every six months unless they have been 
independently valued during the current reporting period. In 
certain circumstances an independent valuation might be 
obtained. 

Fair value for the purposes of the valuation is market value as 
defined by the International Assets Valuation Standards 
Committee. In determining market value, valuers examine 
available market evidence and apply this analysis to both the 
traditional market capitalisation approach and the discounted 
cash flow approach (using market-determined risk-adjusted 
discount rates). Valuers are required to provide valuation 
methodology and calculations for fair value including reference 
to annual net market income, comparable capitalisation rates, 
and property-specific adjustments. The values of investment 
property do not reflect anticipated enhancement from future 
capital expenditure.

70 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Note 6  Investment and development property (continued) 

Analysis of investment property 
as at 30 June 
Investment property in use and held 
for sale 
Australia 
14 Childers Street, ACT 
21 O'Sullivan Circuit, NT  
31 O'Sullivan Circuit, NT  
31 Queen Street, VIC  
35 Clarence Street, NSW  
53 Albert Street, QLD  
82 Northbourne Avenue, ACT 
215 Adelaide Street, QLD  
565 Bourke Street, VIC  
839 Collins Street, VIC 
ABS Building, ACT  
The Barracks, QLD 
Bunbury Forum, WA  
Channel Court, TAS  
Cosgrave Industrial Park, Enfield, NSW 
County Court, VIC  
DIBP (formerly DIAC) Building, ACT  
Discovery House, ACT  
Executive Building, TAS  
Gateway, NT 
Golden Grove, SA  
Karratha, WA  
Kings Langley, NSW  
Lennox, NSW  
Makerston House, QLD  
Next Hotel, QLD 
TRE Data Centre, ACT 
Total Australia 

Acquisition 
date1 

Carrying 
value 
2019 
$m 

Cap 
rate 
20193 
% 

Total 
cost2 
$m 

Last external 
valuation 
date 

Carrying 
value 
2018 
$m 

Cap 
rate 
20183 
% 

01-Dec-17
27-Jan-16
27-Jan-16
31-Mar-11
15-Jan-15
12-Dec-14
01-Jun-17
31-Jul-15
28-Jan-15
22-Dec-16
01-Jan-00
31-Oct-14
03-Oct-13
21-Aug-15
31-Dec-08
30-Jun-00
01-Dec-01
28-Apr-98
30-Mar-01
1-Jul-15
31-Jul-14
28-Jun-13
29-Jul-01
27-Jul-13
14-Dec-00
25-Mar-15
14-Apr-10

97.3 
47.7 
29.2 
- 
147.1 
- 
60.9 
249.7 
102.1 
212.0 
149.0 
- 
155.1 
83.4 
92.3 
217.6 
108.4 
97.4 
34.5 
121.1 
156.1 
55.0 
16.2 
28.6 
- 
143.7 
13.9 

92.5 
36.7 
26.5 
- 
220.0 
- 
55.4 
245.5 
142.0 
232.5 
219.2 
- 
90.0 
80.0 
122.0 
323.9 
156.7 
148.5 
45.3 
118.5 
171.4 
49.0 
23.9 
31.5 
- 
145.3 
10.5 
2,418.3  2,786.8 

6.50 
8.00 
8.25 
- 
5.13 
- 
6.00 
6.00 
5.00 
4.88 
5.75 
- 
6.75 
7.00 
5.50 
n/a 
5.50 
5.63 
7.00 
5.85 
5.75 
7.25 
6.25 
6.50 
- 
6.11 
-

30-Jun-19
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-18
- 
30-Jun-19
- 
31-Dec-18
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-19
31-Dec-18
- 
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-19
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-18
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-19
- 
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-19

92.2 
39.3 
25.9 
164.5 
216.0 
236.2 
57.5 
231.5 
107.0 
- 
177.0 
151.5 
125.0 
82.5 
110.1 
306.7 
149.0 
131.0 
43.0 
107.6 
159.8 
53.0 
23.9 
36.3 
70.7 
132.0 
- 
  3,029.2

6.75 
8.00 
8.25 
5.25
5.13 
5.88
6.00 
6.25 
5.50 
- 
5.75 
6.25
6.50 
7.00 
6.07 
6.13 
5.50 
5.63 
7.50 
5.75 
6.00 
7.00 
6.25 
6.00 
7.38
6.17 
- 

1 Acquisition date represents the date of initial acquisition or consolidation of the investment vehicle holding the asset. 
2 Total cost represents the original acquisition cost plus additions less full and partial disposals since acquisition date. 
3 The capitalisation rate is the rate at which net market income is capitalised to determine the value of the property. The rate is determined with regard to  

market evidence. 

71 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 6  Investment and development property (continued) 

Carrying 
value 
2019 
$m 

Cap 
rate 
20193 
% 

Last external 
valuation 
date 

Carrying 
value 
2018 
$m 

Cap 
 rate 
20183 
% 

Acquisition 
date1 

31-Dec-08
31-Dec-08
31-Dec-08
31-Dec-08
31-Dec-08

Analysis of investment property 
as at 30 June (continued) 
Europe
Rue Charles Nicolle, Villeneuve les Beziers 
Avenue de Savigny, Aulnay sous Bois 
105 Route d’Orleans, Sully sur Loire 
140 Rue Marcel Paul, Gennevilliers 
ZAC Papillon, Parcay-Meslay 
Japan
Aeon Kushiro 
Carino Chitosedai
Carino Tokiwadai 
DeoDeo Kure 
Fitta Natalie Hatsukaichi 
Izumiya Hakubaicho 
Kansai Super Saigo 
Kojima Nishiarai 
Life Asakusa 
Life Higashi Nakano 
Life Nagata 
MaxValu Tarumi 
Seiyu Miyagino 
TR Mall Ryugasaki 
Valor Takinomizu 
Valor Toda 
Yaoko Sakato Chiyoda 
Total international
Total investment property in use and held for sale4

31-Jan-10
31-Jan-10 
31-Jan-10
31-Jan-10
28-Aug-15
31-Jan-10
31-Jan-10
31-Jan-10
31-Jan-10
31-Jan-10
31-Jan-10
28-Aug-15
31-Jan-10
30-Mar-18
31-Jan-10
31-Jan-10
31-Jan-10

Total 
cost 
$m2 

- 
20.3 
- 
- 
- 

- 
10.7 
- 
- 
- 

30.5 
118.4 
77.0 
32.2 
11.4 
68.8 
13.1 
12.2 
27.8 
32.9 
25.2 
16.9 
9.8 
86.7 
26.9 
42.5 
19.6 
672.2 

37.8 
138.9 
85.3 
34.4 
14.7 
79.8 
14.4 
16.1 
38.0 
40.9 
30.0 
20.0 
11.8 
98.4 
25.5 
45.9 
21.4 
764.0 
3,076.6  3,540.3 

- 
6.53 
- 
- 
- 

5.40 
4.50 
4.60 
5.50 
5.90 
4.80 
5.50 
4.40 
4.30 
4.40 
4.20 
5.70 
5.20 
5.70 
5.80 
5.20 
4.80 

- 
30-Jun-19
- 
- 
- 

14.1 
12.5 
9.5 
10.8 
8.1 

30-Jun-19
31-Dec-18
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-19
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-18
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-19
31-Dec-18
30-Jun-19
31-Dec-18
31-Dec-18
30-Jun-19
31-Dec-18

34.8 
129.6 
81.0 
30.7 
13.9 
71.8 
13.4 
14.9 
34.6 
36.7 
28.2 
18.9 
10.7 
89.9 
24.7 
44.6 
18.2 
751.6
  3,780.8

Investment property under development 
Australia 
839 Collins Street, VIC5
Gateway, NT5
North Rocks, NSW 
TRE Data Centre, ACT5
Maitland, NSW
Total investment property under development 

Development property held for resale 
Australia
Maitland, NSW
Total development property 

22-Dec-16 
01-Jul-15
18-Sep-15 
14-Apr-10 
6-Dec-06

-
- 
180.2 
-
5.4
185.6 

- 
- 
173.7 
- 
4.7 
178.4 

- 
- 
6.50 
- 
- 

- 
- 
30-Jun-19
- 
- 

74.9 
15.0 
146.1 
13.5 
4.9 
254.4

06-Dec-06

-
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

0.7 
0.7 

1 Acquisition date represents the date of initial acquisition or consolidation of the investment vehicle holding the asset. 
2 Total cost represents the original acquisition cost plus additions less full and partial disposals since acquisition date. 
3 The capitalisation rate is the rate at which net market income is capitalised to determine the value of the property. The rate is determined with regard to  

market evidence. 

4 At 30 June 2019, the investment property portfolio occupancy rate for Australia was 92.6% (30 June 2018: 92.5%) with a weighted average lease expiry of 

6.1 years (30 June 2018: 5.4 years), Europe 100.0% (30 June 2018: 100.0%) with a weighted average lease expiry of 0.1 years (30 June 2018: 1.2 years) and Japan 
100% (30 June 2018: 100%) with a weighted average lease expiry of 10.3 years (30 June 2018: 11.1 years). 

5 Transferred to investment property in use and held for sale. 

72 

7.00
6.50 
8.00
7.25
7.25

5.40 
4.60 
4.60 
5.50 
5.80 
4.90 
5.50 
4.30 
4.40 
4.50 
4.90 
5.70 
5.30 
5.60 
5.70 
5.40 
4.90 

-
-
- 
-
-

-
-

 
 
Note 7  Special Purpose Vehicles 

Consolidated 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Mortgage assets1 
Derivative assets 
Total assets 
Payables 
Derivative liabilities 
Interest bearing financial liabilities1 
Total liabilities 
Net assets 
Cash flow hedge reserve 
Total equity attributable to residual income unit holders 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

30 June 
2019 
$m 
66.5
860.6
0.5
927.6
163.7
0.3
763.4
927.4
0.2
0.2
0.2

30 June 
2018 
$m 
97.3
1,044.5
0.5
1,142.3
182.0
0.2
959.8
1,142.0
0.3
0.3
0.3

1 $209.7 million (30 June 2018: $257.4 million) of the Mortgage assets balance is considered current, and $186.0 million (30 June 2018: $236.6 million) of the Interest 

bearing financial liabilities balance is considered current. 

Accounting policy 

The Group manages and services Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) 
trusts that hold residential mortgage-backed assets and issue 
securitised financial liabilities. The trusts are entities that fund 
pools of residential mortgage-backed loans via the issuance of 
residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS). All borrowings 
of these SPVs are limited in recourse to the assets of the SPV. 

As the Group retains the beneficial interest to the residual 
income of these trusts, it is deemed to control them and, as a 
result, they are consolidated. However, the significant risks and 
rewards (most notably credit risk) lie with the RMBS holders. 

The assets and liabilities of the SPV have been separately 
disclosed in the financial report as this presentation is 
considered to provide a more transparent view of the Group’s 
financial position. Transactions between the SPV and other 
entities within the Group are eliminated on consolidation. 

SPV cash and cash equivalents are financial assets and 
comprise cash at bank and in hand plus short-term deposits 
with an original maturity of three months or less that are 
readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are 
subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. Cash and 
cash equivalents are initially recognised at fair value and 
subsequently carried at amortised cost. 

SPV mortgage assets are non-derivative financial loan assets 
with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an 
active market. They are recognised net of any credit loss 
provision.  

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge the 
risks associated with SPV interest rate and foreign currency 
fluctuations. All these derivative financial instruments are 
stated at fair value. Gains or losses arising from fair value 
changes on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge 
accounting are recognised in the statement of comprehensive 
income. 

SPV payables represent unsecured non-derivative, non-interest 
bearing financial liabilities in respect of goods and services 
provided to the trusts prior to the end of the financial year. 
They include accruals and other creditors and are recognised at 
amortised cost. 

SPV interest bearing financial liabilities are initially recognised 
at fair value calculated net of directly attributable transaction 
costs, and subsequently measured at amortised cost. Any 
difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and 
the redemption amount is recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income over the period of the contract using 
the effective interest rate method. 

Key estimates and assumptions 

The impact to the Group from the adoption of the expected 
credit loss model on the mortgage assets is minimal because 
the historical provisioning methodology of the Group is 
materially consistent with the provision estimated under the 
expected credit loss model.

Analysis of SPV mortgage assets impairment provision 
Balance at the beginning of the year 
(Decrease)/increase in provisions 
Utilisation of provision against incurred losses and adjustments to estimates 
Balance at the end of the year 

30 June 
2019 
$m 
13.6
(3.9)
0.5
10.2

30 June 
2018 
$m 
30.1
0.7
(17.2)
13.6

73

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 8  Life contract liabilities 

Fair value of life contract liabilities 
Life investment contract liabilities – at fair value 
Life insurance contract liabilities – at margin on services value 
Reinsurance contract liabilities – at margin on services value 
Total life contract liabilities 

30 June 
2019 
$m 
6,757.7
6,113.1
(0.6)
12,870.2 

30 June 
2018 
$m 
6,635.3
5,016.7
76.3
11,728.3 

Movement in life contract 
liabilities 
Balance at the beginning of 
the year 
Deposits and premium 
receipts 
Payments and withdrawals 
Revenue per Note 1 
Expense per Note 2 
Balance at the end of 
the year 

Life investment 
contract liabilities 
30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

Life insurance contract 
liabilities 

30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

Outward reinsurance 
contract liabilities 
30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

Total life contract 
liabilities 

30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

6,635.3 

6,356.5 

5,016.7 

3,885.5 

76.3

80.2  11,728.3  10,322.2 

2,421.9 
(2,612.0) 
98.3 
214.2 

2,564.6 
(2,470.2) 
(48.1) 
232.5 

1,143.5 
(634.0) 
(227.0) 
813.9 

1,452.7 
(499.2) 
(512.8) 
690.5 

- 
(58.7)
(20.2)
2.0

- 
(6.1) 
(0.1) 
2.3 

3,565.4 
(3,304.7) 
(148.9) 
1,030.1 

4,017.3 
(2,975.5) 
(561.0) 
925.3 

6,757.7 

6,635.3 

6,113.1 

5,016.7 

(0.6) 

76.3  12,870.2  11,728.3 

Analysis of life insurance and reinsurance contract liability and expenses 
Best estimate liability 
Value of future life insurance contract benefits 
Value of future expenses 
Value of future acquisition expenses 
Value of future premiums 
Total best estimate liability 
Value of future profit margins 
Net life insurance and reinsurance contract liability 
Life insurance and reinsurance contract operating expenses 
Maintenance expenses 
Total life insurance and reinsurance contract operating expenses 

Analysis of life contract profit 
Profit margin release on life insurance contracts 
Loss recognition in respect of life insurance contracts1 
Loss recognition in respect of life investment contracts 
Difference in actual and assumed experience in respect of life insurance contracts 
Difference in actual and assumed experience in respect of life investment contracts 
Profit arising from difference between actual and assumed experience 
Investment earnings on assets in excess of life contract liabilities 
Life contract profit after tax 

30 June 
2019 
$m 

5,849.8
159.8
134.9
(526.6)
5,617.9
494.6
6,112.5

43.7
43.7

19.9
(76.8)
(68.9)
176.0
174.1
224.3
172.2
396.5

30 June 
2018 
$m 

4,854.7
148.9
110.7
(494.0)
4,620.3
472.7
5,093.0

39.3
39.3

11.7
(95.4)
(81.0)
157.2
199.6
192.1
173.5
365.6

1 Under margin on services (MoS), any profits expected over the life of a contract are recognised over the life of the contract; however, if on the liability valuation basis 

the contract is expected to be loss making, the capitalised value of these future losses is recognised at the point of sale. Retail insurance contracts are in loss 
recognition because the liability valuation basis uses a risk-free discount rate but the rates offered to customers are higher. 

74 

Note 8  Life contract liabilities (continued)

Accounting policy 

Life insurance claims expense 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

The operations of the Group include the selling and 
administration of life contracts through Challenger Life 
Company Limited (CLC). These contracts are governed under 
the Life Insurance Act 1995 (the Life Act) and are classified as 
either life insurance contracts or life investment contracts. Life 
insurance and life investment contract liabilities are collectively 
referred to as life contract liabilities or policy liabilities. 

Life investment contract liabilities 

Life investment contracts are contracts regulated under the 
Life Act but which do not meet the definition of life insurance 
contracts under AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts and 
similar contracts issued by entities operating outside  
of Australia. 

For fixed term policies, the liability is based on the fair value of 
the income payments and associated expenses, being the net 
present value of the payments and expenses using an 
appropriate discount rate curve as determined by the 
Appointed Actuary. 

Life insurance contract liabilities 

Life insurance contracts are contracts regulated under the Life 
Act that involve the acceptance of significant insurance risk. 
Insurance risk is defined as significant if, and only if, an insured 
event could cause an insurer to pay significant additional 
benefits in any scenario, excluding scenarios that lack 
commercial substance (i.e. have no discernible effect on the 
economics of the transaction). 

The financial reporting methodology used to determine the 
value of life insurance contract liabilities is referred to as 
margin on services (MoS). Under MoS, the excess of premiums 
received over payments to customers and expenses (the 
margin) is recognised over the life of the contract in a manner 
that reflects the pattern of risk accepted from the policyholder 
(the service) unless future margins are negative, in which case 
the future losses are recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income immediately. The planned release of 
this margin is recognised in the statement of comprehensive 
income as part of the movement in life insurance contract 
liabilities. 

Life insurance contract liabilities are usually determined using 
a projection method, whereby estimates of policy cash flows 
(premiums, payments and expenses) are projected into the 
future. The liability is calculated as the net present value of 
these projected cash flows using a risk-free discount  
rate curve. 

The key areas of judgement in the determination of the 
actuarial assumptions are the duration of claims/policy 
payments, mortality, surrenders, acquisition and maintenance 
expense levels, and economic assumptions for discount and 
inflation rates. 

Life insurance premium revenue 

Life insurance premiums are recognised as revenue 
when received. 

Life insurance claims expense is recognised in expenses when 
the liability to the policyholder under the contract has  
been established. 

Inwards reinsurance 

The Group has maintained inwards reinsurance arrangements 
during the period that meet the definition of a life insurance 
contract. The MoS methodology requires the present value of 
future cash flows arising from reinsurance contracts to be 
included in the calculation of life insurance contract liabilities. 

Outwards reinsurance 

The Group maintained outwards reinsurance arrangements to 
manage longevity risk in respect of part of the closed book of 
individual lifetime annuities. During the year, one of these 
arrangements was recaptured resulting in the partial 
derecognition of the outward reinsurance liability balance. 

Valuation 

The MoS valuation, calculated in accordance with APRA 
Prudential Standards results in the systematic release of 
planned margins over the life of the policy via a ‘profit carrier’. 
The Group maintains life insurance contracts including 
individual lifetime annuities, wholesale mortality, wholesale 
morbidity, longevity reinsurance and wholesale lifetime 
annuities. Annuity payments are used as the profit carrier for 
lifetime annuities and premium receipts or best estimate claim 
payments are used as the profit carrier for wholesale mortality, 
wholesale morbidity and longevity reinsurance. 

Key assumptions applied in the valuation of life  
contract liabilities 

Tax rates 

The bases of taxation (including deductibility of expenses) are 
assumed to continue in accordance with legislation current at 
the reporting date. 

Discount rates 

Under APRA Prudential Standards and AASB 1038 Life 
Insurance Contracts, life insurance contract liabilities are 
calculated by discounting expected future cash flows at a risk-
free rate, set at the Commonwealth Government Bond curve 
plus an illiquidity premium where applicable or for foreign-
denominated liabilities, a curve derived from the yields of 
highly liquid AAA-rated sovereign risk securities in the currency 
of the policy liabilities plus an illiquidity premium where 
applicable. The illiquidity premium is determined by reference 
to observable market rates including Australian sovereign debt, 
corporate, securitised and collateralised debt publicly placed in 
the domestic market, and market swap rates. 

Life investment contract liabilities are calculated under the fair 
value through profit and loss provisions of AASB 9 Financial 
Instruments. The discount rates are determined based on the 
current observable, objective rates that relate to the nature, 
structure and term of the future liability cash flows. 

For both insurance and investment contracts the approach is 
the same as adopted at 30 June 2018. Discount rates applied 
for Australian liabilities were between 1.5%-2.5% (30 June 
2018: 2.4%-3.7%) per annum. 

75

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 8  Life contract liabilities (continued)

Valuation (continued) 

Key assumptions applied in the valuation of life contract 
liabilities (continued)  

Expenses 

Forecasted expenses for the next year are allocated between 
acquisition, maintenance and investment based on the nature 
of the expense. Forecasted maintenance expenses then are 
converted to a per-contract unit cost or percentage of account 
balance, depending on the nature of the expense.  

Inflation 

Inflation estimates are based on long-term expectations and 
reviewed at least annually for changes in the market 
environment based on a comparison of real and nominal yields 
of instruments of equivalent term and credit risk. The current 
assumption for Australia is 1.2% per annum for short-term 
inflation and 1.6% per annum for long-term inflation 
(30 June 2018: 1.7% short-term, 2.3% long-term). 

Surrenders 

For life investment contracts, no surrenders or voluntary 
discontinuances are assumed. For Australian life insurance 
contracts where a surrender value is payable on withdrawal,  
a rate of surrenders is assumed in line with Challenger’s own 
experience on these products, currently between 1.3%-1.7% 
per annum (30 June 2018: 1.3%-1.7%). For inwards 
reinsurance of Japanese business, a rate of surrenders is 
assumed in line with local experience in relation to similar 
contracts, currently 3.5% per annum (30 June 2018: 3.5%). 

Where policyholders have the option to commute a life 
insurance contract, the value of this option is included within 
the life contract liabilities. We also assume surrender rates 
based on past experience for this business which vary by 
product types and duration in-force for the contract. 

Mortality 

Base mortality rates for individual lifetime annuities are 
determined as a multiple of annuitant experience based on 
LML08 and LFL08 tables, adjusted for Challenger’s own recent 
experience. LML08 and LFL08 are mortality tables developed 
by the Continuous Mortality Investigation (CMI) based on 
United Kingdom annuitant lives experience from 2007–2010. 
The tables refer to male and female lives respectively. Rates  
are adjusted for expected future mortality improvements  
based on observed and expected improvements. For the age 
ranges and cash flow projection periods that contribute the 
majority of CLC’s exposure, rates of future mortality 
improvement applied are between 0.3%-2.6% per annum  
(30 June 2018: 0.0%-2.2%). 

Base mortality rates for wholesale mortality and longevity 
reinsurance are determined as a multiple of pensioner  
mortality rates (based on the self-administered pension  
schemes or SAPS2 tables mortality investigation developed by 
the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries (UK) using United 
Kingdom data collected between 2004–2012). Rates are 
adjusted for expected future mortality improvements based on 
observed and expected improvements. 

76 

For the age ranges and cash flow projection periods that 
contribute the majority of CLC’s exposure, rates of future 
mortality improvement applied are between 0.6%-2.1% per 
annum (30 June 2018: 0.6%-2.1%). Base mortality rates for 
the inwards reinsurance of Japanese business are determined 
as a multiple of Japanese population mortality rates. 

Impact of changes in assumptions on life insurance contracts 

Under MoS, changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised 
by adjusting the value of future profit margins in life insurance 
contract liabilities. Changes in future profit margins are 
released over future periods unless that product group is in an 
expected net loss position (loss recognition), in which case 
changes in assumptions are recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income in the period in which they occur. The 
valuation impact of changes to discount rate assumptions as a 
result of market and economic conditions, such as changes in 
benchmark market yields, are recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income in the period in which they occur. 

Restrictions on assets 

Financial assets held in Challenger Life Company Limited (CLC) 
can only be used within the restrictions imposed under the Life 
Insurance Act 1995 (the Life Act). The main restrictions are 
that the assets in a statutory fund can only be used to meet 
the liabilities and expenses of that statutory fund, to acquire 
investments to further the business of the statutory fund or as 
distributions when capital adequacy requirements are met. 

Statutory fund information 

The life contract operations of CLC are conducted within four 
separate statutory funds. Both the shareholders’ and 
policyholders’ interests in these statutory funds are reported in 
aggregate in the financial report of the Group. Fund 1 is a 
non-investment-linked fund and Fund 3 is investment-linked. 
Both of these are closed to new business. Funds 2 and 4 are 
the principal operating funds of the Group. Fund 2 contains 
non-investment-linked contracts, including the Group’s term 
annuity business, lifetime annuity policies and the related 
outwards reinsurance, plus the wholesale mortality, wholesale 
morbidity and longevity inwards reinsurance. Fund 4 contains 
inwards reinsurance of annuity business written in Japan. 

Life contract liabilities for Funds 1, 2, 3 and 4 are $2.0 million, 
$11,649.0 million, $2.9 million and $1,216.3 million 
respectively (30 June 2018: $2.4 million, $10,688.0 million,  
$2.9 million, and $1,035.0 million). 

Current/non-current split for total life contracts 

There is a fixed settlement date for the majority of life contract 
liabilities. Approximately $2,428.7 million on a discounted 
basis (30 June 2018: $2,080.6 million) of life contract liabilities 
have a contractual maturity within 12 months of the reporting 
date. Based on assumptions applied for the 30 June 2019 
valuation of life contract liabilities, $3,046.8 million of principal 
payments on fixed term and lifetime business are expected in 
the year to 30 June 2020 (expected in the year to 30 June 
2019: $2,687.3 million). 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Note 8   Life contract liabilities (continued) 

Life insurance risk 

The Group is exposed to longevity risk on its individual lifetime 
annuities (both direct and reinsured) and wholesale longevity 
reinsurance. Longevity risk is the risk that policyholders may 
live longer than expectations. The Group is exposed to 
mortality risk on the wholesale mortality reinsurance and 
reinsurance of fixed term business written in Japan. This is the 
risk that death rates in the reference portfolios exceed 
expectations. The Group is also exposed to morbidity risk on 
the wholesale morbidity reinsurance. That is the risk that 
morbidity rates in the reference portfolios exceed expectation. 
The Group manages the longevity risk by regular reviews of 
the portfolio to confirm continued survivorship of policyholders 
receiving income plus regular review of longevity experience to 
ensure that longevity assumptions remain appropriate. In 
addition, the Group maintained reinsurance arrangements to 
manage longevity risk in respect of part of the closed book of 
individual lifetime annuities.

One of these arrangements was discontinued in 2019 resulting 
in the Group being exposed to the longevity risk in respect to 
those closed books of individual lifetime annuities. The Group 
manages the mortality and morbidity risk by regular reviews of 
the portfolio to ensure that mortality and morbidity 
assumptions remain appropriate. The Company’s insurance 
risk policy is approved by the Board and sets out the relevant 
risk limits for insurance exposures, to ensure the insurance risk 
portfolio is appropriately diversified and contains no significant 
concentrations of insurance risk. 

Insurance risk sensitivity analysis 

The following table discloses the sensitivity of life insurance 
contract liabilities, profit after income tax and equity to 
changes in the key assumptions relating to insurance risk, both 
gross and net of reinsurance: 

Insurance risk sensitivity 
analysis 
50% increase in the rate 
of mortality improvement 
10% increase in 
maintenance expenses 

Increase in life insurance contract liabilities 

Gross

Net

Loss after tax and equity impact 
Gross 

Net

30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

29.1

15.2

32.3

13.8

29.0

15.2

16.9 

(20.3) 

(22.6) 

(20.3)

(11.8)

13.8 

(10.6)

(9.7) 

(10.6)

(9.7)

Liquidity risk for insurance contracts

The following table summarises the undiscounted maturity 
profile of the Group’s life insurance contract liabilities. The 
analysis is based on undiscounted estimated cash outflows, 

including interest and principal payments. The undiscounted 
maturity profile of life investment contracts is disclosed in Note 
18 Financial risk management. 

Undiscounted life insurance 
contract liabilities 
2019 
2018 

Actuarial information

1 year or less 
$m 
672.7 
598.7 

1-3 years
$m 
1,129.0 
1,029.6

3-5 years
$m 
871.6 
769.1 

>5 years
$m 
4,449.5 
3,953.1

Total 
$m 
7,122.8 
6,350.5

Mr A Kapel FIAA, as the Appointed Actuary of CLC, is satisfied 
as to the accuracy of the data used in the valuations of life 
contract liabilities in the financial report and the tables in this 
note. The life contract liabilities have been determined at the 

reporting date in accordance with the Life Act, APRA 
Prudential Standards, AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts, and 
AASB 9 Financial Instruments.  

77

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 9  External unit holders’ liabilities 

Current 
Non-current 
Total liabilities to external unit holders 

Accounting policy

30 June 
2019 
$m 
1,356.4
609.8
1,966.2

30 June 
2018 
$m 
1,451.0
684.0
2,135.0

The Group controls a number of guaranteed index return 
trusts that contain contributed funds in respect of fixed term 
wholesale mandates. The fixed term and guaranteed nature of 
the mandates effectively places the balance of the risks related 
to the performance of the trusts with the Group. As a result, 

the Group is deemed to control these trusts. The contributed 
funds for these trusts are classed as a liability and external unit 
holders’ liabilities on the statement of financial position 
represent the funds owing to third parties on these mandates. 
The liability is recognised at fair value.

Note 10  Derivative financial instruments 

Analysis of derivative financial instruments 
Non-SPV 
Interest rate swaps 
Less than one year 
One to three years 
Three to five years 
Greater than five years 
Total interest rate swaps 
Inflation-linked swaps 
Less than one year 
One to three years 
Three to five years 
Greater than five years 
Total inflation-linked swaps 
Futures contracts 
Less than one year 
Total futures contracts 
Forward currency contracts 
Less than one year 
Total forward currency contracts 
Cross-currency swaps 
Less than one year 
One to three years 
Three to five years 
Greater than five years 
Total cross-currency swaps 
Equity swaps 
Less than one year 
One to three years 
Total equity swaps 
Infrastructure swaps 
Less than one year 
Total infrastructure swaps 

30 June 2019 
Net fair  
value 
assets 
$m 

Notional 
value 
$m 

Net fair 
value 
liabilities 
$m 

30 June 2018 
Net fair  
value 
assets 
$m 

Notional 
value 
$m 

Net fair 
value 
liabilities 
$m 

5,597.8 
9,363.0 
5,415.3 
25,152.0 
45,528.1 

384.0 
221.5 
245.6 
1,394.1 
2,245.2 

10,838.2 
10,838.2 

2,005.7 
2,005.7 

1,546.1 
1,762.6 
2,140.6 
1,041.5 
6,490.8 

1,118.0 
836.3 
1,954.3 

200.0 
200.0 

8.2 
23.6 
61.0 
352.4 
445.2 

12.0 
6.4 
5.8 
111.6 
135.8 

-
-

16.6 
16.6 

26.7 
10.4 
17.7 
10.5 
65.3 

0.8 
7.8 
8.6 

- 
- 

(3.2) 
(13.6) 
(29.5) 
(272.2) 
(318.5) 

4,544.8 
8,288.1 
2,492.9 
10,538.1
25,863.9 

3.4 
31.1
22.7
200.7 
257.9 

-
-
-

(36.9) 
(36.9) 

1,018.4
262.0
243.1
1,014.1
2,537.6

(0.9) 
(0.9) 

10,706.5
10,706.5

(9.9) 
(9.9) 

3,975.5 
3,975.5 

(113.4) 
(55.7) 
(19.3) 
(6.5) 
(194.9) 

625.6 
1,324.4 
2,509.5 
530.1 
4,989.6

(7.7) 
- 
(7.7) 

1,792.9 
- 
1,792.9 

- 
- 

-
-

10.0 
4.2
-
25.5
39.7

-
-

33.5 
33.5 

4.1
20.3 
7.7
4.1 
36.2 

6.0 
-
6.0 

- 
- 

(3.1) 
(14.6)
(22.9)
(124.7)
(165.3) 

(1.1) 
-
(1.3)
(12.4)
(14.8)

(0.6)
(0.6)

(34.5) 
(34.5) 

(10.7)
(121.6) 
(66.0)
(10.5) 
(208.8)

(28.8) 
- 
(28.8) 

-
-

78 

0.2
-
46.5
46.7

0.6
-
0.6
420.6 

-
-
-
-

-
- 
-
- 

-
- 
-
(452.8)

(0.1)
- 
- 
(0.1)

(0.1) 
(0.1) 
(0.2) 
(453.0)

Note 10  Derivative financial instruments (continued)

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

30 June 2019 
Net fair  
value 
 assets 
$m 

Net fair 
value 
liabilities 
$m 

30 June 2018 
Net fair  
value 
 assets 
$m 

Notional 
value 
$m 

Net fair 
value 
liabilities 
$m 

Analysis of derivative financial instruments 
(continued) 
Credit default swaps 
Less than one year 
One to three years 
Three to five years 
Total credit default swaps 
Options 
Less than one year 
One to three years 
Total options 
Total non-SPV 

Notional 
value 
$m 

10.0 
66.9 
1,638.8 
1,715.7 

1.1 
2.5 
3.6 
70,981.6 

-
1.0 
88.9 
89.9 

- 
0.6 
0.6 
762.0 

(0.1)
-
-
(0.1) 

40.6
10.0
858.6
909.2

- 
- 
-
(568.9) 

3.6
- 
3.6
50,778.8 

SPV 
Interest rate swaps – SPV 
Less than one year 
One to three years 
Three to five years 
Total interest rate swaps – SPV 
Cross-currency swaps – SPV 
Greater than five years 
Total cross-currency swaps – SPV 
Total – SPV 
Total derivative financial instruments1 

6.5 
5.7 
0.2 
12.4 

-
-
-
-

(0.1)
(0.1)
- 
(0.2)

7.9
9.9
0.5
18.3

320.3 
320.3 
332.7 
71,314.3 

0.5 
0.5 
0.5 
762.5 

(0.1) 
(0.1) 
(0.3) 
(569.2) 

401.6 
401.6 
419.9 
51,198.7 

0.5 
0.5 
0.5 
421.1 

1 The Group’s derivative financial instruments are subject to enforceable netting arrangements under International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master 

Agreements with derivative counterparties, allowing for net settlement as a single arrangement of multiple instruments with a counterparty in the event of default or 
other specified circumstances. If applied to the derivative portfolio, the derivative assets would reduce by $342.2 million (30 June 2018: $235.3 million) and the 
derivative liabilities would reduce by $342.2 million (30 June 2018: $235.3 million).

Accounting policy 

The Group uses derivative financial instruments predominantly 
to hedge its risks associated with interest rate and foreign 
currency fluctuations and to gain exposure to different 
markets. All derivative financial instruments are stated at fair 
value. Gains or losses arising from fair value changes on 
derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are 
recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. For the 
purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as: 
• fair value hedges when they hedge the exposure to changes

in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability;
• cash flow hedges when they hedge the exposure to
variability in cash flows that is attributable either to a
particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability
or to a forecast transaction; or

• hedges of net investments in foreign operations when they
hedge the exposure to changes in the value of the assets
and liabilities of foreign-controlled entities when they are
translated from their functional currency to the presentation
currency.

At the inception of a hedge relationship to which the Group 
wishes to apply hedge accounting, the Group formally 
designates and documents the hedge relationship and the risk 
management objectives and strategies for undertaking the 
hedge. The documentation includes identification of the 
hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the 
nature of the risk being hedged and how the entity will assess 
the effectiveness of the instrument in offsetting the exposure 
to changes in the hedged item. 

Such hedges are expected to be highly effective in achieving 
offsetting changes in fair values, cash flows or foreign 
exchange differences and are assessed on an ongoing basis to 
determine that they actually have been effective over the 
period that they were designated. 

Fair value hedges 

Fair value hedges are hedges of the Group’s exposure to 
changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability, an 
unrecognised firm commitment, or an identified portion of 
such an asset, liability or firm commitment that is attributable 
to a particular risk and could affect profit or loss. 

79

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 10  Derivative financial instruments (continued)

Derivatives designated as hedges of net investment 
in foreign currency operations 

The Group hedges its exposure to accounting gains and losses 
arising from translation of foreign-controlled entities from their 
functional currency into the Group’s presentation currency on 
consolidation. At 30 June 2019, a post-tax loss of 
$34.7 million (30 June 2018: post-tax loss of $16.6 million) 
was recognised in other comprehensive income (OCI) for the 
hedging of exposure to the net investment in foreign currency 
operations.  

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges 

The Group applies hedge accounting when it can demonstrate 
that all, or a portion of, the value movements of a derivative 
financial instrument effectively hedges the variability in cash 
flows attributable to a specific risk associated with a 
recognised asset or liability or probable future transaction. As 
described in Note 18 Financial risk management, SPVs enter 
into interest rate swap agreements to hedge the interest rate 
risk between variable rate loans, which generally reprice with 
changes in official interest rates, and issued RMBS that reprice 
with changes in the 30-day and 90-day bank bill swap rates. 
Cross-currency swaps are also used to hedge currency 
movements on foreign denominated RMBS. The SPVs apply 
hedge accounting to both types of transactions, with the fair 
value change on the effective portion of the derivative being 
recognised in OCI. 

For the year ended 30 June 2019, a post-tax loss of 
$0.2 million (30 June 2018: post-tax gain of $0.5 million) was 
recognised in OCI for cash flow hedges with no statement of 
comprehensive income impact in relation to any ineffective 
portions during either the current or prior comparative period. 

Accounting policy (continued) 

Fair value hedges (continued) 

For fair value hedges, both the carrying amount of the hedged 
item and the derivative are remeasured to fair value through 
the statement of comprehensive income. The same applies 
where the hedged item is an unrecognised firm commitment. 
Any subsequent cumulative change in the fair value of the firm 
commitment attributable to the hedged risk is recognised as 
an asset or liability with a corresponding gain or loss 
recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. 

The Group discontinues fair value hedge accounting if the 
hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, 
the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting 
or the Group revokes the designation. 

Cash flow hedges 

Cash flow hedges are hedges of the Group’s exposure to 
variability in cash flows attributable to a particular risk 
associated with a recognised asset or liability, or a highly 
probable forecast transaction, that could affect the statement 
of comprehensive income. The effective portion of the gain or 
loss on the hedging instrument is recognised directly in equity, 
while the ineffective portion is recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income. 

Amounts recognised in equity are transferred to the statement 
of comprehensive income when the hedged transaction affects 
profit or loss, such as when hedged income or expenses are 
recognised or when a forecast sale or purchase occurs. When 
the hedged item is the cost of a non-financial asset or liability, 
the amounts taken to equity are transferred to the initial 
carrying amount of the non-financial asset or liability. 

If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, 
amounts previously recognised in equity are transferred to the 
statement of comprehensive income. If the hedging 
instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised without 
replacement or rollover, or if its designation as a hedge is 
revoked, amounts previously recognised in equity remain in 
equity until the forecast transaction occurs. 

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations 

The gain or loss on the effective portion of the hedging 
instrument is recognised directly in equity and the gain or loss 
on the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the 
statement of comprehensive income. The cumulative gain or 
loss previously recognised in equity is recognised in the 
statement of comprehensive income on disposal or partial 
disposal of the foreign operation. 

80 

Note 11  Notes to statement of cash flows 

Reconciliation of profit to operating cash flow 
Profit for the year 
Adjusted for 
Net realised and unrealised gains on investment assets 
Share of associates’ net profit 
Change in life contract liabilities1 
Depreciation and amortisation expense 
Impairment in associates and other investments 
Share-based payments 
Dividends from associates 
Change in operating assets and liabilities 
Decrease in receivables 
(Increase)/decrease in other assets 
(Decrease)/increase in payables 
(Decrease)/increase in provisions 
Increase in life contract liabilities 
(Decrease)/increase in external unit holders’ liabilities 
Increase/(decrease) in net tax liabilities 
Net cash flows from operating activities 

1 Changes relate to movements through the statement of comprehensive income. 

Reconciliation of cash 
Cash at bank and on hand  
Cash at bank and on hand – SPV 
Total cash and cash equivalents1  

1 All cash and cash equivalents are considered current.

Accounting policy 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

30 June 
2019 
$m 
310.7

(731.0)
(22.2)
881.2
15.3
(20.4)
21.4
31.6

36.9
(6.4)
(21.8)
(1.4)
260.7
(168.8)
66.5
652.3

30 June 
2019 
$m 
725.4
66.5
791.9

30 June 
 2018 
$m 
323.8

(172.9)
(30.0)
364.3
16.0
13.3
23.7
21.9

24.1
1.8
5.3
7.1
1,041.8
447.2
(110.0)
1,977.4

30 June 
2018 
$m 
741.7
97.3
839.0

Cash and cash equivalents are financial assets and comprise 
cash at bank and in hand plus short-term deposits with an 
original maturity of three months or less that are readily 
convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject 
to an insignificant risk of changes in value. 

Cash and cash equivalents are recognised and carried at fair 
value. For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash 
and cash equivalents are stated net of bank overdrafts. 

81

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Section 4:  Capital structure and financing costs

This section outlines how the Group manages its capital structure and related financing costs, as well as capital adequacy 
and reserves. It also provides details on the dividends and earnings per share of the Company. 

Note 12  Contributed equity 

Analysis of contributed equity 
Ordinary shares issued and fully paid 
CPP Trust shares treated as Treasury shares 
CPP deferred share purchases treated as Treasury shares 
Total contributed equity 

Movements in contributed equity 
Ordinary shares 
Balance at the beginning of the year 
Equity placement 
Issued under dividend reinvestment plan 
Balance at the end of the year 
CPP Trust 
Balance at the beginning of the year 
Shares purchased (including settled forwards) 
Vested shares released to employees 
Balance at the end of the year 
CPP deferred share purchases 
Balance at the beginning of the year 
CPP deferred share purchases 
Settled forward purchases 
Balance at the end of the year 

30 June 2019 

30 June 2018 

No. of shares 
m 

Value of shares 
$m 

No. of shares 
m 

Value of shares 
$m 

611.6 
(3.0) 
(2.8) 
605.8 

610.9 
- 
0.7 
611.6 

4.4 
2.8 
(4.2) 
3.0 

4.8 
0.8 
(2.8) 
2.8 

2,155.3
(30.5)
(31.1)
2,093.7

2,148.5
- 
6.8
2,155.3

40.4
32.8
(42.7)
30.5

56.4
7.5
(32.8)
31.1

610.9
(4.4)
(4.8)
601.7

572.0
38.3
0.6
610.9

5.3
4.8
(5.7)
4.4

4.8
4.0
(4.0)
4.8

2,148.5
(40.4)
(56.4)
2,051.7

1,641.9
499.7
6.9
2,148.5

39.5
49.4
(48.5)
40.4

47.9
47.4
(38.9)
56.4

Accounting policy 

Terms and conditions of contributed equity 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Issued capital in 
respect of ordinary shares is recognised as the fair value of the 
consideration received by the parent entity. Incremental costs 
directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are 
shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. 

Ordinary shares 

A holder of an ordinary share is entitled to receive dividends 
and to one vote on a show of hands and on a poll. 

Challenger Performance Plan (CPP) Trust 

Treasury shares are ordinary shares in the Company held by 
the Challenger Performance Plan (CPP) Trust or under CPP 
deferred share purchase agreements in respect of equity 
incentive plan awards to employees. Refer to Note 27 
Employee entitlements for further details. 

The CPP Trust is a controlled entity and holds shares in the 
Company. As a result, the CPP Trust’s shareholding in the 
Company is disclosed as Treasury shares and deducted from 
equity. Dividends paid from the Company to the CPP Trust are 
eliminated on consolidation. 

CPP deferred share purchases 

The shares purchased under forward agreements are treated 
as Treasury shares from the date of the agreement. Shares are 
transferred to the CPP Trust on the future settlement date.

82 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Note 12  Contributed equity (continued) 

Capital management 

Dividends 

A company is generally limited in the risk-taking activities that it 
can engage in by the amount of capital it holds, with capital 
acting as a buffer against risk, ensuring that there are sufficient 
resources to enable the company to continue normal business 
in the event of an unexpected loss. 

The Group manages capital via an Internal Capital Adequacy 
Assessment Process (ICAAP) at both the Group and the 
prudentially-regulated Challenger Life Company Limited (CLC) 
level. The objective of the ICAAP is to maintain financial 
stability of the Group and CLC whilst ensuring the 
shareholders earn an appropriate risk-adjusted return through 
optimisation of the capital. The ICAAPs for the Group and CLC 
are approved by the respective boards and are reviewed at 
least annually. 

There were no material changes to the Group’s capital 
management process during the period. All of the Group 
regulated entities have at all times during the current and prior 
financial year complied with the externally imposed capital 
requirements to which they are subject. 

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) 
Summary Statement – Challenger Limited 

The Group is a Level 3 Head (as defined in Prudential Standard 
3PS 001) under the APRA conglomerates framework. Level 3 
groups are groups of companies that perform material 
activities across more than one APRA-regulated industry and/or 
in one or more non-APRA regulated industries. APRA’s non-
capital conglomerate prudential standards relating to the 
measurement, management, monitoring and reporting of 
aggregate risk exposures and intragroup transactions and 
exposures came into effect on 1 July 2017. 

In March 2016, APRA announced that it would defer the 
implementation of conglomerate capital requirements until a 
number of other domestic and international policy initiatives 
were further progressed. There has been no further update 
from APRA in relation to this position. 

Under the draft standards, the Group is required to have an 
ICAAP Summary Statement. The Group ICAAP Summary 
Statement aims to maintain an investment grade credit rating 
and robust capital ratios in order to support its business 
objectives, protect regulated entities within the Group from 
operational and other risks outside those regulated entities and 
maximise shareholder returns. The Group believes that 
maintaining an investment grade rating is the most appropriate 
target from a capital structure perspective and is essential in 
order to secure access to capital at a reasonable cost. 

Credit ratings 

Standard & Poor’s long-term credit ratings for the Company 
and CLC at the statement of financial position date are ‘BBB+’ 
(positive) and ‘A’ (positive) respectively (30 June 2018: ‘BBB+’ 
(positive) and ‘A’ (positive) respectively). There were no 
changes to either the Company or CLC’s ratings during the 
period and they reflect the financial strength of the Company 
and CLC. In particular, they demonstrate the Group’s strong 
business profile, earnings and capital position. 

The Group has historically targeted a dividend payout ratio of 
between 45% - 50% of normalised profit after tax over the 
medium term, subject to prevailing market conditions and 
alternate uses of capital. 

The dividend payout ratio for the year ended 30 June 2019 
was 54.2% of normalised profit after tax (30 June 2018: 
52.1%). The payout ratio is currently above the target 
reflecting the resilience during the year of Challenger’s 
business and strong capital position.  

Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) 

The Company maintained a DRP during the period. On 26 
September 2018, the Company issued 329,710 ordinary 
shares to shareholders under the DRP. The DRP issue price per 
share for the 2018 final dividend was $10.4334 and represents 
the volume weighted average share price over the ten trading 
days from 5 to 18 September 2018. The DRP participation rate 
was 3.1% of all issued shares, resulting in proceeds of $3.4 
million.  

For the interim 2019 dividend, the Company issued 411,192 
ordinary shares on 26 March 2019. The DRP issue price per 
share for the interim 2019 dividend was $8.1695 and 
represents the volume weighted average share price over the 
10 trading days from 1 to 14 March 2019. The interim DRP 
participation rate was 3.1% of all issued shares, resulting in 
proceeds of $3.4 million. 

ICAAP Summary Statement – CLC 

CLC is a life insurance company regulated under the Life Act. 
The Life Act, via prudential standards issued by APRA, imposes 
minimum statutory capital requirements on all life insurance 
companies. Under these standards a life company must have in 
place an ICAAP, documented in an ICAAP Summary 
Statement. CLC complied with these requirements at all times 
during the year. 

Prescribed capital amount (PCA) 

CLC holds capital in order to ensure that under a range of 
adverse scenarios it can continue to meet its regulatory and 
contractual obligations to its customers. CLC is regulated  
by APRA and is required to hold a minimum level of  
regulatory capital.  

CLC’s regulatory capital base and PCA have been calculated in 
accordance with prudential capital standards issued by APRA.  

While CLC does not target a specific PCA ratio, CLC’s internal 
capital models result in a PCA ratio under current 
circumstances in the range of 1.3 to 1.6 times. This range can 
change over time and is dependent on numerous factors. 
CLC’s PCA ratio is currently within this range of 1.3 to  
1.6 times. 

The PCA ratio at 30 June 2019 was 1.53 times (30 June 2018: 
1.53 times), reflecting changes in asset allocation, net AUM 
growth, increased common equity Tier 1 capital and changes 
in retained earnings. 

83

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 12  Contributed equity (continued) 

Capital management (continued) 

CLC’s target surplus 

CLC maintains a target level of capital representing APRA’s 
PCA plus a target surplus. The target surplus is a management 
guide to the level of excess capital that CLC seeks to hold over 
and above APRA’s minimum requirements. CLC’s target 
surplus is set to ensure that it provides a buffer against adverse 
market conditions and having regard to CLC’s credit rating.

CLC capital 
CLC’s regulatory capital 
Common Equity Tier 1 regulatory capital  
Additional Tier 1 regulatory capital 
Tier 2 regulatory capital – subordinated debt1 
CLC total regulatory capital base 
Prescribed capital amount 
Asset risk charge2 
Insurance risk charge3 
Operational risk charge 
Aggregation benefit 
CLC prescribed capital amount 
CLC excess over prescribed capital amount 
Capital adequacy ratio (times) 

CLC uses internal capital models to determine its target 
surplus, which are risk-based and are responsive to changes in 
CLC’s asset allocation and market conditions. 

Details of the CLC capital adequacy multiple are below: 

30 June 2019 
$m 

30 June 2018 
$m 

2,789.4
805.0
405.3
3,999.7

2,539.5
135.3
51.8
(104.0)
2,622.6
1,377.1
1.53

2,677.8
805.0
405.4
3,888.2

2,484.8
70.0
46.4
(54.8)
2,546.3
1,341.9
1.53

1 Differs from $403.8 million (30 June 2018: $403.7 million) disclosed in Note 13 Interest bearing financial liabilities due to $1.5 million (30 June 2018: $1.7 million) of 

accrued interest. 

2 Asset risk charge includes the combined stress scenario adjustment and default stress. 
3 During the period, reinsurance of certain lifetime risk was cancelled resulting in an increased insurance risk charge and aggregation benefit at 30 June 2019 when 

compared to 30 June 2018. 

84 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Note 13  Interest bearing financial liabilities 

30 June 2018 

Cash flows 

Non-cash movements 

30 June 2019 

Facility 
$m 

Opening 
balance 
$m 

Proceeds/ 
(repayments) 
$m 

Foreign 
exchange  
$m 

Fair value 
changes 
$m 

Other 
$m 

Closing 
balance 
$m 

Facility 
$m 

Bank loans 
Corporate
Controlled property trusts1
Controlled infrastructure trusts 
Repurchase agreements 
Total bank loans 

Non-bank loans 
Subordinated debt 
Challenger Capital Notes 1 
Challenger Capital Notes 2 
Other finance 
Total non-bank loans 
Total interest bearing financial 
liabilities
Current 
Non-current 

-
400.0 
548.4 
551.2 
197.2 
197.2 
3,816.0 
3,816.0 
4,964.4  4,561.6

400.0 
345.0 
460.0 
15.0 

403.7 
341.9 
450.9 
15.0 
1,220.0  1,211.5 

6,184.4  5,773.1 
3,839.5
1,933.6
  5,773.1

- 
(118.6) 
(5.2) 
632.5 
508.7 

- 
- 
- 
(2.3) 
(2.3) 

-
32.4 
- 
- 
32.4

- 
- 
- 
- 
-

- 
1.4 
- 
- 
1.4 

0.1 
- 
- 
- 
0.1

- 
459.8 
192.0 

400.0
-
459.8 
(3.8) 
- 
192.0 
-  4,448.5  4,448.5 
(3.8)  5,100.3  5,500.3 

-
1.7 
1.8 
- 

400.0 
403.8
345.0 
343.6
460.0 
452.7
12.7 
12.7
3.5  1,212.8  1,217.7 

506.42 

32.4 

1.5 

(0.3)  6,313.1  6,718.0 

4,473.2 
1,839.9 
6,313.1 

1 Total facility limit consists of redraw loan facility limits totalling nil (30 June 2018: $101.0 million) and non-redraw loan facilities limits totalling $459.8 million  

(30 June 2018: $450.2 million). 

2 Differs to Statement of cash flows due to $189.0 million (30 June 2018: $258.2 million) net repayments relating to SPVs. Total net cash proceeds comprise $632.8 
million (30 June 2018: $988.7 million) proceeds from borrowings and $315.4 million (30 June 2018: $708.3 million) repayments of borrowings, inclusive of SPVs. 

30 June 2017 

Cash flows 

Non-cash movements 

30 June 2018 

Facility 
$m 

Opening 
balance 
$m 

Proceeds/ 
(repayments) 
$m 

Foreign 
exchange  
$m 

Fair value 
changes 
$m 

Other 
$m 

Closing 
balance 
$m 

Facility 
$m 

Bank loans 
Corporate
Controlled property trusts1
Controlled infrastructure trusts 
Repurchase agreements 
Total bank loans 

Non-bank loans 
Subordinated debt 
Challenger Capital Notes 1 
Challenger Capital Notes 2 
Other finance 
Total non-bank loans 
Total interest bearing financial 
liabilities
Current 
Non-current 

-
400.0 
520.0
537.0 
201.1 
201.1 
3,287.5 
3,287.5
4,425.6  4,008.6 

400.0 
345.0 
460.0 
17.0 

393.6 
340.2 
449.2 
17.0 
1,222.0  1,200.0

5,647.6  5,208.6 
3,336.1
1,872.5
  5,208.6

- 
8.4 
(3.9) 

528.5
533.0 

10.6 
- 
- 
(2.0) 
8.6

-
17.6 
- 
-
17.6 

-
- 
- 
- 
-

- 
1.6 
- 
- 
1.6 

(0.5)
- 
- 
- 
(0.5) 

- 
548.4 
197.2 

-
400.0
0.8 
551.2 
197.2 
- 
-  3,816.0  3,816.0 
0.8  4,561.6  4,964.4 

-
1.7 
1.7 
- 

400.0 
403.7
345.0 
341.9 
460.0 
450.9 
15.0 
15.0 
3.4  1,211.5  1,220.0

541.62 

17.6 

1.1 

4.2  5,773.1  6,184.4 

3,839.5
1,933.6
5,773.1

1 Total facility limit consists of redraw loan facilities limits totalling $101.0 million (30 June 2017: $101.0 million) and non-redraw loan facility limits totalling 

$450.2 million (30 June 2017: $436.0 million).  

2 Differs to Statement of cash flows due to $258.2 million (30 June 2017: $392.6 million) net repayments relating to SPVs and $3.0 million debt issue costs. 

Total net cash proceeds comprise $988.7 million (30 June 2017: $860.9 million) proceeds from borrowings and $708.3 million (30 June 2017: $611.4 million) 
repayments of borrowings, inclusive of SPVs. 

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 13  Interest bearing financial liabilities (continued)

Accounting policy 

All borrowings and subordinated debt are financial liabilities 
and are initially recognised at fair value. For borrowings and 
subordinated debt which are subsequently measured at fair 
value through profit or loss, directly attributable transaction 
costs are expensed with movements on fair value recognised in 
the statement of comprehensive income. 

Borrowings and subordinated debt, other than those held by 
CLC’s statutory funds or their controlled entities, are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost. Any difference 

Details of liabilities

Bank loans 

Bank loans 
Corporate 

Type 
Facility 

Loan 

Controlled 
property 
trusts1 

Maturity 
Tranche 1: $150m expiring 
on 30 June 2022 
Tranche 2: $250m expiring 
on 30 June 2024 
July 2019 to October 2024 

Facility 

June 2022 

Controlled 
infrastructure 
trusts 

between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the 
redemption amount is recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income over the period of the contract using 
the effective interest rate method.  

Repurchase agreements are all short-term in nature, and are 
therefore valued at amortised cost which approximates fair 
value. 

Rate type  Ranking/security 
Floating 

Secured by guarantees between members of the 
Group 

Variable 

1) First ranking mortgages over Japanese
investment properties: $420.9 million
(30 June 2018: $399.4 million)

2) First ranking mortgage over County Court,
VIC: $38.6 million (30 June 2018: $50.2
million)

Variable 

First ranking mortgages over infrastructure 
assets 

1 Controlled property trusts consist of multiple loans with maturity dates from July 2019 to October 2024. 

Repurchase agreements 

Challenger Capital Notes – 1 and 2 (Notes 1 and Notes 2) 

CLC has entered into repurchase agreements with certain 
counterparties whereby fixed income securities are sold for 
cash whilst simultaneously agreeing to repurchase the fixed 
income security at a fixed price and fixed date in the future. 
These agreements finance bonds held for hedging purposes 
and are interest bearing, with interest factored into the price 
at which the bonds are repurchased and paid on repurchase. 
All agreements as at 30 June 2019 are current and all except 
$1,265.0 million matured in July 2019. The remaining 
agreements mature in August 2019. They will continue to be 
rolled into new agreements in the future. 

CLC uses Australian Government and Semi-Government Bonds 
with repurchase agreements, interest rate swaps and bond 
futures to hedge movements in interest rates on its asset 
portfolio, annuity policy liabilities, Guaranteed Index Return 
mandates and the Challenger Index Plus Fund.  

Notes 1 and Notes 2 have similar structural characteristics, 
including: 
• quarterly, floating, discretionary, non-cumulative

distributions based on a margin over 3 month BBSW;
• optional exchange whereby notes may be redeemed or
resold for cash or converted to ordinary shares in the
Company, at the Company’s option, on the relevant
Optional Exchange Date (or on an earlier date in certain
circumstances), subject to APRA’s prior written
approval; and

• mandatory conversion to ordinary shares in the Company on
the relevant Mandatory Conversion Date, subject to certain
conditions being satisfied. If the conditions to mandatory
conversion are not met on the relevant Mandatory
Conversion Date, conversion will be deferred to a later date
when the conditions are retested.

Non-bank loans 

Subordinated debt 

CLC issued subordinated notes of $400.0 million on 24 
November 2017 with a call date on 24 November 2022. 
Holders of the subordinated notes have the option to convert 
their holding into ordinary shares of Challenger Limited on 24 
November 2024 if CLC has not exercised its call option on 24 
November 2022. If holders do not elect to convert the 
subordinated notes to ordinary shares of Challenger Limited, 
the subordinated notes will be fully eligible as Tier 2 regulatory 
capital of CLC until 24 November 2038. 

86 

Note 13  Interest bearing financial liabilities (continued)

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Challenger Capital Notes – 1 and 2 (Notes 1 and Notes 2) 
(continued) 

Issue date 
Issue amount 
Optional Exchange 
Date 
Mandatory Conversion 
Date 

Notes 1 
9 October 2014 
$345.0 million 

Notes 2 
7 April 2017 
$460.0 million 

25 May 2020 

22 May 2023 

25 May 2022 

22 May 2025 

The costs associated with the issue of both Notes 1 and Notes 
2 have been capitalised against the relevant liability and will be 
expensed to the statement of comprehensive income over the 
respective lives of Notes 1 and Notes 2. Neither the Notes 1 
issue nor the Notes 2 issue constitute regulatory capital of the 
Company. The proceeds from the issue of both Notes 1 and 
Notes 2 were used to fund a subscription for notes issued by 
CLC. Both issues of notes by CLC to the Company were 
approved by APRA and constitute Additional Tier 1 capital of 
CLC.

Note 14  Reserves and retained earnings 

Other finance 

Other finance includes a limited recourse non-bank loan for 
the financing of equipment totalling $12.7 million (30 June 
2018: $15.0 million). The loan has a maturity date of 
November 2020. 

Key estimates and assumptions 

Subordinated debt valuation 

Subordinated debt is recognised at fair value and is valued by 
reference to the ask price observable in the market at balance 
date. 

The change recognised in the statement of comprehensive 
income in respect of valuation changes for the year ended 30 
June 2019 was a loss of $0.1 million (30 June 2018: gain of 
$0.5 million).  

Share-based payments reserve 
Balance at the beginning of the year 
Share-based payments for the period 
Releases from share-based payments reserve 
Tax in equity 
Balance at the end of the year 

Cash flow hedge reserve – SPV1 
Balance at the beginning of the year 
(Loss)/gain on cash flow hedges 
Balance at the end of the year 

Foreign currency translation reserve1 
Balance at the beginning of the year 
Gain on translation of foreign entities2 
Loss on hedge of net investment in foreign entities2 
Balance at the end of the year 

Adjusted controlling interests reserve1 
Balance at the beginning of the year 
Change in holdings in controlled entities 
Balance at the end of the year 
Total reserves 

Retained earnings 
Balance at the beginning of the year 
Profit attributable to equity holders 
Dividends paid 
Total retained earnings 

1 These items may eventually be recycled to the profit and loss section of the statement of comprehensive income. 
2 Net of tax.

30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

(43.0)
21.4
(42.7)
6.6
(57.7)

0.3
(0.2)
0.1

(3.3)
35.4
(34.7)
(2.6)

12.7
(4.9)
7.8
(52.4)

(23.2)
23.7
(48.5)
5.0
(43.0)

(0.2)
0.5
0.3

(5.2)
18.5
(16.6)
(3.3)

12.1
0.6
12.7
(33.3)

1,467.0
307.8
(215.8)
1,559.0 

1,350.1
322.5
(205.6)
1,467.0 

87

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 14  Reserves and retained earnings (continued) 

Accounting policy 

Share-based payments reserve 

Adjusted controlling interests reserve 

An expense is recognised over the vesting period of share-
based payments granted to employees. This expense is based 
on the valuation of the equity benefits conferred at the grant 
date. When an instrument is granted, and an expense 
incurred, there is a corresponding increase in the share-based 
payments reserve directly in equity. 

This reserve relates to changes arising from movements in the 
ownership interests in entities already controlled by the Group. 
The difference between the fair value of the consideration 
paid/received for the change in holding and the change in the 
Group’s share of the net assets of the entity is recorded in this 
reserve. 

The total of this reserve is net of any gain or loss realised on 
the disposal of forfeited shares held within the schemes. On 
vesting of the award they are subsequently recognised as an 
increase in equity and a reduction in share-based payment 
reserve at an average acquisition price, which may be higher or 
lower than the initial recognised valuation price. 

Foreign currency translation reserve 

This reserve is used to record foreign exchange differences 
arising from the translation of the foreign subsidiaries. It also 
includes the effective portion of fair value changes on foreign 
exchange derivative contracts designated as hedges of a net 
investment in a foreign entity. 

Note 15  Finance costs 

Interest expense 
Interest expense – SPV 
Interest expense – property trusts1 
Interest expense – Challenger Capital Notes 1 and 2 
Other finance costs 
Total finance costs 

1 $4.9 million of interest was capitalised in the period (30 June 2018: $2.2 million). 

Accounting policy 

Finance costs represent interest incurred on interest bearing 
financial liabilities (primarily external unit holders’ liabilities 
distributions, repurchase agreements, the securitised 
residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) issued by the 
consolidated Special Purpose Vehicles (SPV), subordinated 
debt, bank loans and other borrowings) and are recognised as 
an expense in the period in which they are incurred. 

Finance costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, 
construction or production of qualifying property assets (being 
assets that take a substantial period of time to develop for 
their intended use or sale) are capitalised as part of the cost of 
that asset. Revenue earned on the investment of specific 

Cash flow hedge reserve – SPV 

This comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net 
change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments 
related to hedged transactions. 

30 June 
2019 
$m 
313.7
23.1
6.8
36.5
5.5
385.6

30 June 
2018 
$m 
184.4
28.1
10.6
32.3
10.1
265.5

borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is 
deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation. 

To the extent that the Group allocates general borrowed funds 
for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying property asset, the 
borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation are determined by 
applying a capitalisation rate to the expenditure on that asset. 
The capitalisation rate of 3.9% (30 June 2018: 3.8%) is the 
weighted average of the borrowing costs applicable to the 
borrowings that are outstanding during the period, other than 
borrowing made specifically for the purpose of obtaining the 
qualifying asset.

88 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Note 16  Dividends paid and proposed 

Dividends declared and paid during the year 
Final 30 June 2018 100% franked dividend: 18.0 cents (30 June 2017: 17.5 cents 100% 
franked dividend) 
Interim 30 June 2019 100% franked dividend: 17.5 cents (30 June 2018: 17.5 cents 100% 
franked dividend) 
Total dividends paid 

Dividend proposed (not recognised as a liability at 30 June) 
Final 30 June 2019 100% franked dividend: 18.0 cents (30 June 2018: 100% franked 
18.0 cents) 

30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

109.4

106.4
215.8

99.5

106.1
205.6

109.5

109.4

Refer to Note 12 Contributed equity for details of the dividend policy. A dividend reinvestment plan will be in operation for the 30 June 2019 final dividend.

Dividend franking credits 

Franking credits available to shareholders are $87.5 million  
(30 June 2018: $132.2 million), based on a tax rate of 30%. 
This amount is calculated from the balance of the franking 
account as at the end of the reporting period, adjusted for 
franking credits that will arise from the settlement, after the 

end of the reporting period, of current liabilities for income tax 
and interest on Challenger Capital Notes 1 and 2. 

The impact of the proposed dividend will be to reduce the 
balance of the franking credit account by $46.7 million. All 
dividends are franked at a tax rate of 30%.

Note 17  Earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders 
Add back interest expense on Challenger Capital Notes 1 and 2 
Add back interest expense net of tax on CLC Subordinated Notes 
Total earnings used in the calculation of diluted earnings per share 

Number of shares 
Weighted average of ordinary shares issued 
Weighted average of Treasury shares 
Weighted average ordinary shares for basic earnings per share 

Adjusted for potential ordinary shares: 
Weighted average effect of Challenger Performance Plan 
Weighted average effect of Challenger Capital Notes 1 and 2 
Weighted average effect of CLC Subordinated Notes 
Weighted average ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share 

30 June 
2019 
cents 
50.9
44.8

$m
307.8
32.9
11.2
351.9

30 June 
2018 
cents 
54.0
52.2

$m
322.5
32.3
6.5
361.3

Number

Number
611,216,128  605,226,219 
(8,511,558) 
605,011,050  596,714,661 

(6,205,078) 

4,481,432 
117,792,197 
58,479,532 

10,711,069 
65,575,106 
19,550,342 
785,764,211  692,551,178 

Accounting policy

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the total 
profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the 
Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
outstanding during the financial year. The number of ordinary 
shares outstanding is net of Treasury shares held by the 
Challenger Performance Plan (CPP) Trust or under CPP 
deferred share purchase agreements in respect of equity 
incentive plan awards to employees. 

The weighted average number of Treasury shares for the 
period was 6,205,078 (2018: 8,511,558). 

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the total 
adjusted profit attributable to equity holders of the Company 
by the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
outstanding during the year adjusted for the effects of dilutive 
shares that may be converted under the terms of Challenger 
Capital Notes 1 and 2 (Notes) of 117.8 million shares (2018: 
65.6 million), CLC Subordinated Notes of 58.5 million shares  
(2018: 19.6 million shares) and shares granted under the CPP 
of 4.5 million shares (2018: 10.7 million).

89

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 17  Earnings per share (continued)

Accounting policy (continued) 

The dilutive share count for Challenger’s convertible debt 
(Challenger Capital Notes and subordinated debt) is based on 
the following formula:  

Face value of debt 
Conversion factor x Challenger’s 20-day VWAP share price 

The conversion factor on all Challenger’s convertible debt is 
99% of the weighted average Challenger share price over the 
last 20 days of trading in each reporting period. 

The profit attributable to ordinary shareholders is adjusted by 
$44.1 million interest on the Notes and CLC Subordinated 
Notes (2018: $38.8 million) for the diluted calculation when 
the Notes and CLC Subordinated Notes are considered dilutive. 
Since the CPP Trust commenced operation in December 2006, 
no shares have been issued to the CPP Trust. Instead, shares 
are acquired by the CPP Trust to mitigate shareholder dilution. 

There have been no other transactions involving ordinary 
shares or potential ordinary shares between the reporting date 
and the date of authorisation of these financial statements. 

90 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Section 5:  Risk management 

This section outlines how financial risk is managed within the Group and provides additional information about how the 
overall risk management program seeks to minimise potentially adverse financial effects associated with key financial risks. 
This section also provides disclosures on the fair values of assets and liabilities of the Group, the valuation techniques used 
in determining the fair value of those assets and liabilities, and the sensitivities of assets categorised as Level 3 instruments 
to reasonably possible changes in valuation assumptions. 

Note 18  Financial risk management 

Governance and risk management framework 

Interest rate risk 

Interest rate risk is the risk of fluctuations in the Group’s 
earnings and equity arising from movements in market interest 
rates, including changes in the absolute levels of interest rates, 
the shape of the yield curve, the margin between the different 
yield curves and the volatility of interest rates. 

It is the Group’s policy to minimise the impact of interest rate 
movements on debt servicing capacity, Group profitability, 
business requirements and company valuation. The Group 
targets hedging of between 30-70% of drawn net recourse 
interest bearing liabilities of the corporate segment. The 
amount of drawn net recourse corporate interest bearing 
liabilities, and their duration, is determined with reference to 
the annual budget and the most current forecasts. The 
Group’s strategy is to have no interest rate hedges with a 
duration of greater than five years and targets average hedge 
duration of three years. 

CLC’s market risk policy is approved by the CLC Board and sets 
out the relevant risk limits for interest rate exposure. It is CLC’s 
policy to minimise the impact of interest rate movements on its 
projected future cash flows. The management of the risks 
associated with life investment and life insurance contracts, 
including interest rate risk, are subject to the prudential 
requirements of the Life Act and APRA. This includes satisfying 
capital adequacy requirements, which in turn include 
consideration of how the interest rate sensitivity of assets and 
liabilities are matched. 

For the SPV entities, the impact of a rising/falling bank bill 
swap rate (BBSW) benchmark over the Reserve Bank of 
Australia’s target cash rate results in an increase/decrease in 
the cost of funding and therefore on the profit of the trusts. 
This interest rate risk is mitigated by actively adjusting the 
interest rates charged to borrowers if a sustained adverse 
differential to the benchmark is evidenced. SPV entities are 
also exposed to the risks arising from borrowers fixing the 
rates on their mortgage. This interest rate risk is managed by 
using cash flow hedges to swap the fixed rate to a floating 
rate exposure at an amount equal to the notional value of the 
mortgages being fixed.

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, 
such as market risk (including currency risk, interest rate risk, 
inflation risk, equity price risk and credit spread risk), credit 
default risk and liquidity risk. The management of these risks is 
fundamental to the Group’s business and to building 
shareholder value. The Board is responsible, in conjunction 
with senior management, for understanding the risks 
associated with the activities of the Group and implementing 
structures and policies to adequately monitor and manage 
those risks.  

The Board has established the Group Risk Committee (GRC) 
and Group Audit Committee (GAC) to assist in the discharge 
of certain responsibilities. In particular, the GRC assists the 
Board in setting the risk appetite and ensuring the Group has 
an effective risk management framework incorporating 
management, operational and financial controls. 

The Executive Risk Management Committee (ERMC) is an 
executive committee, chaired by the Chief Risk Officer (CRO), 
which assists the GRC, GAC and Board in the discharge of 
their risk management obligations by implementing the  
Board-approved risk management framework. 

The Group’s Risk Management division has day-to-day 
responsibility for monitoring the implementation of the 
framework with oversight, analysis, monitoring and reporting 
of risks. The CRO provides regular reporting to the GRC and 
the Board. 

The Group’s principal financial instruments consist of cash and 
cash equivalents, receivables, available-for-sale assets, financial 
assets at fair value through profit and loss, payables, life 
insurance contract liabilities, life investment contract liabilities, 
derivatives and other interest bearing financial liabilities. 

Details of the significant accounting policies and methods 
adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of 
measurement and the basis on which income and expenses 
are recognised, in respect of each class of financial 
instruments, are disclosed in Section 1: Basis of preparation 
and overarching significant accounting policies and included in 
the relevant notes to the financial statements. 

Market risk 

Market risk is the risk that the fair value and/or future cash 
flows from a financial instrument will fluctuate as a result of 
changes in market factors. Market risk comprises (amongst 
others) interest rate risk (due to fluctuations in market interest 
rates), price risk (due to fluctuations in the fair value of equities 
and other alternatives or credit spreads) and currency risk (due 
to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates). 

91

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 18  Financial risk management (continued)

Interest rate risk (continued) 

Interest rate sensitivity 

The Group’s sensitivity to movements in interest rates in 
relation to the value of financial assets and liabilities is shown 
in the table below. It is assumed that the change happens at 
the statement of financial position date and that there are 
concurrent movements in interest rates and parallel moves in 
the yield curve. All material underlying exposures and related 
hedges are included in the analysis which includes investment 
properties with leases, where the future income stream is 

duration-hedged for interest rate movements. The impact on 
profit and equity is post-tax at a rate of 30%. The risks faced 
and methods used in the sensitivity analysis are the same as 
those applied in the comparative period. As shown below, 
100 basis points (1%) movements in interest rates would have 
only a small net impact on the Group’s financial position as 
upside risks in CLC and the property trusts largely offset 
downside risk in the SPV entities, and vice versa:

Change in variable 
+100bps
-100bps 
+100bps 
-100bps 
+100bps 
-100bps 

Profit/(loss) 
30 June 2019 
$m 
1.2 
(1.2) 
(0.7) 
0.7 
0.5 
(0.5) 

Change in equity 
30 June 2019 
$m 
1.2
(1.2)
(0.7)
0.7
0.5
(0.5)

Profit/(loss) 
30 June 2018 
$m 
2.9
(2.9)
(0.9)
0.9
2.0
(2.0)

Change in equity 
30 June 2018 
$m 
2.9
(2.9)
(0.9)
0.9
2.0
(2.0)

Non-SPV

SPV

Total

Price risk 

Price risk is the risk that the fair value of a financial instrument 
will fluctuate as a result of changes in market prices (other 
than those arising from interest rate or currency risk), whether 
those changes are caused by factors specific to the individual 
financial instrument or its issuer, or factors affecting all similar 
financial instruments. The Group is exposed to equity price risk 
on its holdings in equity securities, which include a range of 
investments in absolute return strategies where returns are 
considered to be generally uncorrelated to listed equity market 
returns, and credit spread risk on its fixed income securities. 
The Group is required to fair value all equities and fixed 
income securities held to back life contract liabilities. 

Equity risks will arise as a natural result of CLC’s Asset 
Allocation Plan. Equity prices can be driven by a range of risk 
factors specific to an individual exposure including broad 
macro-economic and instrument specific factors which may be 
uncorrelated with broader equity markets. The Group’s 
primary tools for managing investment price risks are CLC’s 
Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) and 
Asset Allocation plan. 

Equity price risk sensitivity 

The potential impact of movements in the market value of 
listed and unlisted equities on the Group’s statement of 
comprehensive income and statement of financial position is 
shown in the below sensitivity analysis. This sensitivity analysis 
has been performed to assess the direct risk of holding equity 
instruments; therefore any potential indirect impact on fees 
from the Group’s funds management business has been 
excluded. 

The impact on profit and equity is post-tax at a rate of 30%. 
The risks faced and methods used in the sensitivity analysis are 
the same as those applied in the comparative period. As 
shown below, a 10% movement in equity prices would have a 
material impact on the consolidated Group’s financial position. 
It is assumed that the relevant change occurs as at the 
statement of financial position date.

Equities and other alternatives 
Property securities 

Infrastructure investments 

Other equities and alternative 
assets 

Total assets 

Change in 
variable 
+10%
-10% 
+10%
-10%
+10%
-10%
+10%
-10% 

Profit/(loss) 
30 June 2019 
$m 
8.9 
(8.9) 
56.5 
(56.5) 
164.9 
(164.9) 
230.3 
(230.3) 

Change in equity 
30 June 2019 
$m 
8.9
(8.9)
56.5
(56.5)
164.9
(164.9)
230.3
(230.3)

Profit/(loss) 
30 June 2018 
$m 
26.8
(26.8)
33.6
(33.6)
92.7
(92.7)
153.1
(153.1)

Change in equity 
30 June 2018 
$m 
26.8
(26.8)
33.6
(33.6)
92.7
(92.7)
153.1
(153.1)

92 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Note 18  Financial risk management (continued)

Price risk (continued) 

Credit spread risk sensitivity 

The Group is exposed to price movements resulting from credit 
spread fluctuations through its fixed income securities (net of 
subordinated debt) and policy liabilities. As at 30 June 2019, a 
50 basis point increase/decrease in credit spreads would result 
in a post-tax (at 30%) unrealised loss/gain in the statement of 
comprehensive income and equity of $73.9 million (30 June 
2018: $61.4 million). 

Currency risk 

It is the Group’s policy to minimise the exposure of all 
statement of financial position items to movements in foreign 
exchange rates. Currency exposure arises primarily as a result 
of investments in the Eurozone, Japan, the United Kingdom 
and the United States, so currency risk therefore arises from 
fluctuations in the value of the Euro, Japanese Yen, British 
Pound and US Dollar against the Australian Dollar. In order to 
protect against foreign currency exchange rate movements, 
the Group has entered into foreign currency derivatives. 

In addition, the Group has exposure to foreign exchange risk 
upon consolidation of its foreign currency denominated 
controlled entities and materially mitigates this by designating 
foreign currency derivatives as hedges of net investments in 
foreign entities in equity to match its foreign currency 
translation reserve exposure. Effectiveness is monitored on a 
regular basis to ensure that the hedge remains between 80-
125% effective and any ineffective portion of the hedge is 
recognised directly in the statement of comprehensive income. 

The SPV entities hedge exposure to foreign currency risk 
arising from issuing mortgage-backed securities in foreign 
currencies. The currencies impacted are primarily the British 
Pound, Euro and US Dollar. All derivatives in the SPV entities 
are designated as cash flow hedges. These hedges are 
effective and there is no material impact on the profit and loss. 
The following table details the Group’s net exposure to foreign 
currency as at the reporting date in Australian dollar  
equivalent amounts: 

30 June 2019 
Financial assets 
Financial liabilities 
Foreign currency contracts and cross currency swaps 
Net exposure in Australian dollars 

30 June 2018 
Financial assets 
Financial liabilities 
Foreign currency contracts and cross currency swaps
Net exposure in Australian dollars 

The analysis in the currency risk table shows the impact on  
the statement of comprehensive income and equity of a 
movement in the Group’s major foreign currency exposure 
exchange rates against the Australian dollar using the net 
exposure at the balance date. All underlying exposures and 
related hedges are included in the analysis. 

A sensitivity of 10% has been applied as this reflects a 
reasonable measurement given the current level of exchange 
rates and the volatility observed on an historic basis. The 
impact on profit and equity is post-tax at a rate of 30%. 

GBP 
$m 

USD 
$m 

Euro 
$m 

JPY 
$m 

Other 
$m 

503.9 
(5.8) 
(497.0) 
1.1 

2,506.8 
-

(2,506.6) 
0.2 

1,031.5 
(3.2)
(1,019.1) 
9.2 

739.2 
(11.9) 
(730.6) 
(3.3) 

2,363.3 
-

(2,353.4) 
9.9 

834.7 
(8.2)
(828.0) 
(1.5) 

899.3 
(419.0) 
(486.1) 
(5.8) 

742.8 
(399.4) 
(331.8) 
11.6 

624.9 
- 
(624.3) 
0.6 

476.0 
- 
(473.8) 
2.2 

The risks faced and methods used in the sensitivity analysis are 
the same as those applied in the comparative period. As 
shown in the table on the following page, a 10% movement 
in foreign currency exchange rates would have minimal impact 
on the Group’s financial position. 

93

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 18  Financial risk management (continued)

Currency risk (continued) 

British Pound (GBP) 

US Dollar (USD) 

Euro (EUR)

Japanese Yen (JPY) 

Other  

Total

Movement in 
variable against $  

+10%
-10% 
+10%
-10% 
+10%
-10% 
+10%
-10% 
+10%
-10% 
+10% 
-10% 

Profit/(loss) 
30 June 2019 
$m 
0.1 
(0.1) 
- 
- 
0.7 
(0.7) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
0.8 
(0.8) 

Change in equity 
30 June 2019 
$m 
0.1
(0.1)
- 
- 
0.7
(0.7)
(0.4)
0.4
- 
- 
0.4
(0.4)

Profit/(loss) 
30 June 2018 
$m 
(0.4)
0.4
0.7
(0.7)
(0.1)
0.1
0.2
(0.2)
0.2
(0.2)
0.6
(0.6)

Change in equity 
30 June 2018 
$m 
(0.4)
0.4
0.7
(0.7)
(0.1)
0.1
0.8
(0.8)
0.2
(0.2)
1.2
(1.2)

Credit default risk 

Credit exposure by credit rating 

The Group makes use of external ratings agencies (Standard & 
Poor’s, Fitch, Moody’s or other reputable credit rating agency) 
to determine credit ratings. Where a counterparty or debt 
obligation is rated by multiple external rating agencies, the 
Group will use Standard & Poor’s ratings where available. All 
credit exposures with an external rating are also rated 
internally and cross-referenced to the external rating, if 
applicable. Where external credit ratings are not available, 
internal credit ratings are assigned by appropriately qualified 
and experienced credit personnel who operate separately from 
the risk originators. 

Each business unit is responsible for managing credit risks  
that arise with oversight from a centralised credit risk 
management team. 

The table below provides information regarding the maximum 
credit risk exposure of the Group in respect of the major 
classes of financial assets by equivalent credit rating. The 
maximum credit exposure is deemed to be the carrying value 
of the asset not including any collateral or other credit 
protection in place. The analysis classifies the assets according 
to internal or external credit ratings. Assets rated investment 
grade are those rated by Standard & Poor’s at BBB– or above, 
with non-investment grade therefore being below BBB–. 

Investment grade 

AAA 
$m 

AA 
$m 

A 
$m 

Non-inv. 
grade 
$m 

BBB 
$m 

Other 
$m 

Total 
$m 

30 June 2019 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents – SPV 
Receivables  
Mortgage assets – SPV 
Fixed income securities  
Derivative assets 
Total assets with credit exposures 

30 June 2018 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents – SPV 
Receivables
Mortgage assets – SPV 
Fixed income securities 
Derivative assets 
Total assets with credit exposures 

725.4 
66.5 
16.5 
431.1 
7,530.8 
-
8,770.3 

741.7 
97.3 
26.4 
555.4 
7,293.5 
-
8,714.3 

- 
- 
12.5 
144.5 
3,022.7 
611.9
3,791.6 

- 
- 
26.3 
186.9 
1,548.9 
347.1
2,109.2 

- 
- 
212.4 
222.2 
2,191.6 
60.3 
2,686.5 

- 
- 
212.8 
237.9 
1,805.5 
24.9 
2,281.1 

- 
- 
21.5 
55.4 
2,629.5 
14.6 
2,721.0 

- 
- 
23.5 
59.7 
2,579.4 
3.6 
2,666.2 

- 
- 
3.7 
7.9 
2,112.1 
75.7 
2,199.4 

- 
- 
2.0 
5.9 
1,893.6 
45.5 
1,947.0 

94 

-
-
313.4 
(0.5) 

725.4
66.5
580.0
860.6
115.8  17,602.5 
762.5
428.7  20,597.5 

-

-
-
145.5 
(1.3) 

741.7
97.3
436.5
1,044.5 
160.8  15,281.7 
421.1
305.0  18,022.8 

-

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Note 18  Financial risk management (continued)

Credit default risk (continued) 

Mortgage assets – SPV 

Concentration risk 

Mortgage assets – SPV are funded via securitised residential 
mortgage-backed securities (RMBS). As a result, the Group is 
not exposed to significant credit risk on these assets as this is 
borne by the RMBS holder.  

The credit risk framework includes an assessment of the 
counterparty credit risk in each business unit and at a total 
Group level. The Group has no significant concentrations of 
credit risk at the statement of financial position date. 

Collateral held over assets 

Ageing and impairment of amortised cost financial assets 

In the event of a default against any of the mortgages in any 
SPV, the trustee has the legal right to take possession of the 
secured property and sell it as a recovery action against 
settlement of the outstanding account mortgage balance. At 
all times of possession, the risks and rewards associated with 
ownership of the property are held by the trustee on behalf of 
the RMBS holder. 

The table below gives information regarding the carrying value 
of the Group’s financial assets measured at amortised cost. 
The analysis splits these assets by those that are neither past 
due nor impaired, those that are past due and not impaired 
(including an ageing analysis), and those past due and 
impaired at the statement of financial position date: 

Amortised cost financial assets 
30 June 2019 
Receivables
Mortgage assets – SPV 
Total receivables 

30 June 2018 
Receivables
Mortgage assets – SPV 
Total receivables 

Not past 
due/not 
impaired 
$m 

Past due but not impaired 

0-1
months 
$m 

1-3
months 
$m 

3-6
months 
$m 

Past due 
and 
impaired 
$m 

Total 
$m 

580.0 
742.9 
1,322.9 

436.2
923.5 
1,359.7 

- 
44.8 
44.8 

-
50.2 
50.2 

- 
29.0 
29.0 

0.1
37.8 
37.9 

- 
14.5 
14.5 

0.2
11.5 
11.7 

- 
29.4 
29.4 

580.0 
860.6 
1,440.6 

-
21.5 
21.5 

436.5
1,044.5
1,481.0 

Liquidity risk 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty 
in raising funds to meet cash commitments associated with 
financial instruments. This may result from either the inability 
to sell financial assets at their fair values, a counterparty failing 
on repayment of a contractual obligation, the inability to 
generate cash inflows as anticipated or unexpected increase in 
cash outflows.  

The Group aims to ensure that it has sufficient liquidity to 
meet its obligations on a short and medium-term basis. In 
setting the level of sufficient liquidity, the Group considers 
new business activities in addition to current contracted 
obligations. It considers: minimum cash requirements; 
collateral and margin call buffers; Australian Financial Services 
Licence (AFSL) requirements; cash flow forecasts; associated 
reporting requirements; other liquidity risks; and contingency 
plans. 

The basis of the approach to liquidity management is to target 
sufficient liquidity to meet all cash requirements of the Group 
over an ensuing 12 month period which ensures that the 
regulatory guidelines set out in ASIC Regulatory Guide 
166 Licensing: Financial requirements for holders of an AFSL 
are met. 

The Group aims to ensure that it has sufficient liquidity to 
meet its obligations on a short, medium and long-term basis. 
The Life liquidity management policy is approved by the CLC 
Board and sets out liquidity targets and mandated actions 
depending on actual liquidity levels relative to those targets. 
Detailed forecast cash positions are reported regularly to the 
CLC Asset Liability Committee (ALCo). From 1 July 2019, ALCo 
is replaced by the Financial Risk Committee (FRC) and the 
Investment Committee (IC). The IC is a committee of 
investment professionals from within CLC and represents the 
first line. The FRC is a committee of professionals mainly from 
the Risk division that is independent from the investment team 
of CLC. The FRC represents the second line for CLC. At the 
reporting date, all requirements of the CLC Board approved 
liquidity management policy were satisfied. 

Maturity profile of undiscounted financial liabilities 

The table on the following page summarises the maturity 
profile of the Group’s undiscounted financial liabilities. This is 
based on contractual undiscounted repayment obligations. 
Totals differ to the amounts on the statement of financial 
position by the amount of time value of money discounting 
reflected in the statement of financial position values. 

95

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 18  Financial risk management (continued)

Maturing profile of undiscounted financial liabilities 
30 June 2019 
Payables 
Payables – SPV 
Interest bearing financial liabilities 
Interest bearing financial liabilities – SPV 
External unit holders’ liabilities 
Life investment contract liabilities 
Life insurance contract liabilities1 
Derivative liabilities 
Total undiscounted financial liabilities1 

30 June 2018 
Payables 
Payables – SPV 
Interest bearing financial liabilities
Interest bearing financial liabilities – SPV 
External unit holders’ liabilities
Life investment contract liabilities
Life insurance contract liabilities1
Derivative liabilities 
Total undiscounted financial liabilities1

1 year or 
less 
$m 

1,077.2 
2.3 
4,885.8 
236.5 
1,356.4 
2,822.7 
672.7 
135.2 
11,188.8 

589.4
2.2 
3,906.2 
295.3 
1,451.0 
2,518.3 
598.7 
79.0 
9,440.1 

1-3
years 
$m 

3-5
years 
$m 

6.1 
10.2 
154.5 
326.3 
609.8 
2,866.7 
1,129.0 
75.2 
5,177.8 

24.4
- 
926.0 
396.2 
684.0 
3,191.1 
1,029.6 
136.2 
6,387.5 

-
46.2 
1,341.9 
185.1 
- 
830.7 
871.6 
51.7 
3,327.2 

-
- 
978.2
226.9 
-
820.9 
769.1 
99.4 
2,894.5 

>5
years 
$m 

26.2
-
185.7 
222.9 
- 
510.2 
4,449.5 
307.1 
5,701.6 

26.1
- 
232.0 
279.5 
- 
532.7 
3,953.1 
138.4 
5,161.8 

Total 
$m 

1,109.5 
58.7
6,567.9
970.8 
1,966.2 
7,030.3 
7,122.8 
569.2 
25,395.5 

639.9
2.2 
6,042.4
1,197.9 
2,135.0
7,063.0 
6,350.5 
453.0 
24,883.9 

1 Disclosure of life insurance contract liabilities is not required under AASB 7 Financial Risk Management, for reference purposes they have been included. Refer to 

Note 8 Life contract liabilities for further details. 

Note 19  Fair values of financial assets and liabilities 

Fair value determination and classification

Fair value reflects the price that would be received on sale of 
an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction 
between market participants at the measurement date. The 
majority of the Group’s financial instruments are held in the 
life insurance statutory funds of CLC and, as a result, are 
required by AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts to be 
designated at fair value through profit and loss where this is 
permitted under AASB 9 Financial Instruments.  

Financial instruments measured at fair value are categorised 
under a three level hierarchy, reflecting the availability of 
observable market inputs when estimating the fair value. If 
different levels of inputs are used to measure a financial 
instrument’s fair value, the classification within the hierarchy is 
based on the lowest level that is significant to the fair value 
measurement. The three levels are:

Level 1 

Level 2 

unadjusted quoted prices in active markets are the valuation inputs for identical assets or liabilities (i.e. listed 
securities). 

valuation inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either 
directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices) are used. 

Level 3 

there are valuation inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). 

The unobservable inputs into the valuation of the Group’s 
Level 3 assets and liabilities are determined based on the best 
information available, including the Group’s own assessment 
of the assumptions that market participants would use in 
pricing the asset or liability. Examples of unobservable inputs 
are estimates about the timing and amount of cash flows, 
discount rates, earnings multiples and internal credit ratings. 

Valuation techniques 

The majority of the Group’s listed and unlisted fixed income 
securities, over-the-counter derivative financial instruments 

and interest bearing liabilities including the subordinated debt 
issuance are classified as Level 2. This recognises the availability 
of a quoted price but not from an active market as defined by 
the standard.  

Fixed income securities where market observable inputs are 
not available are classified Level 3. The Group’s derivative 
financial instruments are traded over-the-counter so, whilst 
they are not exchange traded, there is a market observable 
price. All of the fixed income and government/semi-
government securities have prices determined by a market.

96 

Note 19  Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued) 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Externally rated unlisted fixed income securities are valued by 
applying market observable credit spreads on similar assets 
with an equivalent credit rating and are classified as Level 2. 
Internally-rated fixed income securities are Level 3 as the 
determination of an equivalent credit rating is a significant 
non-observable input. 

Equity, infrastructure and property securities that are exchange 
traded are generally classified as Level 1. Where quoted prices 
are available, but are not from an active market, they are 
classified as Level 2. If market observable inputs are not 
available, they are classified as Level 3. Valuations can make 
use of cash flow forecasts discounted using the applicable 
yield curve, earnings-multiple valuations or, for managed 
funds, the net assets of the trust per the most recent financial 
report. 

External unit holders’ liabilities are valued at the face value of 
the amounts payable and classified as Level 2. The portion of 
life investment contract liabilities classified as Level 2 represent 
products or product options for which the liability is 
determined based on an account balance, rather than a 
discounted cash flow as applied to the rest of the portfolio. 

Cash and cash equivalents are carried at amortised cost. To 
determine a fair value where the asset is liquid or maturing 
within three months, the fair value is approximate to the 
carrying amounts. This assumption is applied to liquid assets 
and the short-term elements of all other financial assets and 
financial liabilities. 

The mortgage SPVs have total equity attributable to residual 
income unitholders (RIU) holders at amortised cost of  
$0.2 million (2018: $0.3 million). The fair value of this RIU 
holders’ asset is $62.4 million (2018: $73.7 million) and would 
be classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Challenger Capital Notes 1 and 2 have carrying values of 
$345.0 million and $460.0 million. The fair value of these 
notes is $350.3 million and $485.7 million respectively and are 
classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. 

Valuation process 

For financial instruments and investment properties 
categorised within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, the 
valuation process applied in valuing such instruments is 
governed by the CLC Practice Note on Investment Asset and 
Financial Liability Valuation. The Practice Note outlines the 
Valuation Committee’s responsibilities in the valuation of 
investment assets and financial liabilities for the purposes of 
financial reporting. All significant Level 3 financial instruments 
are referred to the Valuation Committee which generally 
meets monthly, or more frequently if required. 

All financial instruments and investment properties are 
measured on a recurring basis. Refer Note 5 Financial assets – 
fair value through profit and loss and Note 6 Investment and 
development property for further details on the valuation 
process applied to unlisted financial instruments and 
investment properties. 

The table on the following page summarises the financial 
instruments and investment properties measured at fair value 
at each level of the fair value hierarchy as at the statement of 
financial position date.

97

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 19  Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)  

Valuation process (continued)

30 June 2019 
Derivative assets 
Fixed income securities1 
Equity and other alternatives 
Infrastructure investments1 
Property securities 
Investment and development property2 
Total assets 
Derivative liabilities 
Interest bearing financial liabilities 
External unit holders’ liabilities 
Life investment contract liabilities 
Total liabilities 

30 June 2018 
Derivative assets
Fixed income securities 
Equity and other alternatives
Infrastructure investments1
Property securities
Investment and development property2
Total assets 
Derivative liabilities
Interest bearing financial liabilities
External unit holders’ liabilities 
Life investment contract liabilities
Total liabilities 

Level 1 
$m 

Level 2 
$m 

-
-
6.9 
210.6 
- 
-
217.5 
-
836.0 
-
-
836.0 

-
-
38.4
165.8
240.4
-
444.6 
0.6
818.2 
-
-
818.8 

761.9
15,604.8
1,025.7
234.9 
- 
155.8
17,783.1 
569.1
443.1
1,966.2
58.1
3,036.5 

420.5
13,347.0
738.3
204.4
-
452.2
15,173.8
452.3
454.6 
2,135.0
64.9
3,106.8

Level 3 
$m 

0.6 
1,997.7 
299.6 
421.6 
127.8 
3,573.4 
6,420.7 
0.1 
12.5 
-
6,699.6 
6,712.2 

0.6
1,934.7 
366.6 
413.7
142.3
3,583.0
6,440.9 
0.1
14.8 
-
6,570.4
6,585.3 

Total 
$m 

762.5 
17,602.5 
1,332.2 
867.1 
127.8 
3,729.2 
24,421.3 
569.2 
1,291.6 
1,966.2
6,757.7
10,584.7 

421.1
15,281.7 
1,143.3
783.9
382.7
4,035.2
22,047.9
453.0
1,287.6
2,135.0
6,635.3
10,510.9

1 The Group has exposures to structured entities (entities designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in determining who controls the entity; 
for example, when any voting rights relate purely to administrative tasks) via investments in asset-backed finance vehicles (where it may act as a lender or purchaser 
of notes and/or residual income units) and securitisations (such as mortgages, finance leases and other types of collateralised vehicles). The Company assesses, at 
inception and at each reporting date, whether a structured entity should be consolidated based on the accounting policy. The maximum exposure to loss is limited to 
the reported fair value of the underlying securities plus any guaranteed undrawn commitments to the counterparties. At 30 June 2019 the carrying value of asset-
backed financing assets was $81.8 million (30 June 2018: $57.3 million) with $39.5 million undrawn commitments (30 June 2018: none) and securitisations was 
$3,276.0 million (30 June 2018: $3,010.8 million) plus $81.2 million undrawn commitments (30 June 2018: $88.2 million). 

2 Refer Note 6 Investment and development property for valuation techniques and key unobservable inputs. 

Level 3 reconciliation 

The following table shows a reconciliation of the movement in the fair value of financial instruments categorised within Level 3 of 
the fair value hierarchy during the year: 

Balance at the beginning of the year 
Fair value gains/(losses) 
Acquisitions 
Maturities and disposals 
Transfers to other categories1,2 
Balance at the end of the year 
Unrealised gains/(losses) included in the statement of 
comprehensive income for assets and liabilities held at the 
statement of financial position date 

30 June 2019 
Assets 
$m 
6,440.9 
72.4 
2,723.3 
(2,772.3) 
(43.6) 
6,420.7 

Liabilities 
$m 
6,585.3
312.0
2,354.0
(2,539.1) 

-
6,712.2

30 June 2018 
Assets 
$m 
6,521.6
317.7
2,463.7
(2,357.8) 
(504.3)
6,440.9

Liabilities 
$m 
6,691.2
190.6
2,510.2
(2,806.7) 

-
6,585.3

76.3 

(312.0)

266.7

(177.1)

1 The Group transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy when there is a change in the observability of the pricing inputs or a change to valuation methodology. 
2 Transfers to/from other categories are due to changes in the market observability of inputs used in the valuation of financial instruments. There were no transfers 
between Level 1 and Level 2 during the reporting period. There were $216.0 million (30 June 2018: $35.1 million) of transfers into Level 3 and $259.6 million  
(30 June 2018: $539.4 million) of transfers out of Level 3 during the reporting period. 

98 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Note 19  Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued) 

Level 3 sensitivities 

The following table shows the sensitivity of Level 3 financial instruments to a reasonably possible change in alternative 
assumptions in respect of the non-observable inputs into the fair value calculation: 

30 June 2019 
Derivative assets 
Derivative liabilities 
Fixed income securities 
Interest bearing financial liabilities 

Level 3 
value1 
$m 

Positive 
impact 
$m 

Negative 
impact 

$m  Valuation technique 

0.6 
(0.1) 
1,997.7 
(12.5) 

0.1 
0.2 
10.5 
0.2 

(0.1)  Discounted cash flow 
0.1  Discounted cash flow 
(37.2)  Discounted cash flow 
(0.4)  Discounted cash flow 

Equity and other alternatives 

299.6 

22.7 

(24.2)  Pricing model 

Infrastructure investments 

Property securities 
Investment contract liabilities 

421.6 

127.8 
(6,699.6) 

Investment and development property  3,573.4 
(291.5) 
Total Level 3 
30 June 2018 
Derivative assets 
Derivative liabilities 
Fixed income securities 
Interest bearing financial liabilities 

0.6 
(0.1) 
1,934.7 
(14.8) 

4.9 

6.4 
3.5 

166.7 
215.2 

0.1 
0.3 
10.2 
-

(4.9) 

Discounted cash flow,  
External financial report 
Market capitalisation, 
(6.4) 
Discounted cash flow 
(3.5)  Discounted cash flow 
Market capitalisation, 
Discounted cash flow 

(152.7) 
(229.3) 

(0.1)  Discounted cash flow 
(0.2)  Discounted cash flow 
(77.1)  Discounted cash flow 
-  Discounted cash flow

Equity and other alternatives

366.6 

25.5 

(27.5)  Pricing model 

Infrastructure investments 

Property securities 
Investment contract liabilities 

413.7 

142.3 
(6,570.4) 

7.3 

7.1 
3.6 

Investment and development property  3,583.0 
(144.4) 
Total Level 3 

151.3 
205.4 

(7.2) 

Discounted cash flow,  
External financial report 
Market capitalisation, 
(7.1) 
Discounted cash flow 
(3.6)  Discounted cash flow 
Market capitalisation, 
Discounted cash flow 

(138.6) 
(261.1) 

Reasonably possible change 
in non-observable input2,3 

Primarily credit spreads 
Primarily credit spreads 
Primarily credit spreads 
Primarily credit spreads 
Earnings multiple, 
Mortality rate 
Primarily discount rate on cash 
flow models 

Primarily capitalisation rate 
Primarily expense assumptions 

Primarily capitalisation rate 

Primarily credit spreads 
Primarily credit spreads 
Primarily credit spreads 
Primarily credit spreads 
Earnings multiple, 
Mortality rate 
Primarily discount rate on cash 
flow models 

Primarily capitalisation rate 
Primarily expense assumptions 

Primarily capitalisation rate 

1 The fair value of the asset or liability would increase/decrease if the credit spread, discount rate or expense assumptions decrease/increase or if the other inputs 

increase/decrease. 

2 Specific asset valuations will vary from asset to asset as each individual industry profile will determine appropriate valuation inputs to be utilised. 
3 The effect of a change to reflect a reasonably possible alternative assumption was calculated by adjusting the credit spreads by 50bps, discount rates by between 

50bps – 100bps, changing the valuation of the unlisted schemes by 5% and adjusting the expense assumption allocation splits by 10%. 

Note 20  Collateral arrangements

Accounting policy

CLC receives collateral, where it is considered necessary, when 
entering into certain financial arrangements. The amount of 
collateral required is subject to management’s credit 
evaluation of the counterparty which is performed on a case-
by-case basis. Cash received of $415.1 million (30 June 2018: 
$173.8 million) from third parties as collateral is recorded in 
payables. CLC is not permitted to sell or repledge financial or 
non-financial assets held as collateral in the absence of default 
by the owner of the collateral. 

Collateral pledged as security 
Cash 
Other financial assets1 
Total collateral pledged 

CLC is required to pledge collateral, as part of the standard 
terms of transactions, when entering into certain financial 
arrangements. Cash paid to third parties as collateral is 
recorded in receivables. Other financial assets transferred as 
collateral are not derecognised from the statements of 
financial position as the risks and rewards of ownership remain 
with CLC. At the balance sheet date, the fair value of cash and 
financial assets pledged are as follows:  

30 June 
2019 
$m 
220.1
5,991.0
6,211.1

30 June 
2018 
$m 
241.3
5,110.8
5,352.1

99

1 Includes assets sold under repurchase agreements. Please refer Note 13 Interest bearing financial liabilities for more information. 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Section 6:  Group structure 

This section provides details and disclosures relating to the parent entity of the Group, controlled entities, investments in 
associates and any acquisitions and/or disposals of businesses in the year. Disclosure for related parties is also provided in 
this section. 

Note 21  Parent entity 

Company 
Statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 
Dividends and interest from controlled entities 
Finance costs 
Profit before income tax 
Income tax benefit 
Total comprehensive income for the year 

Statement of financial position as at 
Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Receivables 
Financial asset – fixed income securities1 
Current tax asset 
Deferred tax assets 
Investment in controlled entities 
Total assets 
Liabilities 
Payables 
Interest bearing financial liabilities 
Current tax liability 
Total liabilities 
Net assets 
Equity 
Contributed equity 
Share-based payments reserve 
Retained earnings 
Total equity 

30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

322.7
(36.5)
286.2
3.3
289.5

2.8
1,224.1 
805.0
6.0
-
2,088.9 
4,126.8 

344.7
796.5
-
1,141.2 
2,985.6 

2,155.3 
(113.6)
943.9
2,985.6 

390.5
(35.8)
354.7
6.5
361.2

2.5
1,393.0 
805.0
-
2.4
2,067.5
4,270.4 

548.9
793.0
1.0
1,342.9 
2,927.5 

2,148.5 
(92.3)
871.3
2,927.5 

1 Financial asset – fixed income securities relates to the subscription by the Company of notes issued by CLC that qualify as Additional Tier 1 capital of CLC. 

Refer Note 26 Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments for details of any contingent liabilities applicable to the parent entity. 

100 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Note 22  Controlled entities 

The table below presents the hierarchical structure of Challenger Limited showing its controlled entities that form the main 
composition of the Group as at 30 June 2019:

Entity name 
Challenger Limited 

Challenger Group Holdings Limited 
Challenger Group Services Pty Limited 
Challenger Treasury Limited 
Challenger Japan Holdings Pty Limited 
Challenger Funds Management Holdings Pty Limited 
Fidante Partners Holdings Pty Limited 
Fidante Partners Holdings Europe Limited (incorporated in the UK) 
Challenger Investment Partners Limited 
Challenger Life Company Holdings Limited 
Challenger Life Company Limited 
Challenger Wholesale Finance Holdings Pty Limited 

Principal activity 

Corporate 
Corporate 
Corporate 
Corporate 
Funds management 
Funds management 
Funds management 
Funds management 
Life 
Life 
Life 

Challenger’s percentage holding of the above entities is 100% and all are incorporated in Australia unless otherwise stated.  
Entities with non-controlling interests represent net assets of $22.5 million (30 June 2018: $0.4 million). 

Accounting policy 

Principles of consolidation 

Controlled entities are consolidated from the date on which 
control is transferred to the Group and cease to be 
consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out 
of the Group. The acquisition method of accounting is applied 
on acquisition or initial consolidation. This method ascribes fair 
values to the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired. The 
difference between the net fair value acquired and the fair 
value of the consideration paid (including the fair value of any 
pre-existing investment in the entity) is recognised as either 
goodwill on the statement of financial position or a discount 
on acquisition through the statement of comprehensive 
income. There have been no material acquisitions or disposals 
of controlled entities during the year. 

Note 23  Investment in associates 

The financial statements consolidate the financial information 
of controlled entities. An entity is controlled when the 
Company is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its 
involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those 
returns through its power over the entity. The statement of 
financial position date and the accounting policies of 
controlled entities are consistent with those of the Company. 
The Company assesses, at inception and at each reporting 
date, whether an entity should be consolidated based on the 
accounting policy. 

All intercompany balances and transactions, including 
unrealised profits arising from intra-group transactions, are 
eliminated in full. Non-controlling interests represent the share 
in the net assets of subsidiaries attributable to equity interests 
not owned directly or indirectly by the Group. 

Name of company 
Alphinity Investment Management Pty Ltd 
Ardea Investment Management Pty Ltd 
Avenir Capital Pty Ltd  
Bentham Asset Management Pty Ltd 
Eiger Capital Pty Ltd 
FME Asset Management Ltd 
Greencape Capital Pty Ltd 
Lennox Capital Partners Pty Ltd 
Merlon Capital Partners Pty Ltd 
Novaport Capital Pty Ltd 
Resonance Asset Management Ltd2
Structured Credit Research LLP 
Wavestone Capital Pty Ltd 
Whitehelm Capital Pty Ltd 
Wyetree Asset Management Pty Ltd 
Total investment in associates3

1 Represents ownership and voting rights percentages. 
2 Challenger is deemed to have significant influence. 
3 Investment in associates is all considered non-current.

Principal activity 
Funds Management 
Funds Management 
Funds Management 
Funds Management 
Funds Management 
Funds Management 
Funds Management 
Funds Management 
Funds Management 
Funds Management 
Funds Management
Funds Management 
Funds Management 
Funds Management 
Funds Management 

Country of 
domicile 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
UK 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
UK
UK 
Australia 
Australia 
UK 

30 June 
2019 
%1 
30
30
40
49
40
20
50
40
30
49
- 
50
33
30
49

30 June 
2018 
%1 
30 
30 
40 
49 
-
-
50
40 
30 
49 
- 
50 
33 
30 
49 

30 June 
2019 
$m 
1.3
3.1
2.7
0.7
0.8
2.0
34.2 
2.1
1.7
0.2
0.7
0.4
2.3
4.9
1.0
58.1 

30 June 
2018 
$m 
2.0
3.2
1.6
0.7
-
-
39.8 
1.6
1.6
0.5
0.7
2.2
2.5
5.0
1.0
62.4 

101

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 23  Investment in associates (continued) 

30 June 
 2019 
$m 

30 June 
 2018 
$m 

62.4
2.2
22.2
(28.7)
-
-
58.1

22.2

36.3
1.8
38.1
18.5
1.8
20.3
17.8

53.5
-
30.0
(18.6)
(0.6)
(1.9)
62.4

30.0

35.9
1.2
37.1
16.9
1.3
18.2
18.9

there has been a change recognised directly in the associate’s 
equity, the Group recognises its share of any changes in the 
statement of changes in equity. 

Investments in entities held to back investment contract 
liabilities and life insurance contract liabilities are exempt from 
the requirement to apply equity accounting and have been 
designated on initial recognition as financial assets measured 
at fair value through profit or loss. 

Key estimates and assumptions 

An assessment is performed at each statement of financial 
position date to determine whether there is any indication of 
impairment and whether it is necessary to recognise any 
impairment loss against the carrying value of the net 
investment in associates. 

The Group determines the dates of obtaining or losing 
significant influence of another entity based on an assessment 
of all pertinent facts and circumstances that affect the ability 
to significantly influence the financial and operating policies of 
that entity. 

Movements in carrying amount of investment in associates 
Opening balance 
Acquisition of investment in associates 
Share of associates’ net profit 
Dividends and net capital redemptions 
Reclassification as equity security 
Impairment of investment in associates 
Carrying amount at the end of the year 

Share of associates’ profit or loss 
Profit after tax for the year 

Share of the associates’ statement of financial position 
Current assets 
Non-current assets 
Total assets 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Net assets 

Investments in associates held by Challenger Life 
Company (CLC) 

CLC holds a 33.3% equity interest in Assetsecure Pty Ltd and 
is deemed to have significant influence. The investment  
($8.0 million) is disclosed in Note 5 Financial assets – fair value 
through profit and loss (Shares in listed and unlisted 
corporations). 

Accounting policy 

Associates are entities over which the Group has significant 
influence of the entities’ financial and operating policies but 
not control. Investments in associates, other than those 
backing life contracts, are accounted for under the equity 
method whereby investments are carried at cost adjusted for 
post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of the net assets 
of the entity. Investments in associates that back life contracts 
are designated as financial assets at fair value through profit 
and loss. 

Associates’ financial reports are used to apply the equity 
method and both the financial year end date and accounting 
policies of associate entities are consistent with those of the 
Group. 

The consolidated statement of comprehensive income reflects 
the share of the results of operations of associates. Where 

102 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Note 24  Related parties 

Key management personnel 

The Directors and key executives of Challenger Limited during the reporting period were as follows:

Directors 
Peter Polson 
Richard Howes (Appointed 2 January 2019) 
Brian Benari (Retired 1 January 2019) 
Graham Cubbin (Retired 26 October 2018) 
Steven Gregg 
John M Green 
JoAnne Stephenson 
Duncan West (Appointed 10 September 2018) 
Melanie Willis 
Leon Zwier 

Key executives 
Richard Howes (Appointed 2 January 2019) 
Brian Benari (Retired 1 January 2019) 
Angela Murphy (Appointed 12 December 2018) 
Chris Plater 
Ian Saines  
Andrew Tobin 

Independent Chair 
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 
Former Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 
Former Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 
Chief Executive, Distribution, Product and Marketing 
Chief Executive & Chief Investment Officer, Life 
Chief Executive, Funds Management 
Chief Financial Officer 

Controlled entities and associates 

Unless an exception applies under relevant legislation, 
transactions between commonly-controlled entities within the 
Group (except where otherwise disclosed) are conducted on 
an arm’s length basis under normal commercial terms and 
conditions. The Group’s interests in controlled entities are 
disclosed in Note 22 Controlled entities. 

Other related parties 

During the year, there were transactions between the Group 
and Challenger-sponsored managed funds for the provision of 
investment management, transaction advisory and other 
professional services.  

Transactions were also entered into between the Group and 
associated entities (refer to Note 23 Investment in associates) 
for the provision of distribution and administration services.

The Group earned fee income during the year of $46.0 million 
(2018: $45.8 million) from transactions entered into with non-
controlled funds and associates. Transactions are conducted 
on an arm’s length basis under normal commercial terms and 
conditions.  

Loans to Directors and key executives 

There were no loans made to Directors or key executives as at 
30 June 2019 (30 June 2018: nil). 

Group products 

From time to time, Directors or key executives of the Company 
or their related entities may purchase products from the 
Group. These purchases are on the same arm’s length terms 
and conditions as those offered to other employees or 
customers.  

Total remuneration of Key Management Personnel and Non-Executive Directors 

Short- 
term 
benefits 
$ 

Post- 
employment 
benefits 
$ 

Share-based 
payments 
$ 

Other  
benefits 
$ 

Termination 
benefits 
$ 

KMP and Non-Executive Directors 
Non-Executive Directors
2019 
2018

KMP 
2019 
2018

1,812,945 
1,715,860

100,580 
82,580

- 
- 

- 
- 

6,766,774 
7,373,153 

103,870  7,722,428 
8,815,992 
100,245 

354,813 
644,673 

All KMP and Non-Executive Directors 
2019 
2018

8,579,719 
9,089,013 

204,450  7,722,428 
8,815,992 
182,825 

354,813 
644,673 

- 
- 

-
-

-
-

Total 
$ 

1,913,525 
1,798,440

14,947,885
16,934,063

16,861,410
18,732,503 

103

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Section 7:  Other items 

This section provides information that is less significant in understanding the financial performance and position of the 
Group perhaps due to lack of movement in the amount or the overall size of the balance. Nevertheless, these items assist 
in understanding the Group or are required under Australian or International Accounting Standards, the Corporations Act 
2001 and/or the Corporations Regulations. 

Note 25  Goodwill and other intangible assets 

Goodwill 

Other intangible assets 
Software at cost 
Less: accumulated amortisation 

Revenue sharing agreement 
Less: accumulated amortisation 
Foreign exchange gain 

Total other intangible assets 

Balance at the beginning 
of the year 
Additions
Disposal of operation1
Impairment
Amortisation expense 
Foreign exchange gain 
Balance at the end of 
the year 

30 June 
2019 
$m 
557.3

30 June 
2018 
$m 
571.6

25.7
(7.7)
18.0

5.8
(0.5)
0.6
5.9
23.9

19.6
(4.1)
15.5

5.8
(0.1)
0.1
5.8
21.3

Goodwill

Software

Revenue sharing 
agreement 

30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

571.6 
- 
(14.3)
- 
- 
- 

571.6 
- 
-
- 
- 
- 

15.5
6.1 
- 
- 
(3.6)
- 

16.8
14.5
-

(11.7) 
(4.1) 
- 

5.8
- 
- 
- 
(0.4)
0.5

557.3 

571.6 

18.0 

15.5 

5.9

5.8
- 
-
- 
(0.1)
0.1

5.8

1 Disposal of infrastructure business operation (Oikos Storage Limited) within the Life CGU. 

combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities 
of the Group are assigned to those units or groups of units. 

Each unit, or group of units, to which the goodwill is allocated 
represents the lowest level within the Group at which the 
goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. 
Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount 
of the CGU (or group of CGUs) to which the goodwill relates.  

Accounting policy 

Goodwill 

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is initially 
measured at cost, being the excess of the fair value of the 
consideration for the business combination over the Group’s 
interest in the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable 
assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. Following initial 
recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated 
impairment losses. 

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a 
business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to 
each of the Group’s cash generating units (CGU), or groups of 
CGUs, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the 

104 

 
Note 25  Goodwill and other intangible assets (continued)

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Accounting policy (continued) 

When the recoverable amount of the CGU (or group of CGUs) 
is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is 
recognised and allocated first to reduce the carrying amount 
of any goodwill allocated to that CGU, then to reduce the 
carrying amount of the other assets in the unit on a pro rata 
basis. Impairment losses recognised for goodwill are not 
subsequently reversed. 

CGUs within the Group are predominantly business 
operations. 

When goodwill forms part of a CGU (or group of CGUs) and 
an operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill 
associated with the operation disposed of is included in the 
carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain 
or loss on disposal of the operation. Goodwill disposed of in 
this manner is measured based on the relative values of 
the operation disposed of and the portion of the CGU 
retained. 

Other intangible assets 

Other intangible assets acquired are recorded at cost less 
accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. The cost of 
an intangible asset acquired in a business combination is its 
fair value as at the date of acquisition. 

Amortisation is calculated based on the timing of projected 
cash flows over the estimated useful lives. 

Certain internal and external costs directly incurred in 
acquiring and developing software have been capitalised and 
are being amortised on a straight line basis over their  
useful lives. 

Leases, where the lessor retains substantially all the risk and 
benefits of ownership, are classified as operating leases. Initial 
direct costs incurred in negotiating an operating lease are 
added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and 
recognised as an expense over the term of the lease on the 
same basis as the lease income. Incentives received on entering 
into operating leases are recognised as liabilities and are 
amortised over the life of the lease. 

Where the Group acquires, as part of a business combination, 
an operating lease over land, the fair value of this lease is 
recognised separately from goodwill. This intangible asset is 
recorded at fair value less accumulated amortisation. 
Amortisation is calculated using the straight line method over 
the effective life of the lease (in this case, 25 years). 

Key estimates and assumptions 

Goodwill recoverable amounts 

The Group assesses whether goodwill is impaired at least 
annually in accordance with its accounting policy. The 
recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on 
value in use calculations, that utilise cash flow projections 
based on financial forecasts approved by senior management 
which cover an appropriate time horizon. 

The discount rate is based on a number of factors. The 
relevant assumptions in deriving the value of the CGU are 
as follows:

• budgeted gross margins, being the average gross margins
achieved in the year ended immediately preceding the
budgeted year, adjusted for the expected impact of
competitive pressure on margins and expected efficiency
improvements;

• bond rate, taken as the yield on a government bond at the

beginning of the budgeted year; and

• growth rates, which are consistent with long-term trends in
the industry segments in which the businesses operate.

The derived values in use for each CGU are in excess of the 
carrying values of goodwill.  

Sensitivity to change in assumptions 

Management is of the view that reasonable changes in the key 
assumptions, such as an increase in the discount rate by 1% or 
a change in cash flow of 5%, would not cause the respective 
recoverable amounts for each CGU to fall short of the carrying 
amounts as at 30 June 2019. All goodwill is non-current. 

Other intangible assets amortisation 

Useful lives of intangible assets used in the calculation  
of the amortisation expense are examined on an annual  
basis and where applicable, adjustments are made on a 
prospective basis. 

Intangible  Useful Life  Depreciation method 
Goodwill 

Indefinite 

Not applicable 
Straight line basis over its useful 
life, usually a period of five years 

3-10 years 

Software 
Revenue 
sharing 
agreement  15 years 

The life of the investment has been 
assessed as being 15 years 

Impairment testing of goodwill 

The following CGUs represent the carrying amounts of 
goodwill: 

30 June 
2019 
$m 
429.7 

CGU 
Life 
Funds 
Management  127.6 
557.3 
Total 

  Discount rate

30 June 
2018 
$m 
444.0 

30 June 
2019  
% 
10.0 

30 June 
2018  
% 
10.5 

Cash 
flow 
horizon 
(years) 
5 

127.6 
571.6

10.0 

10.5 

5 

105

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 26  Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments  

Warranties 

Contingent future commitments 

Over the course of its corporate activity the Group has given, 
as a seller of companies and as a vendor of assets, including 
real estate properties, warranties to purchasers on several 
agreements that are still outstanding at 30 June 2019. Other 
than noted below, at the date of this report no material claims 
against these warranties have been received by the Group. 

Parent entity guarantees and undertakings 

The Company has extended the following guarantees and 
undertakings to entities in the Group: 

1. A guarantee supporting the corporate banking facility and
certain other financial commitments, such as hedging
arrangements;

2. Letters of support in respect of certain subsidiaries in the
normal course of business. The letters recognise the
Company’s intention to provide support to those
subsidiaries so that they can continue to meet their
obligations;

3. Australian Financial Services Licence deeds of undertaking

as an eligible provider; and

4. Guarantees to support contractual commitments on

warranties to certain third parties.

Third party guarantees 

Bank guarantees have been issued by third party financial 
institutions on behalf of the Group and its subsidiaries for items  
in the normal course of business, such as rental contracts. The 
amounts involved are not considered to be material to the Group. 

CLC has made capital commitments to external counterparties 
for future investment opportunities such as development or 
investment purchases. As at 30 June 2019 there are potential 
future commitments totalling $398.0 million (30 June 2018: 
$408.8 million) in relation to these opportunities. The Group 
has made capital commitments to associates to subscribe for 
up to $10.0 million (30 June 2018: $10.5 million) of non-
redeemable preference shares to enable them to meet their 
working capital requirements. Contractual obligations for 
future property repairs and maintenance are in place but 
cannot be quantified until required. 

Subsidiary guarantees 

CLC has provided a guarantee to a third party regarding the 
performance of its subsidiary in respect of certain reinsurance 
arrangements.  

Contingent tax assets and liabilities 

In the normal course of business, the Group has interactions 
with the ATO in relation to the taxation treatment of various 
matters. Any potential tax liability resulting from these 
interactions is only provided for when it is probable that an 
outflow will occur and a reliable estimate of the amount can 
be made. 

Analysis of credit commitments 
Non-cancellable operating leases – Group as lessee 
Amounts due in less than one year 
Amounts due between one and two years 
Amounts due between two and five years 
Amounts due in greater than five years 
Total operating leases – Group as lessee 

Contracted capital expenditure 
Amounts due in less than one year 
Amounts due between one and two years 
Amounts due between two and five years 
Amounts due in greater than five years 
Total capital expenditure commitments 

Non-cancellable operating leases – Group as lessor 
Amounts due in less than one year 
Amounts due between one and two years 
Amounts due between two and five years 
Amounts due in greater than five years 
Total operating leases – Group as lessor 

Other contracted commitments 
Amounts due in less than one year 
Total other contracted commitments 
Net commitments owed to Group 

106 

30 June 
2019 
$m 

30 June 
2018 
$m 

9.1
8.2
22.3
32.6
72.2

32.1
19.8
0.8
- 
52.7

8.2
8.1
21.5
38.4
76.2

233.3
51.7
30.1
- 
315.1

(223.7)
(214.7)
(549.1)
(789.0) 
(1,776.5) 

(248.8)
(227.4)
(593.2)
(1,137.7) 
(2,207.1) 

15.9
15.9

54.0
54.0

(1,635.7) 

(1,761.8) 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Note 26  Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments 
(continued) 

Other information 

Group as lessor 

In the normal course of business, the Group enters into various 
contracts that could give rise to contingent liabilities in relation 
to performance obligations under those contracts. The 
information usually required by Australian Accounting 
Standards is not disclosed for a number of such contracts on 
the grounds that it may seriously prejudice the outcome of the 
claims. At the date of this report, significant uncertainty exists 
regarding any potential liability under these claims. 

Operating leases 

Group as lessee 

Investment properties owned by the Group are leased to third 
parties under operating leases. Lease terms vary between 
tenants and some leases include percentage rental payments 
based on sales volume. 

Contracted capital expenditure commitments 

These represent amounts payable in relation to capital 
expenditure commitments contracted for at the statement of 
financial position date but not recognised as liabilities. They 
primarily relate to the investment property portfolio and 
property, plant and equipment. 

The Group has entered into commercial operating leases for 
the rental of properties where it is not in the best interests of 
the Group to purchase these properties. These leases have 
terms ranging between one and 12 years with renewal terms 
included in the contracts. Renewals are at the specific option 
of the entity that holds the lease. 

Other contracted commitments 

This represents amounts payable in relation to fitout 
commitments and acquisition of investment properties that 
have exchanged prior to the balance date and will settle 
subsequent to the balance date.

Note 27  Employee entitlements 

Annual leave 
Long service leave 
Employee1 entitlements provision 

1 The total number of employees of the Group at 30 June 2019 was 687 (30 June 2018: 676) on a full-time equivalent (FTE) basis. 

30 June 
2019 
$m 
5.9
7.2
13.1

30 June 
2018 
$m 
5.3
7.4
12.7

Accounting policy

Superannuation funds 

Obligations for contributions to superannuation funds are 
recognised as an expense in the statement of comprehensive 
income as they are incurred. The Group does not hold or pay 
into any defined benefit superannuation schemes on behalf of 
employees. 

Wages, salaries, annual leave and non-monetary benefits 

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary 
benefits and annual leave expected to be settled wholly within 
12 months of the statement of financial position date, are 
recognised in respect of employees’ services up to the 
statement of financial position date. They are measured at the 
amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. 
Liabilities for accumulated sick leave are recognised when the 
leave is taken and are measured at the rates paid or payable. 

Long service leave 

A liability for long service leave is recognised as the present 
value of estimated future cash outflows to be made in respect 
of services provided by employees up to the statement of 
financial position date. The estimated future cash outflows are 
discounted using yields from Australian corporate bonds which 
have durations to match, as closely as possible, the estimated 
future cash outflows.  

Factors which affect the estimated future cash outflows such 
as expected future salary increases, experience of employee 
departures and period of service, are included in the 
measurement. 

Share-based payment transactions 

Long-term equity-based incentive plan 

The Group has an employee share incentive plan for the 
granting of non-transferable share rights to executives and 
senior employees. Shares in the Company held by the 
employee share trust are classified as Treasury shares and 
presented in the statement of financial position as a deduction 
from equity. 

Employees of the Group receive remuneration in the form of 
share-based payment transactions, whereby employees render 
services in exchange for shares or rights over shares (equity-
settled transactions). 

The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is 
measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which 
they are granted. The fair value is determined using an option 
pricing model. 

107

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 27  Employee entitlements (continued) 

Accounting policy (continued) 

Share-based payment transactions (continued) 

Employee share acquisition plan 

In accordance with Australian Accounting Standards, the cost 
of equity-settled transactions is recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income, together with a corresponding 
increase in equity, over the period in which the performance 
conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date on which the 
relevant employees become fully entitled to the award  
(vesting date). 

At the Company level, the cost of Treasury shares is recognised 
as a reduction in equity. On vesting of the award they are 
subsequently recognised as an increase in equity and a 
reduction in share-based payment reserve at an average 
acquisition price. 

The cumulative expense or investment recognised for equity-
settled transactions at each statement of financial position 
date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired 
and the best estimate of the number of awards that will 
ultimately vest. 

No adjustment is made for the likelihood of market 
performance conditions being met as the effect of these 
conditions is included in the determination of fair value at 
grant date. 

Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, as a 
minimum an expense is recognised as if the terms had not 
been modified. In addition, an expense is recognised for any 
increase in the value of the transaction as a result of the 
modification, as measured at the date of modification.  

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled during the vesting 
period (other than an award cancelled when the vesting 
conditions are not satisfied), it is treated as if it had vested on 
the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet recognised 
for the award is recognised immediately.  

However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled 
award, and designated as a replacement award on the date 
that it is granted, the cancelled and new awards are treated as 
if they were a modification of the original award. 

Share-based compensation benefits are provided to employees 
via the Challenger Performance Plan (CPP). The Group has 
formed a trust to administer the Group’s employee share 
acquisition plan (CPP Trust). 

The CPP Trust is consolidated, as the substance of the 
relationship is that the trust is controlled by the Group. 

Through contributions to the CPP Trust, the Group typically 
purchases shares in the Company on market. Shares acquired 
are held by the CPP Trust, are disclosed as Treasury shares and 
are deducted from contributed equity.  

In addition to shares held by the CPP Trust, the Group has 
entered into forward purchase agreements (CPP deferred 
share purchases) to hedge unvested performance share rights. 
The CPP deferred share purchase agreements have exercise 
dates that broadly match the vesting dates of the performance 
rights issued by the CPP and they require the delivery of 
Challenger Limited shares to the CPP Trust, by a third party, 
for the contracted price. The shares to be purchased under 
these agreements are treated as Treasury shares from the date 
of the agreement.  

In such deferred contracts, changes in the fair value arising 
from variations in market rates do not affect the amount of 
cash to be paid or the number of Challenger shares to be 
received, and these contracts are classified as equity 
instruments. Changes in the fair value of an equity instrument 
are not recognised in the financial statements. The liability to 
the third party is recorded on the balance sheet at present 
value and the discount is unwound through the statement of 
comprehensive income over the duration of the contract. 

Deferred performance share rights (DPSRs) 

This instrument is a performance right which gives a right to a 
fully-paid share in the Company at the end of the vesting period. 
The vesting period is typically between one and three years on 
existing awards.  

The table below sets out the details of the DPSRs granted 
under the CPP during 2019 and movements on previous 
issues. 

Latest 
date for 
vesting1 
Grant date 
11 Sep 18  01 Sep 21 
11 Sep 18  01 Sep 20 
11 Sep 18  01 Sep 19 
11 Sep 17  01 Sep 20 
11 Sep 17  01 Sep 19 
11 Sep 17  01 Sep 18 
09 Jun 17 
01 Sep 19 
12 Sep 16  01 Sep 18 
12 Sep 16  01 Sep 17 
13 Sep 15  01 Sep 17 
Total

Reference 
price 
$ 
10.368 
10.368 
10.368 
12.264 
12.264 
12.264 
12.596 
9.210 
9.210 
6.989 

Fair value 
at grant 
$ 
9.66 
9.94 
10.22 
11.39 
11.73 
12.07 
11.79 
8.26 
8.59 
6.44 

Outstanding 
at 
1 July 2018 
-
-
-
433,042 
432,217 
432,217 
9,758 
415,410 
491,127 
564,572 
2,778,343 

Granted 
during 
the year 
493,789
454,730
454,727
- 
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,403,246 

Vested 
during the 
year 
-

(4,122) 
(4,122) 
- 
(36,974)
(430,991)
- 
- 
(489,939)
(564,572)
(1,530,720) 

Expired 
during the 
year 
(33,802)
(12,752)
(12,751)
(41,559)
(11,201)
(1,226)
(7,319)
(38,541)
(1,188)
- 
(160,339) 

Outstanding 
at 
30 June 2019 
459,987 
437,856 
437,854 
391,483 
384,042 
- 
2,439 
376,869 
- 
- 
2,490,530 

1 At the date of vesting, fully-paid shares are transferred to the individual and released from the CPP Trust.

108 

 
Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Note 27  Employee entitlements (continued)

Accounting policy (continued) 

Hurdled performance share rights (HPSRs) 

This instrument is a performance share right which gives a 
right to a fully-paid share in the Company at certain vesting 
dates, subject to the achievement of performance conditions 
based on total shareholder returns (TSR). The HPSRs are 
awarded based on a range of criteria reflecting, in addition to 
current year performance, the longer-term ability for an 
employee to add significant value to Challenger and for 
retention purposes. The award of HPSRs ensures longer-term 
alignment of interests between Challenger and its employees. 

The vesting period for awards granted prior to 30 June 2014 is 
typically over four years with three vesting parcels at the end 
of the second, third and fourth years. Effective 1 July 2014, 
the Board determined that any new HPSR awards will not be 
eligible to vest until the third anniversary following grant. 

Subject to continued employment and meeting the absolute 
TSR performance target, two thirds of a HPSR award will be 
eligible to commence vesting on the 

third anniversary and the final third on the fourth anniversary 
following grant. This change has the effect of increasing the 
vesting period. 

To the extent that the absolute TSR performance targets are 
not satisfied for a particular tranche of award, unvested HPSRs 
have the opportunity to vest at the end of the following 
tranche’s vesting period, subject to the higher absolute TSR 
performance requirements which reflect another year of 
compound growth. Unvested awards have the opportunity to 
vest on the fifth anniversary following grant. Any unvested 
awards lapse at the end of the fifth anniversary following 
grant. This approach is applied to ensure that key 
management personnel and employees are motivated to 
deliver strong long-term performance. HPSRs are converted to 
ordinary fully paid shares upon vesting. 

The table below sets out details of the HPSRs granted under 
the CPP during 2019 and movements on previous issues: 

Expected 
date for 
vesting1 
Grant date 
11 Sep 18  01 Sep 22 
11 Sep 18  01 Sep 21 
11 Sep 17  01 Sep 21 
11 Sep 17  01 Sep 20 
01 Sep 20 
09 Jun 17 
09 Jun 17 
01 Sep 19 
12 Sep 16  01 Sep 20 
12 Sep 16  01 Sep 19 
13 Sep 15  01 Sep 19 
13 Sep 15  01 Sep 18 
04 Mar 15  01 Sep 18 
16 Sep 14  01 Sep 18 
Total

Reference 
price 
$ 
11.720 
11.720 
12.732 
12.732 
9.017 
9.017 
9.017 
9.017 
7.013 
7.013 
6.439 
7.698 

Fair value 
at grant 
$ 
3.94 
4.56 
5.42 
6.11 
8.55 
9.71 
3.80 
4.33 
2.84 
3.27 
3.34 
2.96 

Outstanding 
at 
1 July 2018 
-
-
713,971 
1,266,646 
14,376 
25,317 
862,144 
1,513,254 
1,102,267 
1,914,609 
74,850 
674,892 
8,162,326 

Granted 
during 
the year 
829,121
1,432,709
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
-
-
-
2,261,830 

Vested during 
the year 

-
-
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(1,914,609)
(74,850)
(674,892)
(2,664,351) 

Expired 
during the 
year 
(34,646)
(59,866)
(60,952)
(108,133)
(10,782)
(18,988)
(55,261)
(96,994)
(97,270)
- 
- 
- 
(542,892) 

Outstanding 
at 
30 June 2019 
794,475 
1,372,843 
653,019 
1,158,513 
3,594 
6,329 
806,883 
1,416,260 
1,004,997 
- 
- 
- 
7,216,913 

1 At the date of vesting, fully-paid shares are transferred to the individual and released from the CPP Trust.  

Key estimates and assumptions

Share-based payments 

The Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions 
with employees granted during the year by reference to the 
fair value of the share rights at the date at which they are 
granted. The fair values are determined by independent 
external valuers using a Black-Scholes model for DPSRs and a 
Monte Carlo simulation model for HPSRs which utilises the TSR 
share price hurdles. Key inputs into the valuation models for 
equity awards granted during the year are as follows:

Input 
Dividend yield (%) 
Risk-free rate (%) 
Volatility2 (%) 
Valuation ($) 

11 Sep 18 
DPSR1 
2.80 
2.00–2.02 
n/a 
10.22–9.66 

11 Sep 18 
HPSR1 
2.80 
2.00–2.20 
26 
4.56–3.94 

1 Staggered deferred vesting applies to these grants. 
2 Forecast volatility rate implied from historic trend. 

109

 
Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Note 28  Remuneration of auditor 

Amounts received or due and receivable by Ernst & Young relating to: 
Full year audit and half year review of the Group financial report 
Other audit services – audit and review of trusts and funds 
Other services in relation to the Group 
– taxation services
– other assurance services
Total auditor remuneration1 

30 June 
2019 
$ 
1,630,924 
687,878

30 June 
2018 
$ 
1,615,234 
726,018

168,801
495,113
2,982,716 

354,760
631,248
3,327,260 

1 Auditor’s remuneration for the Group is paid by Challenger Group Services Limited, a wholly owned entity within the Group. 

Note 29  Subsequent events 

At the date of this report, no matter or circumstance has arisen that has affected, or may significantly affect, Challenger’s 
operations, the results of those operations or the Group’s state of affairs in future financial years.

110 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Directors’ declaration 

In accordance with a resolution of the Directors of Challenger Limited, we declare that, in the opinion of the Directors: 

a)

the financial statements and notes of Challenger Limited and its controlled entities (the Group) are in accordance with the
Corporations Act 2001, including:

(i) giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 30 June 2019 and of its performance for the year ended

on that date; and

(ii) complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001;

b)

c)

d)

the financial statements and notes of the Group also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board, which is disclosed in Section 1(i) Basis of preparation and statement of compliance;
there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Group will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and
payable; and
this declaration has been made after receiving the declarations required to be made to the Directors from the Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the financial year ended
30 June 2019.

On behalf of the Board

P Polson 
Independent Chair 

Sydney 
12 August 2019

R Howes 
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 

Sydney 
12 August 2019 

111

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Ernst & Young 
200 George Street 
Sydney NSW 2000 Australia 
GPO Box 2646 Sydney NSW 2001 

Tel: +61 2 9248 5555 
Fax: +61 2 9248 5959 
ey.com/au 

Independent auditor’s report to the shareholders of Challenger Limited 

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report 

Opinion 

We have audited the financial report of Challenger Limited (the Company) and its subsidiaries (collectively the Group), which 
comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2019, the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, notes to 
the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies, and the directors’ declaration. 

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

a) giving a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2019 and of its consolidated

financial performance for the year ended on that date; and

b) complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

Basis for Opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under those standards are further 
described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report section of our report. We are independent of the 
Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of 
the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the Code) that 
are relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance 
with the Code.  

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

Key Audit Matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
report of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in 
forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description 
of how our audit addressed the matter is provided in that context. 

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report section of our 
report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the performance of procedures designed to respond 
to our assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report. The results of our audit procedures, including  
the procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying  
financial report. 

112 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

1  Valuation of Life Contract Liabilities 

Financial report reference: Note 8 

Why significant to the audit 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

The Group recognised a provision for future claims  
associated with insurance policies. The valuation  
methodology to estimate the provision adopted by the  
Group involves complex and subjective judgments about 
future events.  

Key assumptions used in the Group’s model to determine 
the value of the life contract liabilities include: 
• Discount rates
• Inflation
• Future claims administration expenses
• Mortality rates and redemptions

These assumptions, along with policy information, are used  
as inputs to the Group’s model to calculate the Life Contract 
Liabilities. 

This was a key audit matter due to the size of the balance  
(30 June 2019: $12,870.2 million), relative to total assets  
and the degree of judgment and estimation uncertainty 
associated with the valuation. 

Our audit procedures involved an assessment of the 
effectiveness of relevant controls over assumptions and policy 
information used as inputs into the Group’s model. Our IT 
specialists were involved to assess whether policy information 
was extracted accurately from the Group’s underlying 
administration system into the valuation process. 

Our audit procedures included the following in the evaluation 
of the assumptions used by the Group: 
• Considered the Group’s governance process and controls to

determine the methodology and assumptions.

• Assessed the results of the experience investigations carried
out by the Group to determine whether they supported the
assumptions used by the Group.

• Assessed the movements in modelled profit margins and
best estimate liabilities for insurance risk transactions.
• Performed a recalculation for a sample of the life contract

liability valuations.

Where appropriate we involved our life insurance actuarial 
specialists in the above procedures and overall assessment of 
the valuation methodology, key assumptions and models 
deriving the valuation of the life contract liabilities. 

We assessed the adequacy of the related financial report 
disclosures. 

113

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

2  Valuation of Level 3 Assets 

Financial report reference: Note 19 

Why significant to the audit 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

The Group holds a portfolio of assets carried at fair value,  
for which an observable market value is not readily available. 
These assets are classified as Level 3 assets within the fair  
value hierarchy of the financial report and include: 
• Fixed income securities
• Equities and other alternatives
• Infrastructure investments
• Property securities
• Investment and development property

Level 3 assets require judgment to be applied in determining 
their fair value, as the valuation inputs for these assets are  
not based on observable market transactions or other readily 
available market data. 

The Group exercised judgment to arrive at their best  
estimates of fair value of these assets. There is complexity  
in this process, as well as uncertainty associated with the 
valuation and modelling methodologies and the assumptions 
adopted. 

This was a key audit matter due to the size of the balance 
relative to total assets (30 June 2019: $6,420.7 million), and 
the degree of judgment and estimation uncertainty associated 
with the valuation. 

Our audit procedures included the following, using sampling 
techniques: 
• Considered the Group’s controls over the valuation of Level

3 assets.

• Tested the mathematical accuracy of the valuation models

and consistency with the Group’s documented methodology
and assumptions.

• Our valuation specialists assessed the Group’s valuation and
modelling methodologies and assessed the key judgmental
inputs used in the year-end valuations, including the
discount rate and the terminal value.

• Assessed the competence, qualifications and objectivity of
the external property valuation experts used by the Group
for the property portfolio valuation.

• Our real estate valuation specialists assessed the Group’s

property portfolio valuation against independent
expectations based on property class, location and market
of the underlying properties.

• Obtained valuation statements provided by external

investments managers in respect of unit trusts and hedge
funds. We assessed the valuations of investments as
provided by external investment managers, including an
assessment of the reliability of the information received.

We assessed the adequacy of the related financial report 
disclosures. 

114 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

3  Valuation of Goodwill 

Financial report reference: Note 25 

Why significant to the audit 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Goodwill has been recognised as a result of the Group’s 
historical acquisitions, representing the excess of the  
purchase consideration over the fair value of assets and 
liabilities acquired. On acquisition date, the goodwill has been 
allocated to the applicable Cash Generating Units (CGUs). 

An impairment assessment is performed at each reporting 
period, comparing the carrying amount of each CGU 
containing goodwill with its recoverable amount. The 
recoverable amount of each CGU is determined on a value  
in use basis. This calculation incorporates a range of 
assumptions, including future cash flows, discount rate and 
terminal growth rate. 

This was a key audit matter due to the size of Goodwill  
relative to total assets (30 June 2019: $557.3 million), and  
the degree of judgment and estimation uncertainty  
associated with the impairment assessment. 

Our audit procedures included the following: 
• Assessed the valuation methodology used to calculate the

recoverable amount of each CGUs.

• Agreed the projected cash flows used in the impairment

models to the Board approved five year plan of the Group.
• Compared the Group’s implied growth rate assumption to

comparable companies.

• Considered the accuracy of historical cash flow forecasts.
• Assessed the methodology and assumptions used in the

calculation of the discount rate, including comparison of the
rate to market benchmarks.

• Tested the mathematical accuracy of the impairment model

for each CGU.

• Assessed the Group’s sensitivity analysis and evaluated

whether any reasonable foreseeable change in assumptions
could lead to a material impairment.

Our valuation specialists were involved in the above procedures 
where appropriate. 

We assessed the Group’s determination of the CGUs to which 
goodwill is allocated and the adequacy of the related financial 
report disclosures. 

115

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Information Other than the Financial Report and Auditor’s Report Thereon 

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the 
Company’s 2019 Annual Report, but does not include the financial report and our auditor’s report thereon. 

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and accordingly we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the Remuneration Report and our related assurance opinion. 

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial report or our knowledge obtained in the audit or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated.  

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view in 
accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal control as the directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters relating to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors 
either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a 
high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will 
always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, 
individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the 
basis of this financial report. 

As part of an audit in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional judgment and maintain 
professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also: 
• Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform
audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for
our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error,
as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

• Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the

circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.
• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related

disclosures made by the directors.

• Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit

evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw
attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial report or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to
modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However,
future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.

• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the disclosures, and whether the

financial report represents the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

• Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the
Group to express an opinion on the financial report. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the
Group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant 
audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. 

We also provide the directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding 
independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our 
independence, and where applicable, related safeguards. 

From the matters communicated to the directors, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the 
financial report of the current year and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report 
unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine 
that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be 
expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. 

116 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Report on the Audit of the Remuneration Report 

Opinion on the Remuneration Report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 24 to 47 of the Directors’ report for the year ended 30 June 2019. 

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Challenger Limited for the year ended 30 June 2019, complies with section 300A of 
the Corporations Act 2001. 

Responsibilities 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in accordance 
with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based 
on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. 

Ernst & Young 

T Johnson 
Partner 

Sydney 
12 August 2019

L Burns 
Partner 

Sydney 
12 August 2019 

117

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Investor information 

Substantial shareholders 

The number of shares held by substantial shareholders and their associates, based on the latest substantial shareholder 
notifications, and the 20 largest individual shareholders are as follows: 

Substantial shareholders as at 31 July 2019 
MS&AD Insurance Group Holdings Inc 
Caledonia (Private) Investments Pty Ltd 

Citicorp Nominees Pty Ltd
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited
National Nominees Limited
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – GSCO ECA
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd 
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – A/C 2
Warbont Nominess Pty Ltd 
Argo Investments Limited
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd < Agency Lending DRP A/C>
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – GSI EDA
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd 
CS Third Nominees Pty Ltd 
CPU Share Plans Pty Ltd 
National Nominees Limited 
Australian United Investment Company Ltd
AMP Life Limited

20 largest individual shareholders as at 31 July 2019 
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18. Woodross Nominees Pty Ltd
19.
20.
Total 20 largest individual shareholders – issued capital 
Total remaining shareholders balance 

Citicorp Nominees Pty Ltd 
BKI Investment Company Ltd

Number of 
shares 
98,633,303 
91,886,048 

% of issued 
capital 
16.13 
15.02 

158,725,502 
134,731,821 
79,009,067 
15,419,679 
14,815,362 
7,670,000 
7,335,942 
6,467,834 
5,440,311 
4,805,407 
4,342,141 
3,795,726 
3,300,928 
2,673,363 
2,010,449 
1,800,000 
1,734,244 
1,705,376 
1,511,069 
1,485,000 
458,799,221 
152,797,412 

25.95 
22.03 
12.92 
2.52 
2.42 
1.25 
1.20 
1.06 
0.89 
0.79 
0.71 
0.62 
0.54 
0.44 
0.33 
0.29 
0.28 
0.28 
0.25 
0.24 
75.02 
24.98 

Distribution of shares (as at 31 July 2019) 

Range 
1 – 1,000 
1,001 – 5,000 
5,001 – 10,000 
10,001 – 100,000 
100,001 and over 
Total 

Unmarketable parcels 
Minimum $500.00 parcel at $7.09 per unit 

Number of 
shareholders 
19,367 
19,915 
3,703 
2,065 
101 
45,151 

Minimum 
 parcel size 
71 

Number of 
shares 
9,389,670 
47,597,264
26,850,335 
43,186,400 
484,572,964 
611,596,633 

% of issued 
capital 
1.54 
7.78
4.39 
7.06 
79.23 
100.00 

Holders 
1,241 

Units 
40,376 

ASX listing 

Voting rights 

On a show of hands, every member present at the meeting in 
person or by proxy shall have one vote and upon a poll each 
share shall have one vote. 

Challenger Limited shares are listed on the ASX under code 
CGF. Share price details and company information can be 
accessed via either the Company website:  
› www.challenger.com.au
or the ASX website:
› www.asx.com.au

118 

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report

Investor information (continued) 

Buy-back 

There is currently no market buy-back. 

On market acquisitions for employee incentive schemes during the financial year ended  
30 June 2019 

2.8 million Challenger Limited ordinary shares were purchased on market to satisfy entitlements under Challenger’s employee 
incentive schemes at an average price per share of $11.71. 

Top 20 noteholders of Challenger Capital Notes 1 as at 31 July 2019 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
Australian Executor Trustee Ltd 
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd HUB24 Custodial Serv Ltd DRP
National Nominees Limited
Navigator Australia Ltd 
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited
Eastcoote Pty Ltd 
Australian Executor Trustee Ltd 
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Ltd
Netwealth Investments Limited 
GCF Investments Pty Ltd
Taverners No 11 Pty Ltd 
MF Investments No 1 Pty Ltd
Willimbury Pty Ltd
Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited 
GCF Investments Pty Ltd
270 King Street Pty Ltd
Taverners No 11 Pty Ltd 
Picko Pty Ltd
Dakshina Pty Ltd 

20 largest individual noteholders as at 31 July 2019 
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Total 20 largest individual noteholders – issued notes 
Total remaining noteholders balance 

Distribution of notes (as at 31 July 2019) 

Number of 
notes 
304,835 
99,636 
86,155 
69,768 
52,815 
40,855 
40,000 
37,453 
37,343 
34,276 
33,200 
30,586 
30,000 
22,000 
21,735 
20,000 
17,600 
17,550 
17,549 
17,381 
1,030,737 
2,419,263 

% of issued 
notes 
8.84 
2.89 
2.50 
2.02 
1.53 
1.18 
1.16 
1.09 
1.08 
0.99 
0.96 
0.89 
0.87 
0.64 
0.63 
0.58 
0.51 
0.51 
0.51 
0.50 
29.88 
70.12 

Range 
1 – 1,000 
1,001 – 5,000 
5,001 – 10,000 
10,001 – 100,000 
100,001 and over 
Total 

Unmarketable parcels 
Minimum $500.00 parcel at $102.14 per unit 

Number of 
 holders 
3,105 
409 
41 
29 
1 
3,585 

Minimum 
 parcel size 
5 

Number of 
notes 
1,120,715 
860,501 
308,187 
855,762 
304,835 
3,450,000 

% of notes 
32.48 
24.94 
8.93 
24.80 
8.85 
100.00 

Holders 
1 

Units 
4 

119

Challenger Limited 2019 Annual Report 

Investor information (continued) 

Top 20 noteholders of Challenger Capital Notes 2 as at 31 July 2019 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd HUB24 Custodial Serv Ltd DRP
Australian Executor Trustees Ltd 
Citicorp Nominees Pty Ltd
National Nominees Limited
Navigator Australia Ltd 
Netwealth Investments Limited 
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – A/C 2
Taverners J Pty Ltd 
Australian Executor Trustees Ltd 
Taverners No 11 Pty Ltd 
Taverners J Pty Ltd 
LBL Investment Pty Ltd 
Trustees of Church Property, Diocese of Newcastle 
Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited 
Australian Executor Trustees Ltd 
Taverners No 11 Pty Ltd 
Mutual Trust Pty Ltd
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 

20 largest individual noteholders as at 31 July 2019 
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Total 20 largest individual noteholders – issued notes 
Total remaining noteholders balance 

Distribution of notes (as at 31 July 2019) 

Number of 
notes 
415,276 
119,367 
113,985 
89,356 
70,919 
45,067 
41,769 
39,818 
38,760 
37,001 
35,876 
35,821 
32,538 
30,000 
29,270 
23,607 
23,129 
21,604 
21,514 
21,425 
1,286,102 
3,313,898 

% of issued 
notes 
9.03 
2.59 
2.48 
1.94 
1.54 
0.98 
0.91 
0.87 
0.84 
0.80 
0.78 
0.78 
0.71 
0.65 
0.64 
0.51 
0.50 
0.47 
0.47 
0.47 
27.96 
72.04 

Range 
1 – 1,000 
1,001 – 5,000 
5,001 – 10,000 
10,001 – 100,000 
100,001 and over 
Total 

Unmarketable parcels 
Minimum $500.00 parcel at $106.15 per unit 

Number of 
 holders 
5,084 
548 
34 
35 
3 
5,704 

Minimum 
 parcel size 
5 

Number of 
notes 
1,658,321 
1,160,009 
256,007 
877,035 
648,628 
4,600,000 

% of notes 
36.05 
25.22 
5.57 
19.06 
14.10 
100.00 

Holders
2 

Units
2 

ASX listing 

Shareholder queries 

Challenger Capital Notes 1 are listed on the ASX under the 
trade symbol CGFPA. Challenger Capital Notes 2 are listed on 
the ASX under the trade symbol CGFPB. Note price details can 
be accessed via the ASX website:  
› www.asx.com.au

Voting rights 

Challenger Capital Notes 1 and 2 do not confer any voting 
rights in the Company but if they are exchanged or converted 
for ordinary shares in accordance with their terms of issue, 
then the voting rights of the ordinary shares will be the same 
as for ordinary shares. 

For any administrative matters in respect of your Challenger 
Limited shareholding or noteholding, please contact the 
Company’s share registrar, Computershare: 

Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited 
Level 3, 60 Carrington Street, Sydney NSW 2000 
Telephone: 1800 780 782 
Website: › www.computershare.com.au
To assist with all enquiries, please quote your unique Security 
Reference Number (SRN) and your current address when 
dealing with Computershare.

120 

Additional information 

Principal place of business and 
registered office in Australia 

Level 2  
5 Martin Place  
Sydney NSW 2000 
Telephone: 02 9994 7000 
Facsimile: 02 9994 7777  
Investor services: 13 35 66 

Directors 

Peter Polson (Chair) 
Richard Howes (Managing Director and  
Chief Executive Officer)  
John M Green 
Steven Gregg  
JoAnne Stephenson  
Duncan West 
Melanie Willis 
Leon Zwier 

Company secretaries 
Michael Vardanega  
Andrew Brown 

Website 
› challenger.com.au

Manage your shareholding at 
Computershare Investor Services  

Computershare Investor  
Services Pty Limited  
Level 3, 60 Carrington Street 
Sydney NSW 2000 
Telephone: 02 8234 5000 
› computershare.com.au
Telephone: 1800 780 782

Auditor 
Ernst & Young  
200 George Street  
Sydney NSW 2000 

Go electronic 
Challenger can deliver all of your 
shareholder communications electronically, 
just update your details via Computershare 
Investor Services. 

Online digital version of this report 
The 2019 Annual Report is available at: 
› challenger.com.au/annualreport2019